Nitnem by Dr. Kulwant Singh, With Punjabi & Eng Transla & PT

1
NIT NEM

|H

DAILY PRAYER
(Updated 2003)

Go To Contents/Links Page

AN EASY TRANSLATION
English, Gurmukhi
And
Roman in English Characters

Dr. Kulwant Singh Khokhar

2

Sikh Scriptures to uplift the humanity

NIT-NEM
DAILY PRAYER

AN EASY TRANSLATION
English, Gurmukhi
And
Roman in English Characters.

By
Dr. KULWANT SINGH KHOKHAR

All rights reserved with the author

First Edition, June 2001
Second, Updated Electronic Version, April 03

Published by
Dr. Baljit Singh Sidhu-Dr. Jatindar Kaur Sidhu
13801 Allied Road, Chester, Virginia 23836, USA.

Printed by
Punjab Today, 21 Dukhnivaran Sahib Market
Patiala 147001, Punjab, India.

Grace of God and the Guru
Blessings of Dr. M.S. Nirankari, and Dr. P.S. Khokhar

3

DEDICATION
THIS BOOK IS DEDICATED TO S. POORAN SINGH AND SARDARNI BASANT KAUR WHO WERE
DEEPLY GOD-ORIENTED, AND HELPED THE PEOPLE OF THE VILLAGE MADHIR AND THE AREA
OF MUKATSAR, PUNJAB, INDIA AT THE RELIGIOUS, SOCIAL, CULTUAL AND POLITICAL LEVELS.

S. Pooran Singh Sidhu was born at the village Fattanwala (Mukatsar), in the late 1800s. He was
the only son of his parents and had one sister who was the mother of late S. Teja Singh Badal.
Soon after his eldest son was born, he moved to the village Madhir near Gidderbaha in the
same district. His younger two sons and daughter were born at Madhir.
He studied up to the fifth-grade, but managed a very good education for his children
and grand children, in the reputed institutions like Sikh National College, Lahore; F.C. College,
Lahore; Yadavindra Public School, Patiala; Sherwood College, Nainital; and Punjab Public
School, Nabha.
He did a lot during the freedom struggle of India. After partition of this country in
1947, he helped in the settlement of refugees in the Punjab. He did tremendous work for the
education of the rural children in the backward areas of District Ferozepur. He went from door
to door to send children to schools. It was through his efforts that this area prospered. He
enjoyed great respect in the area. Through his dedication and sincerity to the people, he became
the first M.L.A. (Member of the Legislative Assembly) from Gidderbaha Constituency.
I owe my success to the guidance I received from him - my grandfather, who was a
great visionary.
Sardarni Basant Kaur, my Grandmother, was a kind hearted lady, devoted to her family,
and she worked hard. No visitor ever left her house without sharing food even at the odd hours.
Ten to fifteen guests daily was nothing unusual.
She urged and helped my Grandfather to expand and modernize his farms. I was very
fortunate to have spent a lot of my early childhood with both of them.

B. S. Sidhu, MD,
13801 Allied Road,
Chester, Virginia 23836, USA.
May 30, 2001.

4

THANKS
My sincere thanks are due to
Dr. Baljit Singh Sidhu-Dr. Jatindar Kaur Sidhu 13801 Allied Road, Chester, Virginia
23836, USA. They, very liberally took up the total financial responsibility for getting this book
printed.

Mrs, & Dr. Kulbir Singh Thind, 3724 Hascienda Street, San Mateo, California 94403, USA.
He copied most of the basic files with Gurbani and its roman, from his Gurbani-C.D. The
format setting of this book is to his credit.

Dr. Gurpal Singh Bhuller 402 Rivers Bend Circle, Virginia, 23836, USA. Exhaustive
editing of the manuscript.

Balwant Singh Sekhon Ph.D, 8500 Hazen Street, Richmond, Virginia 23235, USA.
Correction of the selected portions of the manuscript.

Mr. Shamsher Singh Puri, 5235 Sterling Trace Court N.W., Lilburn, Georgia 30047, USA.
Help in finalizing the printing-house.

Miss. Jaskaran Kaur Grewal Harvard University, New York, USA. Careful editing of
Jappu ji Sahib (The Morning Prayer).

Mr. Jaspal S. Khokhar C 1/ 9 Rajauri Garden, Ring Road, New Delhi, India. Final touches
to the book.

Mr. H.S. Nagi Street No, 1, Cinema Road, Batala 143505, Dist: Gurdaspur, Punjab, India.
General checking of the total script.

Bhai Sahib Sant Kuljit Singh He greatly helped to update Gurbani and its roman in the
electronic version of this file.

Gratitude to the Lord
My most valuable asset is my very loving, caring, understanding, and helping family. All my
writing projects have been possible due to its very liberal support. I hold it in my high esteem
and am in deep appreciation of it. The Lord may bless every one with all the best in life!

5

BOOKS BY THE AUTHOR
Published by Atam Parkash Sangat, Cinema Road, Batala -
1. Hemkunt Darshan. 1981. Punjabi in Gurmukhi, Pages 28. A guide for the pilgrimage to 15,200 high Sri
Hem-Kunt Sahib, in U.P., India.
Published by Ravi Parkashan, Hall Bazar, Amritsar -
2. Wahu Wahu. 1991. Punjabi in Gurmukhi. Pages 252. A spiritual treatise on the Naam-Jaap (Technique of
reciting the Name of God).
Published by the Academy of Guru Granth Studies
6415 Amicable Drive, Arlington, Texas 76016, USA -
3. Parjat. 1993. Punjabi in Gurmukhi. Pages 103. Very selected quotations from Sri Guru Granth Sahib (The
Holy Book of Sikhs).
4. Sagar-Nad. 1993. Punjabi in Gurmukhi. Pages 148. Selected quotations from the commonly recited Gurbani
(Scriptures of the Sikhs) including Nitnem (Their routine Prayers) with meanings of the difficult words.
5. Jiwan Marag. 1995. Punjabi in Gurmukhi. Pages 128. Saintly life of S. Mela Singh Khokhar.
6. Mansrovar. 1995. Punjabi in Gurmukhi. Pages 385. About 8,000 quotations from Sri Guru Granth Sahib
Holy Book of the Sikhs, grouped under appropriate headings.
7. Anhad Ki Dhun. 1995. Punjabi in Gurmukhi. Pages 80. A practical book for practicing the Naam-Jaap
(Recitation of the Lords Name).
8. The Morning Prayer. 2000. Gurmukhi-English, Transliteration of Jappu ji Sahib.
Published by the Punjabi University, Patiala, Punjab, India -
9. Sobha Singh Artist. 1995, English, Pages 91. Biography of the eminent artist S.Sobha Singh.
Published by Gurbani Iss Jagg Meh Chanan Parchar A-te Parsar Sanstha, Mohali 254 Phase II, Sahibzada
Ajit Singh Nagar, District Ropar, Punjab, India.
Second Edition, Anhad Ki Dhun. Punjabi in Gurmukhi, 1997, Pages 88, updated.
10. Way of the Saffron Cloud. English. First edition 1998, and 2
nd
edition June 2001. Quotations in Gurmukhi
and roman. A practical book on the recitation of the Name of God.
Published by Dr. B.S. Sidhu and Dr. J.K. Sidhu
13801, Allied Road, Chester, Virginia 23836, USA.
11. Nit-Nem Daily Prayer: An Easy Translation. English, Gurmukhi, Roman, June 2001.
Published by Mrs. Gurcharan Kaur and Mr. Hirdaypal Singh -
S. Sobha Singh Art Gallery, Andretta, via Palampur, Himachal Pradesh, India.
12. Divine Painter Sobha Singh - Biography, English, Pages 104, October 2001.
Published by Mr. Gurinder Singh Khokhar -
15703, Roland View Drive, Chester, Virginia 23831, USA.
13. Soul and Principles - Philosophy of the renowned artist Sobha Singh. English, Pages 120, February 2002.

6

DAILY PRAYER
The Sikh Scripture is in verse. It was first compiled by the Fifth Guru Arjun Dev and scribed
by the great Sikh scholar Bhai Gurdas, at Amritsar. It was installed in the sanctum sanctorum
of Harimandir Sahib (Golden Temple), Amritsar, Punjab, India, and was highly revered. In its
second version, Guru Gobind Singh added the Hymns of his father Guru Tegh Bahadur after he
was martyred, and it was scribed by Bhai Mani Singh at Damdama Sahib near Bathinda. The
routine prayer of Sikhs includes three scriptures for the morning, one for the evening, and one
for the night. Their authors are different Sikh Gurus. The originality is the great beauty of these
Scriptures; these are first hand, direct from the Gurus, and absolutely free from any additions.
Even the spellings are original.

Nit-Nem purifies the mind, leads to the ethical living, and makes the person an instrument of
good deeds. It uplifts the soul through understanding of the Truth, that the Lord is
Omnipresent, Omniscient, Omnipotent, Creator, Doer, Supporter Provider, and there is none
else equal to Him, everything is under His Will, He has made all equal, and we should always
keep Him In our minds to do the right things for our evolution. This liberates the Man while
still living, and enables him to enjoy the heaven on earth.

7

GURDWARA SAHIB
A Collective Achievement of Sangat

Construction of the Gurudwara Sahib SACVI - Sikh Association of Central Virginia Inc., 4500 Marty Boulevard,
Chesterfield, Virginia 23234, USA. is a remarkable achievement of the local Sangat and of the philanthropists
from all over the United States and other countries. It was an essential need to have a center to spread the light of
Gurbani: Scriptures. There is no Gurudwara: the Sikh temple, within about one hundred miles all around the town
of Richmond, Virginia, USA. In gratitude to the Gurus the Sikh Prophets, and God, and dedicated efforts of the
Sangat congregation, to have this center of the Sikh faith, I avail of this occasion to record the brief history of
the Gurudwara Sahib, as a memoir to the Gurus another home in the area deprived of Gurbani: the Gurus Word.

HISTORY OF THE GURDWARA SAHIB
In early seventies there were only a handful of Sikh families in the Greater Richmond area. S. Manmohan Singh
Chawla started having a religious get-together off and on at the homes of the local Sikhs.
In 1975, Col. Surjit Singh Bawa started regular monthly Divans (Congregations) at the West End
Community Center. Local Sikhs as well as Hindus and Christians of Indian Origin attended these.
In 1984, the local Sikh Sangat was officially registered as Sikh Association of Central Virginia Inc
(SACVI), a non-profit religious organization. It began with two trustees, and now we have eight of them. Trustees
were added from time to time to raise funds and to share the responsibilities of this organization.
We started working towards building a Gurudwara Sahib in Richmond in 1984. A parcel of 12 Acres of
wooded land was bought by SACVI in Chesterfield County, in the Bermuda District. The plans were ready to
begin construction, but the Sangat decided to scrap those plans and begin construction at a more central place.
Fortunately, we came across a parcel of land at Chippenham Parkway, and it was bought by SACVI. All
the civil-engineering work including water and sewer facilities, was completed in the due time. With the Grace of
Akal Purakh Waheguru (God), the foundation-stone laying ceremony was performed on the 2 April 2000, Sunday,
and the construction of the Gurudwara Sahib (Sikh Temple) was started.

Office Bearers of the Gurudwara Sahib; 1999-2001
Office Bearers S. Harpal Singh Malik - President and Treasurer; Dr. Baljit Singh Sidhu - Secretary; Mrs. Jagmohan
Kaur Tiwari Langar Sewa (service common kitchen), S. Nirmal Singh Dewan Setting (setting the temple), S.
Gurdeep Singh Dewan Setting.
Building and Finance Committee S. Harmohindar Singh Bawa; Dr. Gurpal Singh Bhuller; S. Manmohan Singh
Grewal; S. Manbhupindar Singh Khera; Dr. Kanwalcharan Singh Sahni; Dr. Baljit Singh Sidhu.
Youth Representatives Miss. Sweetie Kaur Kang; Miss. Puneet Kaur Khokhar; Miss. Aveena Kaur Kochhar.
Gurmatt School Dr. Balwant Singh Sekhon, S. Gurvindarpal Singh Kochhar.
Interior Decoration Mrs. Manjit Kaur Grewal; Mrs. Harleen Kaur Sodhi.
Social Activities Mrs. Barindra Kaur Kochhar; S. HarmohIndar Singh Bawa; S. Manjit Singh Kahlon; Dr. Manmohan
Singh Khokhar.
Panj-Piarae selected by the Sangat to perform the Foundation Laying Ceremony of the Gurudwara Sahib
Building on the 2

April 2000 - Sunday -- Mrs. Jaswant Kaur Kochar.
1. Col. Surjit Singh Bawa.
2. S. Satwant Singh Jhaj.
3. S. Balwant Singh Sekhon.
4. Dr. Kulwant Singh Khokhar.

Office Bearers of the Gurdwara Sahib 2001-2002
Office Bearer Dr. RavIndar Singh Kohli - President; Dr. Baljit Singh Sidhu Secretary; Mrs. Barindra Kaur Kochhar
Treasurer and Langar-Sewa; S. Manjit Singh Kahlon - Dewan-Setting; S. Reetpal Singh Jhaj Dewan-Setting.
Building and Finance Committee S. Harmohindar Singh Bawa; Dr. Gurpal Singh Bhuller; S. Manmohan Singh
Grewal; S. Manbhupindar Singh Khera; Dr. Kanwalcharan Singh Sahni; Dr. Baljit Singh Sidhu; S. Sohan Singh Sandhu.
Youth Representatives Miss. Rana Kaur Sodhi; Miss. Harneet Kaur Kalra; Miss. Mini Kaur Kapoor.
Gurmatt School Dr. Balwant Singh Sekhon; S. Gurvindarpal Singh Kochhar;
Interior Decoration Mrs. Manjit Kaur Grewal; Mrs. Harleen Kaur Sodhi.

Baljit Singh Sidhu MD,
Secretary, Gurudwara Sahib Sacvi,
I3801 Allied Road,

8


9

ABOUT THE BOOK
The Sikh faith worships only God, and believes that He is Never Born and is Self-Created; Not
Bound by the Birth, Death, and Time; Present All Over, in everything living or nonliving; All
Powerful, Doer - Creator and Destroyer as well; Benevolent and Provider God is everything.
With this philosophy, only God remains for worship and nothing else.
The ancient, religious Hindu Holy Books are rich with the heritage of historical events,
mythical stories, and other episodes. The Sikh Gurus have liberally drawn on them to make
their own views easily understandable by the masses oriented to these. They tried to offer these
as the popular examples for an easy understanding. Animal or any other sacrifices is not the
Sikh-Way, and the word sacrifice in the Scriptures, mostly means a deep loving appreciation.
The script of the Sikh Scripture is Gurmukhi, which is commonly used in the state of
the Punjab, India - the home of Sikhs. Tremendous amount of literature is being produced in
this popular language, and this includes the books on the Sikh faith, which is the fifth largest
faith among the religions of the world.
The language of the Scriptures is mixed, uses the words from different languages e.g.
Punjabi, Hindi, Bihari, Sanskrit, Persian, Arabic etc. It appears like Hindi, and this keeps it
easy to understand at least to some extent, by the masses in India. It is called Sant Bolee - the
language of saints. The Gurus were very well educated, the masters of more than one language,
and were distinguished poets.
In this book, the attributes of God have been given with capital letters. This is my
choice. Most of the bridging-elements, meanings, explanations etc. have been put up within
parentheses (round brackets) to distinguish the self-added material, and as an effort to keep it
running smooth in the script.
This work is more of an easy transliteration. Special care has been taken to use the
simple words. The spellings of a few non English words both in roman and English, may have
some variation in their spellings. These should be ignored. Mainly, the roman is by Dr. K.S.
Thind. Another version is by the author, and in this the punctuation marks have been attached
to the characters to modify their phonation.

Dr. Kulwant Singh Khokhar,
12502 Nightingale Drive,

10

FOREWORD
The current Nit-Nem (the Scriptures for routine recitation) approved by the Panth (The Sikh-
World) comprises of the five Scriptures. The first of these is Jappu, also called Jappu ji Sahib,
or Jappu Nisaan. Others are Jaapu Sahib, Savayae, Rahras, and Kirtan Sohela.
Jappu ji Sahib The Holy Sikh Book: Siri Guru Granth Sahib, starts with this Hymn
composed by Guru Nanak, the first Sikh Guru. This spans the first 8 pages of the Holy Book
and is named "Jappu," respectfully called "Jappu jee Saahib." "Jappu" means, recite. Jappu
jee Saahib is an important part of a Sikh's daily prayer. The collection of scriptures called, "Nit-
Nem," meaning Daily-Prayer, are often compiled separately in a small booklet. All Nit-Nem
Gutkaas (Booklets) start with Jappu jee Saahib and contain other hymns as well. The
description of Jappu jee Saahib that follows, has been taken with a few immaterial changes
here and there, from "The Encyclopedia of Sikhism," by Harbans Singh, published in 1996 by
the Punjabi University, Patiala, Punjab, India.
. Jappu ji is the most riveting Sikh prayer recited by the devout, early in the morning.
The composition is not assigned to any particular raga or musical measure, as is the rest of the
Scriptural text. Jappu ji is universally accepted to be the composition of Guru Nanak, the
founding prophet of Sikhism, although, unlike other scriptural hymns and compositions, it
remains anonymous without being credited individually to any of the Gurus Preceded by
what is called Mul Mantra, the basic statement of creed, the Jappu comprises of an introductory
sloka and 38 stanzas traditionally called paurees and a concluding sloka The entire
composition including the Mool Mantra, two slokas and the thirty-eight paurees form the
sacred Morning Prayer Jappu ji Sahib, is also called Jappu Nisaanu. It serves as a prologue to
the Scripture and encapsulates Guru Nanak's creed and philosophy, as a whole. "The message
of the Jappu is abiding in nature and universal in application. It describes the nature of the
Ultimate Reality and the way to comprehend it, and is not tied to any particular religious
system. In a word, it defines Sikhism, the religious view of Guru Nanak.
Jaapu Sahib It is a different Scripture from Jappu of Guru Nanak. Jaapu has been
composed by the Tenth Master Guru Gobind Singh. It has 199 stanzas in different styles of the
poetry, contains different Names of God, and so is meditation on Him. The Scripture is rich
with the words from different languages like Sanskrit, Persian, Bihari, and even Arabic.
Savayaas It has 10 Shabads Hymns. It is composition of the 10
th
Master - Guru Gobind
Singh, and is in his style.
Rahraas It has Hymns by different Gurus, and portions from other Banis (Scriptures) like
Anand Sahib, by 3
rd
Guru, and Chaupaee, etc. by Guru Gobind Singh.
Keertan Sohelaa This also is a mixed Bani i.e. not by a single Guru. It has five Hymns. As a
daily routine, a Sikh is required to recite these five Banis (Scriptures) every day. If nothing
more, most of them recite Jappu ji Sahib every morning and some add to it Rahraas in the
evening. Many recite more than these five prescribed Banis. Whatever one can do is great, but
should keep on trying to achieve the optimum.
Extra Banis
Many recite more than the above currently prescribed five Banis Scriptures. Some of these
are mentioned below, and have also been given in this book
Shabad Hajaa-rae This is recited in the morning, mostly after Jappu ji Sahib.

11

Anand Sahib Previously, before the change in the prescribed Banis, almost everyone recited
it, and still many do so. Its full script complete version has 40 Paurees steps.
Starting five Paurees Steps, plus 40
th
Pauree of Anand Sahib is also called Anand
Sahib or Chhota Anand Sahib. This is sung at the end of almost all the celebrations. This also is
a part of Rahraas, as well.
Chaupai Hamree karo hath dae rachhaa... This also is a part of Rahraas. This is the
Chaupai which is recited by most of the people. It is specially recited in the hard times. In the
1984 mass anti Sikh riots, it was daily recited by almost every Sikh.
Chaupai Pranvo Aad. Aekan: kaaraa...
Sukhmani Sahib This is a very long Bani, and is not given in the present book. It takes about
one to one and a half hours to recite. A good lot of the people recite it daily, mostly in the
morning. Besides Jappu ji Sahib, this Bani is also very popular amongst the non-Sikhs. This is
considered the peace-giving Scripture.
Ardaas It is invocation and is given at the end of the book. It is a supplication and not a Bani
Scripture.

Dr. Kulbir Singh Thind,
3724 Hacienda Street,
San Mateo, CA 94403, USA.

12

INTRODUCTION
NIT-NEM
DAILY PRAYER
Punjabi in Gurmukhi & English Transliteration

GENERAL
NIT-NEM: Daily Discipline. It is a collection of the selected portions of the Sikh Scriptures
for their routine recitation every morning, evening, and night. This book is a transliteration of
the Nit-Nem Daily Prayer, currently prescribed by the Khalsa Panth (The Sikh people). Some
extra Banis Scriptures, have also been added.
KEY-BOARDED SCRIPTURES: The scripture text has been copied from the Gurbani-CD.
The making & duplication of the Gurbani-CD is controlled by Dr. Kulbir Singh Thind, MD;
3724 Hacienda Street, San Mateo, California 94403, USA.
ROMAN: Phonetic representation of Gurbani into a text using English alphabet is a very
difficult task. Many of the commonly accepted English equivalents of the Gurmukhi script used
here have evolved in the time and have been used by other authors as well, but a good number
of them have gradually been further modified or developed. No matter how it is done, the
romananization can at the most achieve an approximation to the original. However, it is hoped
that readers will find the romananization in this document a helpful phonetic approximation as
a substitute for the Gurmukhi script. The English language uses spellings that are context-
sensitive, but such a methodology cannot be used with advantage for romanization of Gurbani.
The methods adopted here are totally devoid of context. The upper case (capital) letters have
only been used to make a distinction between different phonetic syllables, except in the words
that directly refer to God. (Dr. Kulbir S. Thind, MD)

SCRIPTURES
Seven Gurus composed the Banis - Hymns. Out of the ten Gurus, Guru Granth Sahib (the Holy
Book) contains the Banis (Scriptures, Hymns) of the six Gurus first 5: Guru Nanak Dev,
Guru Angad Dev, Guru Amar Das, Guru Ram Das, Guru Arjun Dev, and the 9
th
Guru Tegh
Bahadur. Bani of the Tenth Guru Gobind Singh, is in his Dassam-Granth (Book of the 10
th

Master). Coincidentally, the three Gurus who did not compose Banis, had their names starting
with Har-e - Guru
Har-e Gobind, Guru Har-e Rai, and Guru Har-e Kishan. Nit-Nem is the collection of selected
Scriptures for daily recitation as a routine. The standard Nit-Nem set by the Panth the Sikh
world, has the Banis of five Gurus - First, Third, Fourth, Fifth and the last i.e. the Tenth Guru
Gobind Singh.
Nit-Nem includes the Bani of the Gurus only, and not of Bhagats (saints), Bhatts and
others. In Nit-Nem, there is no Bani of 2nd Guru Angad Dev, and 9
th
Guru Tegh Bahadur (6
th
,
7
th
, and 8
th
Guru did not write Gurbani).
If we think the Nit-Nem has Bani only by the Gurus to maintain its special status, all the
Banis in the Guru Granth Sahib though authored by anyone, and that of Guru Gobind Singh,
are equally honorable. If we presume that the Banis not composed by the Gurus are not there in
the Nit-Nem for a special distinction, it will be a far fetched idea. Every Bani, authored by
anyone, became Gurbani when it got entered into the Holy Book.

13

SOURCES OF THE SCRIPTURES
Guru Granth Sahib The root source of all the Gur-Banis (Scriptures), except that of Guru
Gobind Singh, is Guru Granth Sahib. Besides others, the Holy Book is published by S.G.P.C.,
Amritsar, Punjab, India. It was compiled by the 5
th
Guru Arjun Dev. Later, Guru Gobind Singh
added to it the Bani of his father 9
th
Guru Tegh Bahadur, but did not put in it his own Bani.
On the page 1429, line 6, of the Holy Book, there are 5 couplets in the stanzas under the
title Dohraa, and out of these the two are -
balu chhutkeo bandhan prae kachhoo naa hot aupaae.
kahu nanak abb ot har-e gajj jeo hohu sahaae. Slok 53.
Strength has been lost, the bindings have caught up, and there is no way out. Nanak,
submit to the protection of God. O Lord, help as You did the elephant (and saved it from
the crocodile). 53.

balu hoaa bandhan chhutae sabh kichhu hot upaae.
nanak sabhu kichhu tumraae haath maae tum hee hot sahaae. 54
Strength is there, the bindings are no more, everything is set right. Nanak, all is in Your
hands, please provide Your protection. Slok 54.
Some think that the lower couplet No. 54, is by Guru Gobind Singh. The 9
th
Guru wrote the
stanza before his martyrdom at Delhi, and at that time his son the 10
th
Master, was more than
200 miles (320 kilometers) away at Anandpur Sahib, near Chandigarh. Father would not have
sent his son the incomplete stanza without the above given upper couplet No. 53, for him ( son)
to put in the couplet No. 54, to complete it. Even, the 9
th
Guru would not have expressed a
desperation, and asked his sons advice by sending his couplet No. 53. If the Ninth Guru had
been afraid of his death, he would have not traveled to Delhi, preaching all along the way.
Moreover, the obedient son would have never sent his advice to his great Guru-Father, to boost
up his courage. The language, words, style and expression of the couplet No. 54, is in total
harmony with the couplet No. 53, and evidently this stanza has no writing by Guru Gobind
Singh. No poet leaves a composition incomplete, especially with the unwritten lines in the body
of the poem, for someone else to complete it. If Guru Gobind Singh added his couplet to the
stanza, he could have added at least some of his other Banis to Guru Granth Sahib. In the
couplet No. 53, Guru Tegh Bahadur poses a question to the humanity, You think you have lost
strength, you are bound down - helpless, and there is no way out? Submit to the Lord, and he
will protect you as he saved the elephant from the jaws of the crocodile. In the couplet No. 54,
he himself advises, By submitting to God, you get back strength to stand everything, you get
delivered from the limitations, and everything gets set right. O Lord everything is in Your
hands, and graciously extend Your protection. It is clear that the scripture by Guru Gobind
Singh is not there in Guru Granth Sahib.
The 5
th
Guru compiled the manuscript containing the Hymns of his predecessor 4 Gurus
and his own compositions, and it was named Pothi Sahib the Revered Book. Later, it came to
be called Kartarpuri Bir, because it was with the Sodhis of Kartarpur. It is possible, honoring
the work of the 5
th
Guru, the 9
th
Guru did not himself add his own Bani to it. It was the 10
th

Master who added to it the 9
th
Gurus Bani, long after his martyrdom. It got the name of
Damdami Bir compiled at Damdama Sahib. Perhaps, with the same sentiments, the 10
th

Master revered the work of his elders, and did not enter his own compositions into the Pothi
Sahib (Damdami Bir). Very likely, as his father did, he did not want to equal his elders. Before

14

his death, Guru Gobind Singh declared this updated Pothi Sahib with the Bani of the 9
th
Guru:
his father (Damdami Bir) a Guru, and it became Guru Granth Sahib - the Holy Book.
Dassam Granth The Bani (Scripture) of the Tenth Master Guru Gobind Singh, is from his
separate Dassam Granth (Book of the Tenth Master).
NOTES: Every author tries to translate with all the best he or she has within the limits of the
individual amplitude of the knowledge. It makes it natural for the different versions to vary in
their certain areas. This has its own beauty in helping to widen the mental horizons of the
readers. It provides for the attitude of the reader an open field for its own game of intelligence,
and with a choice to enjoy with an open mind the work presented.
All effort has been made to use very easy Gurmukhi and English words so that the
translation can be understood without the need of any other help.
This version of the translation is not a word by word rendering, or an effort to create a
dictionary of the words used in the Scripture, but is a broad based work to make easy
understanding of the essence of the Scripture. It is mainly aimed at serving the need of the
novice, especially the English knowing youth, particularly in the developed countries. It is
equally useful for the people in India, and anywhere else.
At places, the bridging and explanatory element has been introduced in an effort to
make harmonious the transition of the Scripture from one step to the next. The study of the
other elaborate works is suggested for the deeper details.
On the suggestion of Dr. K.S. Thind, an easy Jappu ji Sahib translation was taken up on
the 15th November 2000. It was printed under the name of The Morning Prayer. Later, it
continued as the Nit-Nem translation, which was completed on the 15
th
June 2001, Sunday.
Such a project could be completed in a short time due to copying Gurbani and its roman from
the Gurbani-CD., created by Dr. Kulbir Singh Thind, MD., and by his electronic format setting.
HELP BOOKS
Guru Granth Sahib Published by S.G.P.C. Amritsar, Punjab, India.
Sainchees No. I, and No. II Guru Granth Sahib in two parts Part I, and Part II, Published
by S.G.P.C. (Shromani Gurdwara Parbandhak Committee), Amritsar, Punjab, India, year 1994.
Shabdarath Sri Guru Granth Sahib ji - S.G.P.C., Amritsar, 1987.
Dasam Granth Sri Dasam Granth Sahib ji, published by Bhai Chatar Singh Jiwan Singh,
Amritsar, Samvat 2045 Bikrami.
Shabdarath Dasam Granth - Publication Bureau, Punjabi University, Patiala, year 1985.
Nit-Nem Steek - In Gurmukhi,1979. Professor Sahib Singh, D.Lit., Amritsar. He is of the Guru
Granth Sahib Translation fame.
Nit-Nem Steek - In Gurmukhi, 1977. S.G.P.C., Amritsar, Punjab.
Nit-Nem Saral Steek - In Gurmukhi, 1996. Bhai Jogindar Singh Talwara, published by Singh
Brothers, Bazar Mai Sewan, Amritsar.
Nitnayam Banees English translation, 1992. By Dr. Santokh Singh, Princeton, Ontario,
Canada, Second Edition.
Nit-Nem Steek - In Gurmukhi, 1977. S.G.P.C. Amritsar, Pocket booklet (Gutka).
Gurshabad Ratnakar (Mahan-Kosh) - In Gurmukhi, 1960. By Bhai Kahn Singh Nabha.
Published by Bhasha Vibhag, Punjab, Patiala.
Gurbani-CD Version 2001. By Dr. K.S. Thind. Translation by Singh Sahib Santa Singh
Khalsa, M.D., USA.

15

STANDARD
My colleagues and I have adopted the works by S.G.P.C. (Shromni Gurdwara Parbandhak
Committee, Amritsar) as the set standard for the verification and correction of the errors in the
Banis (Scriptures). The pages and lines, of Guru Granth Sahib, wherever given, are according
to the publication of this institution. These publications are -
Guru Granth Sahib (The Sikh Holy-Book), or its Sainchees (Parts) published by S.G.P.C.,
Amritsar.
Banis of Guru Gobind Singh As yet, Dassam-Granth has not been standardized. The
following books were used to check the Bani of Guru Gobind Singh -
Dassam Granth And its Shabdarath, as mentioned above.
Nit-Nem Te Hor Bania - a Gutka (Booklet), and Nit-Nem
Steek, both published by S.G.P.C.
LIMITATIONS
In verifying Gurbani in its Gurmukhi script, and marking its corrections, one cannot use ones
own free will, and has to depend on the standard reference-works. The problem is that almost
all the reference works have their own variations of the spellings and as well of the meanings.
It becomes difficult to decide as to which version is correct - right. This is more so with the
Banis of Guru Gobind Singh. Unless the Scriptures, and other works particularly of Bhai
Gurdas, Bhai Nand Lal etc., are corrected and their Padd-Chhed (spacing i.e. separating the
words), Shabd-Jor (spellings), and their meanings are standardized, as well as their pages and
lines per page are fixed by the Panth (The High Sikh Institution), it shall remain a difficult
problem.
Guru Granth Sahib (The Holy Book) and most of our old time manuscripts were
Dandee-Likhat, (Mala-Likhat) i.e. writing of the script ran as a continuous single line without
spaces between the individual words. For separating the sentences, a Do-Dandee (A vertical
double-line equal to the height of letters) was used as a period. Ik-Dandee (Single vertical
line) meant a comma, was not used in Guru Granth Sahib. There were no other punctuation
marks. Differences in Padd-Chhed (spacing of the words) lead to variations in the spellings,
resulting in differences in the meanings of individual words.
It is not desirable to use the English punctuation marks within the body of the Holy
Scriptures. The coming generations will presume that this is the right way of scribing Gurbani.
The comma is mercilessly abused as a punctuation mark when giving quotations from Gurbani,
or when preparing its translations, or even in the Gurbani script. A comma can be avoided
within script of the Scripture by creating some space in its place, or by breaking the line where
the scholars want to put a comma. Besides comma, the writers do not hesitate to use question
mark, and exclamation sign in the Gurbani. To put the Gurbani or the words from it into our
writings, the inverted commas and parentheses are useful to mark such things out.
To a great extent, Padd-Chhed: separating the individual words of Guru Granth Sahib
and other books, came as a boon and made its reading easy. Padd-Chhed depended on the
wisdom, knowledge, and choice of the individual scholars. A careful and comparative study of
the scriptures in different works brings out the examples. All this had been instrumental in
creating differences in the Shabad-Jor (Spellings), and to a great extent this ended in the loss of
uniformity in the meanings. We hardly see teachers or institutions that maintain uniformity.

16

The present situation is very unsatisfactory. Our Gutkaas (Pocket-size scripture
booklets) may have lot of errors. Perhaps, Dassam Granth too, needs attention. It appears as if
all is not quite well with the Holy Sriptures, even. Besides Padd-Chhed, mainly responsible are
careless printing, negligent editing, and lax correction marking. It can be remedied by the strict
supervision, efficient control, and non-discriminating inspection of the Gurbani and related
printings. There is a need of an honest, independent body only for this purpose.
The Khalsa Panth, the highest Sikh institution, is the only body that can provide the
world with the standardized Sikh Scriptures, other important works, and their translations to
address to all these problems. Without standard reference works for comparison, there is no
way to stamp out the errors from the Sikh religious literature.

TRANSLATION
In the Gurmukhi-Punjabi translation of different Banis, at some places at least, it has been tried
to locate the meanings under and close to the original words of the scripture. In this broad-
based translation, this may help to make out meanings of some of the words.
To avoid confusion created by the alternative meanings, and to keep it more simlpe as
well as easily understandable, double meanings, names, places, etc. have mostly been avoided
especially in the English script, but still some of these are there.
When learning the meanings of the short scriptures like those of Nit-Nem (Daily
Routine-Recitation), it is profitable to study more than one work. Every author or scholar may
have his-her own variations in some areas, at least. Jaap Sahib has an abundance of such words.
The author may as well have limitations imposed by the type of work he or she is doing i.e. it is
a restricted (unexplained) or a detailed elaborate work.
The Sikh Scriptures are in poetry. Bani has many words from other languages.
Especially Jaap Sahib is rich in Sanskrit, Persian, and Bihari vocabulary. In the Hymns, only a
single word may be there to represent a whole sentence. In this environment, each stanza,
vesrse, and word can have more deductions of their meanings, and by grouping a word with
one or the other part of a line, addition in them may further increase. The placement of
imaginary punctuation may add more. Due to this, particularly Jaapu Sahib needs a little more
care and attention to read and undrstand it.
PRELUDE TO NIT-NEM
These introductory write-ups are a bit long, and so these have been grouped together here, to
make a separate chapter.
Amritvela: the Holy Time is the fourth-part of the night, from 3 A.M. to 6 A.M. It
ends with the sunrise. This time is for reciting Nit-Nem: routine or prescribed daily prayer. One
gets up at this time, bathes, and to recite the Name of God. After this, begins the recitation of
Bani. Most of us do every other thing, yet they do not find the time for God.
Every prayer paves the way for remembering Him, but this path we do not adopt. We do
not realize what the Guru tells us to do in the scriptures! It is so easy and we have simply to
make a habit of it.
Naam-Jaap - Sit down straight up, cross legged, on a cushion or on any other suitable seat.
Focus your eyes at a point between the two eyebrows and slightly higher - almost level with
their upper borders. Now, take deep breath and along with it, in your mind, say Wahe. After
this, without any interval, breathe out and along with it mentally say Guru.

17

You may start with 10-15 minute-sitting, and gradually add to it for increasing the time.
After this, start reciting Gurbani. Edict of the Guru does not stop here, and we have to stay in
the presence of the Guru and God by constantly remembering Him. This keeps us under the
fear of God not to do anything wrong.
For more details read Way of the Saffron Cloud, (English) or Wahu Wahu,
(Gurmukhi) by the same author.

Nit-Nem (Discipline of Prayer) Recitation of Gurbani (Hymns) currently prescribed
approved, by the Panth (The Sikh World) -
Morning Mostly before the sunrise -
Jappu ji Sahib
Jaapu Sahub
Svayae Sravag sudh smooh sidhan kae.....
Evening
At the time of sunset - Rahraas
Night
Before going to sleep - Kirtan Sohelaa (or Sohelaa)

In their Nit-Nem, most of the Sikhs recited Anand Sahib, and Shabad-Hajaarae. Even now,
many do it. In the morning, Sukhmani Sahib is commonly recited full, or in parts, and some
read Asa Dee Vaar (in part or full), or listen to its Kirtan (Singing). There is no limit, and one
may recite as much of Bani (Scriptures) as one likes. Since the recent past, many Sikhs started
reciting Chaupai Hamree karo haath dae rachhaa....., and as well Chaupai, Pran.vo aad.
aekan:kara.....
Jappu
Jappu (Jpu). To show respect, it is called Jappu ji Sahib. This is the Bani of the First Guru
Nanak Dev. Guru Nanak Dev asked (Guru) Angad Dev to assort his Bani and compile Jappu
(Jappu ji Sahib). Jappu means to recite, and it is read in the morning hours. The Holy Book of
Sikhs Guru Granth Sahib, starts with Jappu: an abstract of the philosophy of the Sikh-Faith.
Its first verse is called Mool-Mantar Basic or Root Formula, after that is one Sloka, then 38
stanzas, and at the end another Sloka. It usually takes about 15-20 minutes to recite this Bani.
Jaapu
Jaapu (Jaaapu). Jaapu means For Recitation. Respectfully, it is called Jaapu Sahib. This is the
Bani of the Tenth Guru Gobind Singh. It is from Dassam-Granth Holy Book of the Tenth
Master, and this starts with Jaapu. This Bani is full with many Names of God and we can take it
as a meditation on Him. It takes 20 to 25 minutes to recite it.
In the translation of Jaap Sahib, as in other Banis, at some places the alternative
meanings have also been given, and these have been placed within parentheses or inverted
commas, placed after a dash, or written as an indented line. Such meanings are usually in a
general sense and may not necessarily be strictly based on the grammar etc.
Tav Parsaad Svayae

18

Tav Parsaad Svayae, Paatshahee 10, Written by Your Grace, 10
th
Master. 10 is phonated as
Dassveen Tenth. This starts with Saravag sudh smooh sidhaan kae..... and is the
composition of Guru Gobind Singh. It is from the Bani named Akaal-Ustat, in Dassam-Granth.
Rahraas
It means the Right-Path. In Guru Granth Sahib, it is given from the page 8, line 13, and
contains 8 Hymns by the 1
st
, 4
th
and 5
th
Gurus. Added to it later, by guru Gobind Singh are
Chaupaee Hamree Karo haath dae rachhaa..... from stanza 1 to 25 + Savayaeeaa Paaen
gahae jabb t.ae T.umrae..... + Dohraa Sagal d.uaar kau chhad kaae....., After this is Anand
Sahib by the 3
rd
Guru Amar Dass (It is Chhotaa Anand Sahib
Starting 5 and last 40
th
stanza of the regular i.e. full Anand Sahib with 40 stanzas). Anand is
followed by Mundaavanee Mhlaa 5 (Phonated as Panjvaan) Thaal vich t.inn vast.oo pa-
eeo....., and Slok Mhlaa 5 (Panjvaan) T.aeraa keet.aa jaat.o naheen..... Rahras is recited at the
time of the sunset. It takes about 15-20 minutes to recite this.
Sohela - Kirtan Sohela
The Song of His Praise. It is given at the page 12, line 10, of Guru Granth Sahib. It is a
collection of 5 Shabads (Hymns), first three by the 1
st
Guru Nank Dev, after this 1 by the 4
th

Guru Ram Das, and the concluding one by the 5
th
Guru Arjun Dev. These 5 Hymns are from
different sections in Guru Granth Sahib. This is recited before retiring at night. If Raheras gets
delayed, Kirtan Sohela is recited along with that. It takes 2-3 minutes.

Bani not incuded in Nit-Nem
Shabad-Hajaarae
The Hymns in His Presence invocation i.e. supplication. To start with, there are 4 Hymns
by the 5
th
(Guru) Arjun Dev, addressed to his father Guru Ram Das (Waheguru). The remaining
6, are by the 1
st
Guru Nanak Dev. All these Hymns are from Guru Granth Sahib.
This Bani (Scripture) used to be included in the Nit-Nem - daily recitation of Scriptures,
but now, by the decision of the Panth - the Sikh World, it is no more so. Even now, it is recited
by many, usually after Jappu ji Sahib in the morning.
Guru Ram Das sent his son (Guru) Arjun Dev to Lahore to attend the marriage of the
son of his (Gurus) nephew Sahaee Mall, and told him to return only when called. About four
months or so passed waiting, and then (Guru) Arjun Dev sent one by one three very eager
Hymn-letters to his Guru-Father Ram Das to very humbly remind him to call. The first two did
not but the third reached him. The fourth Shabad of thanks, he composed on meeting his father
after coming back home from Lahore.
At that time Guru Ram Das was the Guru and Guru-Father has been used for him.
(Guru) Arjun Dev was not yet a Guru, and so the word Guru for him has been placed within
parentheses.
Anand
Usually called Anand Sahib. It has 40 stanzas, and takes about 16 minutes to recite. It was
composed by the 3
rd
Guru Amar Das. This is not now one of the Nit-Nem Scriptures, but is
recited by many in the morning.

19

Chhota Anand Sahib It is short variety of Anand, and is called Chhota Anand Sahib
(Short Anand Sabib), or simply Anand Sahib. It is the first 5, plus the 40
th
stanzas of the regular
Anand, and is recited or sung at the end of every function of joy or sorrow. This is the part of
Rahraas, as well.

Other Banis
Chaupaee
This is Paatshahi 10, Kabeovach Baenat.i. Chaupaee. The Hymn of supplication
(Invocation) by the Tenth Guru Gobind Singh. Its start is Hamree karo haath d.ae rachhaa.....
and its 25 stanzas are usually recited in the morning. It was composed by Guru Gobind Singh,
and is a section of Ath Pakhiaan Charit.r Likhyat.ae, under the heading It.t.e Sree Chirit.t.re
Pakhyaanae T.riyaa Chrit.t.re in Dassam Granth. At the start of this chapter Patshahi 10 is
given, but not at the start of this Chaupaee. It is recited daily in Rahraas, and is one of the five
Banis for preparing Amrit (Holy Drink). Many do not consider it the composition of Guru
Gobind Singh. It takes about 2-3 minutes to recite it.
Chaupaee
Prannvo Aade Aekankaara..... is in Akaal-Ustat, in Dassam-Granth, and is the composition of
Guru Gobind Singh. It has 10 stanzas, recited in the morning, taking a minute or so.
This Chaupai has been corrected according to Shabdarath Dassam Granth, by Bhai
Randheer Singh, page 16 of the Volume I, printed in 1985, by Punjabi University, Patiala. In
this book, the Chaupai starts from Tav Parsaad Chaupaee, Pranvo Aad Aekankaaraa. The
heading is according to a Nit-Nem Gutka (Booklet).
Commonly recited Bani
Sukhmani Sukhmani Sahib
Sukhmani Sahib is the composition of the 5
th
Guru Arjun Dev, given on the page 262 of Guru
Granth Sahib. It has 24 Ashtpadees (Octaves 8 stanzas in each octave). It is recited full or in
parts, mostly in the morning hours, taking about one to one and a half hours. In the Gurdwaras,
it is recited every morning.
Asaa Dee Vaar
It is not included in this book. In the Gurdwaras, it is sung in the morning as a routine. It takes
from 1 to 1.5 hours to sing it complete. Some, individually, may recite it daily, in full or in
parts. For reciting only, without added Shabads, it takes about 20-25 minutes.
This is given on the page 462, of Guru Granth Sahib. It was composed by Guru Nanak
Dev, in Raag Asaa, and it has Bani of the Second Guru, also. It has 24 steps and is to sing the
Glories of God.
Ard.aas
This is invocation, supplication or prayer. It may be performed at the start and very sure at the
end of every function. It is recited after the morning and evening prayers. The requirement is to
say it with single mind, humility, and total surrender. Its starting stanza Vaar Sri Bhaut.ee ji
Pat.shahi Dasveen. is by Guru Gobind Singh, and in its recitation or scribing no change is
permitted. The rest of it kept developing with the Sikh history.

20

21

CONTENTS
Dedication ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 3
Thanks -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4
Books by the author ----------------------------------------------------------- 5
Daily Prayer -------------------------------------------------------------------- 6
History - Gurdwara Sahib, SACVI------------------------------------------ 7
About the book----------------------------------------------------------------- 9
Foreword-----------------------------------------------------------------------10
Introduction to Nit-Nem-----------------------------------------------------12
Contents------------------------------------------------------------------------21

1) HH| H|J Jupjee Saahib----------------------------------------------22
2) H H|J Jaapu Saahib ------------------------------------------------89
3) H|U HU Tav Parsaad Sava-yay ------------------------------- 158
4) J|H H|J Rehraas Saahib---------------------------------------- 166
5) N| H|JM Keertan Sohilaa --------------------------------------- 211
6) HU JH Shabad Hazaaray ----------------------------------------- 221
7) mU H|J Aanand Saahib------------------------------------------ 241
8) mU H|J J Aanand Saahib (Chhotaa)------------------------ 288
9) 8U| (JH| N) Chaupaee ------------------------------------------ 294
10) 8U| J| (F m|U UNN) Chaupaee --------------------------- 308
11) mUH Ardaas --------------------------------------------------------- 316

22

H
r- " | J J - J, r3 J | =| J- J
| J"| 3J| | c -= | -|,
| c c= J | HJ, 1

JAPPU
TRANSLATION OF JAPPU
Out of respect, Jappu is commonly called
Jappu jee Sahib, or Jappu Neesaan, as well.
The Scripture is by the First Guru Nanak Dev ji
It starts at the page 1 of Siri Guru Granth Sahib the Holy Book.

W H| H N | | mNM H| mH| H N H|U v
ik oankaar sat naam kartaa purakh nirbh-a-o nirvair akaal moorat ajoonee
saibh
N
gur parsaad.
|JN H |8, H U| J, J H8 mH J1 H N M, |K, UHHF|
|J, H |J, HH |J, m m U J|Um J1 Nl U| |N U M |UJ
H8U| HH U| J1 (W |8 I UN J HH, m U J HU- |
mJU |N H HH U| JU UHU| J1 mN J,|JN H U|, J
H |8, m N J1 J - NU| H H HN 8U J, H |N HJ| J|)1
God is everywhere and in everyone, He is the Truth - Immortal, Creator, Without-
Fear, Without-Enmity, Unborn, and Self-Created. This understanding comes by
the Guru's Grace.
(9 One in Ik-Oankar represents God. U O-an: is Shabad; the Celestial-
Sound that denotes the Being of God. Kaar means All Powerful,
Everywhere, in Everything, and the Doer. The superscript N in the word
saae-bh
N
denotes a nasal sound and should not be pronounced as a complete
N, and it should not be fonated as saibh
N
g.
v H v
Jappu

H |UH H1 H |UH NF| U H | J1
Jappu- recite this. Jappu is the name of this Scripture, as well.

23

m|U H8 HN|U H8 v
aad sach jugaad sach.
|JN H H8, HNl H8 J1 (H8, J mH JHH N|UH)1
God was the Truth in the beginning, and has been so in all the ages.
J | H8 N JH| | H8 v9v
hai bhee sach naanak hosee bhee sach. ||1||
J, JF | H8U| J1 N, J HU J| H8U| J N1
|UJ HMN J1 HMN, N| U| |UN |NHH J1 H8 J mH |HH H
J|1
Nanak, He is the Truth now, and shall forevere be so. (This is a Salok a form
of poetry. Truth - Immortal).
H8 H|8 JU| H H8| M v
sochai soch naa hov-a-ee jay sochee lakh vaar.
|8 N U M |JN U| HH J| U|, Ml | |8 N|U1
Simply by contemplating on God, we cannot understand Him, even though we
may think hundreds of thousands of times.
8 8 JU| H M|U J |M v
chupai chup naa hov-a-ee jay laa-i rahaa liv taar.
8 N |JF U (|8F) M | HM| J| JU|, H MN |JN N J| |N
H8|U1
By keeping silent (Thinking), the mind does not receive satisfaction even though
it thinks with constant absorption.
|m | H |m v
bhukhi-aa bhukh naa utree jay bannaa puree-aa bhaar.
H U |HM U| J| JJU| - |JN U |Nm |HMU J|, H HH U
|Nm U N |N MU|U1
Hunger for God is not appeased - Knowledge of God is not obtained, though one
may study the relevant literature of the world.
HJH |HmF M J|J |UN 8M |M v
sahas si-aanpaa lakh hohi taa ik naa chalai naal.
JHl |HmFl (J |HmFl) M JF, |UN | (|JN HF MU|) NH J|
mU|1
We may have a hundred thousand folds of wisdom, even this does not help us
understand God.

24

|N H|8m JU|m |N N J |M v
kiv sachi-aaraa ho-ee-ai kiv koorhai tutai paal.
mH| |NUl H8 (H8 ) HF|U, m |NH l HK (H) U U JJ!
Then, how can we know the Truth (The True One), and how can we remove our
doubts?
JN|H HU| 8MF N |M|m |M v9v
hukam rajaa-ee chalnaa naanak likhi-aa naal. ||1||
N, M J| |M|m J - HM U H J, HH U| HH| U JNH |8 8|Mml (H8
|HMU m H |HJU J)1
Nanak says, the answer is to stay in the Will of God (doubts will clear up and we
will attain Him). ||1||
JNH| J| mN JNH N|Jm HU| v
hukmee hovan aakaar hukam naa kahi-aa jaa-ee.
|JN U JNH M HH U|ml Hl (H|) FU|ml J1 H U JNH |NJ J| H
HNU |N N| J - |NUl U J1
By His Order the Creation (living beings) come into being, but His Order cannot
be known.
JNH| J| H|m JN|H |HM |KmU| v
hukmee hovan jee-a hukam milai vadi-aa-ee.
JU JNH U M H| FU J, m JNH U M J| |UJ HF |HMU J - |UJ
N| F J, |Nl H |8 F J1
By His Will the living-beings get created, and with His Will these obtain honor
(of being a human. He determines what should they become a human being or
anything else).
JNH| H |8 JN|H |M| U H U|m|J v
hukmee utam neech hukam likh dukh sukh paa-ee-ahi
JU JNH M '8-| JU J, JNH (NHl) U M J| NH| H| |HMU| J1(H
|8 - 8N-HU: |m-WJ|m H|ml U HU)1
By His Will the living beings (Including the people) become high and low, by His
Will (Destiny of the people and deeds) they suffer or get pleasure or enjoyment.
|UN JNH| H|H |U|N JNH| HU U|m|J v
iknaa hukmee bakhsees ik hukmee sadaa bhavaa-ee-ahi.
|UN JU JNH U M |HHl (Ul, HN|) |HMU|ml J, |UN H U JNH M J|
HH H U 8N |8 U |JU J1

25

Some obtain His Blessings (liberation) through His Will, and others by His Will
keep trapped in the cycle of birth and death.
JNH mU| H N J| JNH N|U v
hukmai andar sabhu ko baahar hukam naa ko-i.
H JU JNH U mU J, JU JNH J NU| J|1
All are under His will none is out of it.
N JNH H JH NJ N|U v7v
naanak hukmai jay bujhai taa humai kahai naa ko-i. ||2||
N, H HH MU|U |N |JN U JNH HK| HH J J, l JU JNH HFU
Jl N|JF U JN |HJ HU1 (H |N JNH HH M, l JU JN J| J)1
Nanak says, if it is realized that His Will is beyond our understanding, the self-
pride I know it, will disappear and humility will emerge. ||2||
N N F J |NH F v
gaavai ko taan hovai kisai taan.
JU| N (NF) J N HNU J, |HH U NM |U| N J1 (NU| JU NF N
HN, |NH NM J |U| N, |NH J JU NF U |U |Nm |N JU UH HN!)
Only those can sing of His Greatness, who have the power to do so. (No one has
this ability to tell about His Greatness. No one has the knowledge of His
Qualities, to tell about Him!)
N N U| HF |HF v
gaavai ko daat jaanai nee-saan.
NU| H U|ml |HHl JU JF U|ml |H|ml HH N |N J J, JU NF NU J1
Some take His Boons as signs of His existence and sing of His praise.
N N NF |KmU|m 8 v
gaavai ko gun vadi-aa-ee-aa chaar.
NU| JU|ml 8 (H |'8F M|ml) |KmU|ml U N JU NF NU J1(NU|
JU|ml HJF|ml |KmU|ml U NF NU J H HU J )1
Some sing of His praise on beholding His great qualities.
N N ||Um |H |8 v
gaavai ko vidi-aa vikham veechaar.
NU|, mF| | ||Um U M |8 NN, JU NF NU J1(NU| '8| ||Um U
H U M |8 NN |N |JN m J, JU NF NU J1 |JN |HM U |Nm
N m J)1

26

Some, sing of His praise after realizing that it is difficult to attain wisdom to meet
Him.
N N H|H N J v
gaavai ko saaj karay tan khayh.
NU| NU J |N |JN H|l F N |UJ H (|HJ|) N |UU J1 (NU|,
|JN U|, H| F N |UJ |HJ UF U| K| HN| U N |UJU NF NU J)1
Some sing that He creates and then destroys it (Some sing impressed by the great
power of the Lord that He creates a body and can destroy it as well).
N N H|m M || UJ v
gaavai ko jee-a lai fir dayh.
NU| JU| HN| U NF NU J |N |JN F MN (H N) H U (H|M) |UU J1
(NU| |JN U| H N H |HU N UF U| HN| U ( J), JU NF NU
J)}
Some sing (impressed by the fact) that God has the power to takes away life and
then restore it too.
N N H |UH U| v
gaavai ko jaapai disai door.
NU| NU J |N |JN J U MNU m |UHU J1 (NU|, |JN J8 J
HF N JU NF NU J)1
Some sing, God seems and appears to be too far away (impressed that God is
unreachable).
N N JU JU| v
gaavai ko vaykhai haadraa hadoor.
NU| NU J |N J H U |J J (JU U |8 Jl) J J1 (NU| mF
m JU| JH|, JU NM, HHU J m JU NF NU J)1
Some sing that He beholds them - They are in His presence.
N N| m |J v
kathnaa kathee naa aavai tot.
JU HH NF M m J1 {|JN |8l U m J|1 |JN |8l
(mUH) UHF M m J1 |8l N M JU NU| l M UHU J |N J
J}
There are many who sing His praise. (There is no dearth of views about God.
There is no end to those who give opinions about God. Thinkers tell about Him in
many ways that He is).

27

N| N| N| NJ| N|J N|J v
kath kath kathee kotee kot kot.
Nl J| JU NF NU J1 (Nl |JN U UHU J)1
Many praise Him. (Millions give descriptions of God).
UU U MU |N |J v
daydaa day laiday thak paahi.
UF M (|JN) UU| J| HlU J, MF M MU N HF1
The Giver (God) keeps on giving, though the recipients may become weary of
receiving.
HN HN| J| |J v
jugaa jugantar khaahee khaahi.
m HH (HNl ) F M JU |U (Ul) J J1
Since ages the people have been eating and consuming (His provisions).
JNH| JNH 8MU J v
hukmee hukam chalaa-ay raahu.
JNH (|JN) mF JNH U |8 |UN mHM (J) H N (HH U| N) U J1
The Lord sets up (Establishes) everything within His System (Discipline, Order).
N |NH J vv
Nanak vigsai vayparvaahu. ||3||
N, H| |8 |JU, HH U| N J J (HH JNH |8 m 8M| HlU J,
J |UJU MU| NU| 8M N U| M J|1
Nanak God stays in joy and is carefree (The world continues in the System He
has set). ||3||
H8 H|J H8 |U |m m v
saachaa saahib saach naa-i bhaakhi-aa bhaa-o apaar.
H8 |JN U H8 H MN |m U M MU J1 (|JN H8 J, JU |m
| H8 J, JU| M| | H-| J J H HHU J)1
True is the Lord, True His Name and people recite His Name with great love.
(The Lord is the Truth, True is His Justice, and He accepts the True Love).
m|J HN|J U|J U|J U| N U v
aakhahi mangahi dayhi dayh daat karay daataar.
MN | NN HNU m UF N|JU J, |JN J U|ml HNl |ml NU J1
The People pray, beg, and ask for His Boons, the Giver; the Lord, fulfills their

28

desires.
| |N mN |m |H |UH U v
fayr ki agai rakhee-ai jit disai dar-baar.
HU H N J J| |UU J, H J J| JU, mF J N| J N|U |HH U M
JU U, JU JH H HN|U! (JU |Nm J)1
When everything comes from Him, He gives, then what is ours that we should
offer to Him so that we can enter His Court, go to His presence! (We realize
Him).
HJ |N MF M|m |H H|F |m v
muhou ki bolan bolee-ai jit sun Dharay pi-aar.
mH| HJ N| NJ|U |N H HF N |JN H |m N MN H!
What should we say that on hearing it He starts loving us!
m|H M H8 |KmU| |8 v
amrit vaylaa sach naa-o vadi-aa-ee vichaar.
(JU |m |HF H) H N HH U H8 H (|JN) U| |KmU|
' |8 N1 H H1
(For this) Early in the morning, think about (recite) the Greatness of the True
Name (Waheguru, God). Recite His Name.
NH| m N U| H Um v
karmee aavai kaprhaa nadree mokh du-aar.
N| 8N NH (|NHH, JU| |N) NN H (|UH, |UJ H|) |HMU J, m
|JN U| |N U M HN| U UH (HN|) |HMU J1
By good deeds the Saropa (Robe of honor - this body) is obtained, and by His
Kindness the door of salvation opens (gets Mukti - liberation, freedom from the
worldly bindings; the cycle of birth and death ends).
N U HF|m H m H|8m v0v
Naanak ay-vai jaanee-ai sabh aapay sachi-aar. ||4||
N, |UH l - |JN |8 NN, HH mU J |N H N (J l) m
HH J| J, (HH J| H N J)1
Nanak, this way (by contemplating on Waheguru,- God) we realize that
everything is nothing but the Lord Himself - He is everywhere, in everything. ||4||

29

|m H|U N| J|U v
thaapi-aa naa jaa-i keetaa naa ho-i.
NU| |JN N|UH (, |JN, |H|8,) J| N HNU m J| |UJ F (W,
U N) HNU J1
Nobody can establish (Fix up) or create Waheguru - God.
m m| |H H|U v
aapay aap niranjan so-i.
J |H (UN - |JN) mF m J| m |Fm J1 (HH, H N
m J| J1 H N HH U J)1
Niranjan (Stainless - the Lord), is Self-Created. (The Pure-One Himself is
everything).
|H| H|m || |Um H v
jin sayvi-aa tin paa-i-aa maan.
|HH JU| (|JN U|) H N|| (H H|m), J |UH |HM|1
Those who served (remembered Him), obtained honor got His acceptance.
N N|m NF| | v
Naanak gaavee-ai gunee niDhaan.
N, (|N |UJ J |N mH|) H NF U H (|JN U NF U|) | N|U (H
H|U)1
Nanak, sing the praise of the Lord who is the Treasure of Excellence (Qualities).
N|m HF|m H| |m v
gaavee-ai sunee-ai man rakhee-ai bhaa-o.
|JN U NF (H) N|U, NF U NF HF|U, m H U mU JU H |U1
(HH U NFl U| | H U mU H N N|U m HF|U)1
Sing the praise of the Lord (recite His Name), listen to it, and keep His love in
your mind.
U J| H W| M H|U v
dukh parhar sukh ghar lai jaa-i.
(|UUl), mF U U J HlU J, m H H U mU m HU J1
(This way), we are relieved of pain and sorrow, and peace settles down in the
mind.

30

NH| U NH| U NH| |Jm HHU| v
gurmukh naad
N
gurmukh vayd
N
gurmukh rahiaa samaa-ee.
NH (H |JN U JNH |8 J) U H mU J| U J, NH U H |8 J| U J,
|N |N NH U H mU J| mNM m HU J1
U - : HU, U H, F|1 U - HH U |Nm1
The Shabad resides in the mind of the Gurmukh and in the mind of the Gurmukh
is His Knowledge (of Vedas), because he always remembers the Lord in his mind.
(Shabad - His Name. Gurbani - the Word of God. Gurmukh - God-Oriented, one
in submission to God),
N U|H N N H N | HU| v
gur eesar gur gorakh barmaa gur paarbatee maa-ee.
|UN N (|JN) |8 J| m HlU J U: U|H - |H, H M U; N -
|H, MF M U; JH - U N M; m | - |H U| |1
|H U| | U H MHH| m JH U| | HH| J1
The Guru (God) Himself is Isar - Shiva god of destruction; Gorakh - Vishnu
god of provisions; Brahma - god of creation; and Parbati - wife of god Shiva.
(Just for the knowledge sake, Vishnu's wife is Lakhshmi and Brahma's is
Saraswati).
H J HF m J| NJF N HU| v
jay h-a-o jaanaa aakhaa naahee kahnaa kathan naa jaa-ee.
H H HH N HFU Jl l UH |Uml, JU l N | U|Hm J| H
HNU1
H H HFU | Jl, l | UH J| HNU, J N|JF UHF J1
Had I known about God, should I not have disclosed it? He is difficult to
describe. (Even if I Know about God, it is impossible to tell, because He is above
description).
N |UN U|J U| v
guraa ik dayhi bujhaa-ee.
N H| |UN NM HH |U| J,
The Guru has made me understand one thing,
H H|m N |UN U H H |H| HU| vv
sabhnaa jee-aa kaa ik daataa so mai visar naa jaa-ee. ||5||
(|N) H H|l U |H |UN J| U (U UF M, H|-U) J, J H NU
Ml1
(That) God gives (His Boons, life) to everyone, (I should) never forget Him. ||5||

31

|| H |H |F F |N |U N| v
teerath naavaa jay tis bhaavaa vin bhaanay ki naa-i karee.
H H J 8N MN Hl l HF H |-|UH J |Nm1 J 8N MNF U | |NH
| JF U | N| M J!
Getting accepted by Him is my bath at a pilgrimage, and without being
accepted, there is no (sense of any) such a bath.
H| |H| U| |F NH |N |HM MU| v
jaytee sirath upaa-ee vaykhaa vin karmaa ki milai l-a-ee.
JU| FU| H| H|HJ| (U|ml, HH) UU Jl, (m |UJ H|Fm J |N) | 8N
NH (N-|N, N NH) U |NH N| |HM HNU J!
I look upon His Creation, (and find) what can anyone have from Him without His
Kindness (his destiny, good deeds!).
H| ||8 HJ H|FN H |UN N N| |H HF| v
mat vich ratan javaahar maanik jay ik gur kee sikh sunee.
H U mU HJ, J| H| (H 8|NmU|ml) HH, H N Nl U| |UN |H|m | HF
(H) MU| H1
In the mind are gems, jewels and rubies (all goodness), if you listen to (act upon)
even a single piece of advice of the Guru.
N |UN U|J U| v
guraa ik dayhi bujhaa-ee.
N H| |UN NM HH |U| J,
The Guru has explained (made me understand) one thing,
H H|m N |UN U H H |H| HU| vv
sabhnaa jee-aa kaa ik daataa so mai visar naa jaa-ee. ||6||
(|N) H H|l U |UN J| U (HMN) J, m |UJ NM (J |JN H|) H NU M1
(That) There is but One Giver (Master) for all beings, and I should never forget it
(I may never forget Him!). ||6||
H HN 8 mH J UHF| J|U v
jay jug chaaray aarjaa hor dasoonee ho-i.
H H U| H 8 HNl (|UN HN JHl J| |ml U JU J) |HK| J, m |UH
| UH NF J K| J HU1
If the age of a man be equal to four ages (periods of time, eras, aeons. A period is
of thousands of years), and may even become ten times more.

32

K ||8 HF|m |M 8M H N|U v
navaa khandaa vich jaanee-ai naal chalai sabh ko-i.
J Kl ( HJU|, | U |JH, H HH) |8 H|Fm HlU J, m H
MN H|N NN JU M U JF1
May be he gets known all over the world and all the people accompany him out of
respect.
8N |U N HH N|| H|N M|U v
changaa naa-o rakhaa-i kai jas keerat jag lay-i.
J |UH (8N H) U M H|Um HF MN , m HH U mU JU| |H JF
MN H1
He may win praise (honor, good name) in the world (nine continents), and out of
respect people may start following him wherever he goes.
H |H U| mU| N v
jay tis nadar naa aavee taa vaat naa puchhai kay.
H H |JN U| |N J l H U NU| (JM |) U J|1
If the Lord is not kind, no one will care even to speak with (Inquire after) him.
N|J mU| N|J N| UH| UH v
keetaa andar keet kar dosee dos Dharay.
m|HJ U MN N||ml | |Nm J|Um N| |NFU J, m H m | J J |
H | N|JU J (HJ | JF U| JH MU J)1
Such a person is considered the worst worm, and even the sinners accuse him of
sins.
N |N|F NF N NF|m NF U v
Naanak nirgun gun karay gunvan-ti-aa gun day.
N, |JN NF | MNl | NF (8|NmU|ml) HU J, m H |JMl J| NF
M J J J NF |UU J1
Nanak, God gives goodness (virtues) even to those with none, and to those with
virtues, He gives more.
J N|U HU| |H |H NF N|U N v?v
tayhaa ko-i naa sujhee ji tis gun ko-i karay. ||7||
, H |mM |8 m|HJ NU| J| mU |N |HH NM |UJ HN| J |N |JN U NF
|8 NU| |UN | N HN1
But, I cannot think of anyone who has power enough to add to the Qualities of
God. ||7||

33

H|Fm |H | H| v
suni-ai siDh peer sur naath.
|JN U H HF U M |H - NHl NF M; | - HHMH H, m|HN
mN; H| U; m UN|: |JN U |HM U J HF M F1
H HFN U |H, |, U, , F HlU J1 H HF NN |Hl, |l,
U|ml, m l U -|Nm J HlU J1 H HFN |UJ N |Nm J
HlU J1
By listening to God's Name, Sidha - those with power to do miracles; Peer
Muslim spiritual leaders; Sur gods, and Yogis came into being. (Yogi - one who
practices Yoga. Yoga: a way to meet God. By listening to the Name of God, one
becomes like sidha, Peer, Sur, and Nath - one becomes knowledgeable like them).
H|Fm | M mNH v
suni-ai Dharat Dhaval aakaas.
|JN U H HF N J| (H U NF) |UJ | (HH|), M m mHH F1
M - |8J M |N |HH | |HNl ' 8N| UHU J - | mF| l
N|UH F U mHM1 H HFN |, M, m mNH U Ul U MN HlU J1
By listening to God's Name, the earth, Dhaval, and Akash (Sky, space, ether)
came into being. (Dhaval - White Bull that is said to carry the earth on its horns -
the principle that keeps the earth set in the System of the Lord. By listening By
listening to His Name, you come to know the secrets of the earth, Dhaval and
space).
H|Fm U| Mm M v
suni-ai deep lo-a paataal.
|JN U H HF N J| (H |JN U| |N U M) U| (J), MN m M
F1
Mm - MN: ||-MN, H NU K|ml U mH1 H MN |; U MN
U|ml U mH, HN N1 H HF U M mUH| HJ-U|l, Mml m Ml
U |Nm J HlU J1
By listening to the Lord's Name (By His Kindness), the continents, Loa, and
nether worlds came into being. (By listening to the Name of God, one attains the
knowledge of the continents, different Mandals Mandalas: levels, worlds, and
nether worlds. Loa - Worlds - ancestors-level, demi-gods level, etc. Nether
world - the other side: bottoms of the earth.

34

H|Fm |J HN NM v
suni-ai pohi naa sakai kaal.
U H H|Fml H U U | J| mU|1 (H U K HN HlU J)1
By listening to the Lord's Name, death cannot touch the man. (He is no longer
afraid of death).
N N HU |NH v
Naanak bhagtaa sadaa vigaas.
N, (|JN U|ml |UJ |KmU|ml HFN), Nl JHH mU |JU J1
Nanak, (understanding these Qualities of God), the devotees are ever in ecstasy
(Joy, bliss).
H|Fm U N H vcv
suni-ai dookh paap kaa naas. ||8||
|JN U H HF U M, U m H J HlU J1
By listening to God's Name, sorrows and sins are destroyed. ||8||
H|Fm U|H H |UU v
suni-ai Eesar Barmaa Ind.
|JN U H HF N J| (H: |JN U| |N U M) U|H (|H - H U U),
JH (U N U U), m |UU (H|J U U) JU1 (H HFN |H, JH m
|UU N F HU|U J - |UJ U NF m HlU J, |UJ N |Nm J HlU J)1
By listening to the Lord's Name (By virtue of Waheguru, Gods Name), Shiv
(Shiva - god of destruction and death), Brahma (god of creation), and Indar (Indra
- god of rain) came into being. (By hearing the Name of God, one becomes like
Shiv, Brahma, and Indar - one attains their wisdom, qualities. Impressed by their
status - evolved states, one becomes eager to worship God).
H|Fm H| HMJF HU v
suni-ai mukh saalaahan mand.
U H HF M U|, MN | mF HJ U M | N MN HlU J1
Anyone who listens to God's Name, even the evil ones, start praising him.
H|Fm HN HN| | U v
suni-ai jog jugat tan bhayd.
H HF U M HN U| HN (HN, |HMF U |UN |N, N), m H| U U
(|N |UJ U W J, J J| |UJ FU-8MU J, H H |NUl N J) HF
MU|U J1
By hearing God's Name, man understands the ways of Jog (Yoga a method of

35

realizing Him) and the secrets of the body (that it is the house of God, He creates
and runs it, how to control the mind).
H|Fm HH |H|H| U v
suni-ai saasat simrit vayd.
HMN U H HF U M, HH, |H|H|ml m U F1 (|UJ H-Nl U |Nm
J HlU J1 H HF U M H|Um - H|, mH m HH U |Nm J HlU J)1
(HH HH, |JU MH U|ml HNl; |H|H| |H|H|ml, HU| HNl NHNlK
|N|m, N ; U- 8 |JU N)1
By hearing the Lord's Name, the Shastras, Simritis and Vedas came into being.
(By listening to the Name of God, one gains the knowledge in these Holy Books.
One attains the knowledge of the worldly things - body, soul, and God). The
Shastar Shastras, six books of the Hindu philosophy. Samritis - 27 books of the
Hindu ceremonial procedures. Veds Vedas, four Hindu ancient books.
N N HU |NH v
N, ( U |UJ NF HFN), N HU H| |8 |JU J1
Nanak, (realizing these Virtues of the Lord), the saints always stay in bliss.
H|Fm U N H vcv
|JN U H HF U M U m U J HlU J1 (H U ' Ul l U
mH J| JU)1
By listening to the Lord's Name, one becomes free from troubles (pains) and sins.
(Sins and sorrows do not effect his mind). ||9||
H|Fm H H |Nm v
suni-ai sat santokh gi-aan.
|JN U H HF U M H8U| (J J, J HU N|UH J), H (JU JNH
|8 m HF), m |JN |Nm (|N H N N M J J| J, J J l HHU
J) m HlU J1
By listening to the Lord's Name, one realizes the Truth (He is Ever-constant -
Immortal), contentment (accepting His will), and receives the Divine Knowledge
(That God is the Doer, He is present everywhere and in everything etc.)
H|Fm mH| N |UH v
suni-ai athsath kaa isnaan.
|JN U H HF MF, HF 68 |l U |UH N MF J (H JU mJ |l

36

F U M U J1 - H m | H J HlU J)1
Listening to the Lord's Name equals the bath at 68 Hindu places of pilgrimages
(Fruit of the bath at sixty-eight places of pilgrimage is obtained. Hindu
philosophy is that such baths cleanse the soul of its sins).
H|Fm | | |J H v
suni-ai parh parh paavahi maan.
J| U H HF m U M |UH |HMU| J, |JN mF F MU J1
By hearing and constantly reading the Scriptures (God's Name), one receives
honor, and achieves acceptance by Him.
H|Fm MN HJ|H |m v
suni-ai laagai sahaj Dhi-aan.
JU H HF U M, mH U M (| 8M N|) |m |JN U M H HlU
J1
By hearing the Name of the Lord, one gets effortlessly attached to His Name.
N N HU |NH v
N, (|JN U|ml m|HJ|ml |Hl HF N), JU N JHHl mU |8 |JU J1
Nanak, (realizing such Qualities of God), His devotees constantly remain in the
bliss.
H|Fm U N H v9Ov
JU H HF U M, U m NJ HlU J1
By hearing God's Name, sufferings (Mental agony, disease) and sins are washed
away. ||10||
H|Fm H NF N NJ v
suni-ai saraa gunaa kay gaah.
|JN U H HF U M, JU JH H-H: HHU, HH |N H, NF
U| HFN| J HlU| J1
NFl U H |JN, U |Nm J HlU J1
By hearing the Lord's Name, one attains the knowledge of His innumerable
Virtues.

37

H|Fm H | |HJ v
suni-ai saykh peer paatisaah.
MN, HH U H HF U| |N U M H (HHMH U| |UN N1 |JU F
HHMH | H N|JU J1 , 8N HHMH), | (HHMH H, J U |HN
mN), m UHJ U| U| MU J ('H H 8N U, F HlU J)1
By virtue of listening to the Lord 's Name, one becomes a Sheikh, a Peer (Muslim
saint, their religious leader), and a Pateshah Badshah i.e. a king. (Sheikh - a sect
of Muslims, a Hindu converted to Islam, a good Muslim. The Lords Name
changes the people to supreme beings).
H|Fm m |J J v
suni-ai anDhay paavahi raahu.
HMN U H HF U M m (mNM U m1 |Hl ' H J|) | J (
|HMF U H) MU J1
By listening to Gods Name, even the blind (spiritually blind, those having no
faith in the Lord) find their way (the path of union with God).
H|Fm J J mHNJ v
suni-ai haath hovai asgaahu.
U H HF U M mHNJ U| J |HM HlU| J1
mHNJ - |HH U| |NF|-|HF| J| J HNU|: HHU, |JN1 J - J, NM
U |H M N NJ| N U| MU| |N H |HF H U J1 Jl U M |HF|,
|Nm1
By hearing the Master's Name, we get the knowledge of He Who is beyond our
understanding.
N N HU |NH v
N, |JN U H U| m|HJ| |N U N N HU mU |8 |JU J (|, H
HF U 8 |JU J)1
Nanak, by beholding such Virtues of the Name of God, the saints stay in constant
bliss (They remain eager to recite His Name).
H|Fm U N H v99v
HMN U H HF U M, U (H U| NMF, N) m H J HlU J1
Hearing the Lord's Name, destroys agonies (mental, physical) and sins. |11||

38

H N| N| NJ| H|U v
mannay kee gatt kahee naa jaa-i.
H | (|JN m) JU JNH HU J, JU (JU H U| JM, '8| U|,
|) N UHF-N|JF J HHNM J1
It is not possible to describe the higher mental state of one who accepts the Will
of God (has faith in Him).
H N NJ | |U v
jay ko kahai pichhai pachhutaa-i.
H NU| |UH N UHF U| N|HH NU J, l J HN U J |N |UJ N | J|
UH H|Nm (|UJ UH MF l JU H U| NM J| H|)1
If someone tries to describe, he repents that he could not tell anything (he did not
have the wisdom to do so).
NN|U NMH |MFJ v
kaagad kalam naa likhanhaar.
m|HJ NNH, m|HJ| NMH, m J| |UJ |HJ NU| |M| J (|N U JNH HF M
U H U| '8| mH U |M|m H HN),
There is no paper, pen, and scribe, who has the ability to do so (To write about
the elevated state of the mind of one who surrenders to God),
H N |J N| |8 v
mannay kaa beh karan veechaar.
(|N) ' H F M U H U| JM |8|m H HN1 (JNH HF M, H
HF M, H |JN F|, N|JU| J J HF N HF M JNH mF H| |8
M mF M U H U| JM |8U J N HF J| HNU)1
(That) they may reflect on the one who has faith in the Lord (accepts the Will of
God, practices Nam i.e. recites His Name).
mH H |H J|U v
aisaa naam niranjan ho-i.
m|HJ J M |H (|, |JN) U H HF U1 (m|HJ | J H!),
Such is the effect of the Name of the Lord. (So pure is His Name!),
H N H| HF H| N|U v97v
jay ko mann jaanai man ko-i. ||12||
, H NU| |UH NM ' |HH NN (H N, JNH |8 m N) |UJ mF H U mU
M (N N M, |N JU JNH |8 |UJ NF-HN| J)1
Provided, one has the firm faith in His Name (accepts His Will, believes in the

39

Virtues of His Name). ||12||
H H| J H| | v
mannai surat hovai man buDh.
|JN U H ' H N U M (JNH |8 mN), mF H m | U MN
HlU J (|N |UJ |NH mH |8 J, m U| H| J HlU| J1 H |Mml, H HH |8
|JN U |Nm m HlU J)1
By believing in the Lord's Name (surrendering to Him), one comes to know the
state of his mind (understands his self, self-realization. By having faith in His
Name, he gets Divine-Understanding).
H HNM F N| H| v
mannai sagal bhavan kee suDh.
H |8 H N U M H (ll) U| HH m HlU| J (|N |JN H l HHU
J1 |JN U |Nm, m H U H HKMl: JMl, U MN HlU J)1
By believing in God's Name, one gains the knowledge of all the places (That the
Lord is present everywhere. One becomes aware of God and of ones own mind).
H H|J 8J |U v
mannai muhi chotaa naa khaa-i.
H (|JN) H MF U M HJ ' HJl J| HJ|ml U|ml1
8Jl - N, J| lU1 U NMH J| mU1 NH, N, M, HJ, JN 8
|JU J1 H Hl J HlU J, m |Nm U| | MU| l l J| |m |U1
With faith in His Name (God), one is saved from pain, sorrow, frustration (Lust,
anger, greed, attachment, and ego do not bother him. He becomes contented and
no more goes from door to door to beg the knowledge of God).
H HH N H| H|U v
mannai jam kai saath naa jaa-i.
H ' H U M, HH U M HF 8 HU|U J1 (H U K J| |JU)1
Through belief in the Lord's Name, one does not go with the death's messenger.
(There is no more fear of death).
mH H |H J|U v
|UJ HJ J UH-|J (|JN) U H,
Such is the Name of the Spotless (God),

40

H NU| H U mU |JN U H ' H M m1
If in the mind someone has faith in the Lord's Name. ||13||
H H|N N |U v
mannai maarag thaak naa paa-i.
|JN (m |UJU H) ' |HH F M ('8 mHN, U HM U) J |8
NJ (NH, N, M, HJ, JN U|) J| U|1
The believer in God's Name has no obstacles (like those of lust, anger, greed,
attachments and ego) on his way (of the spiritual development) to meet the Lord.
H | |H NJ H|U v
mannai patt si-o pargat jaa-i.
H ' H F M |UH U M NJ (H|J, H M) J N ( U W) HlU
J1
The believer in the Lord (His Name), departs with honor and renown (into Gods
Presence).
H HN 8M v
mannai mag naa chalai Panth.
|JN-H U J (H-H) ' H M mF U M, J (H, |HMF U
N) H |8 J| mU (|8U | J|1 H Hl J HlU J)1
The believer on the way of His Name (Recitation of His Name), does not consider
any other path (any other method of meeting God. He becomes contented).
H H H| H v
mannai Dharam saytee san-banDh.
H ' H N M U H (H8U|, 8N mHM, mF H) U M H J HlU
J1 (J H| J HlU J)1
The believer adopts good (truthful) discipline of life (becomes spiritual minded).
mH H |H J|U v
m|HJ J |H (UN-UH |J, |JN) U H,
Such is the Name of the Pure-One (God),

41

H NU| H U mU H U ' H M m1
Provided someone has faith in the Lord's Name (in what He says). ||14||
H |J H Um v
mannai paavahi mokh duaar.
JNH HF M (H HF M) HN J HlU J (J U|ml U J| |JU, mH
Hl| |HM HlU| J, HF-HHF U 8N HN HlU J)1
One who submits to the Will of God (One who practices the Nam-Jap: recitation
of His Name, follows what He: the Scriptures say) attains Mukti (liberation
from the worldly bindings, the soul gets peace, his cycle of birth and death ends).
H H v
mannai parvaarai saaDhaar.
|JN (H) HF M, U | H N |UU J ( U mH |UU
J, |JN U M HU J)1
One with faith in God, reforms (Redeems) his family also.
H N |H v
mannai tarai taaray gur sikh.
HF M N|H, m HlU m Jl | MU J1 ( HH-HHU
HF, H|F NHU| U M H| MF)1
The Gur-Sikh (Guru-Oriented person) swims away across the worldly-ocean and
also, takes others along with him (Lives his life successfully and as well, makes
others do so).
H N |J | v
mannai naanak bhavahi naa bhikh.
N, H ' H J H l | |UJ HNF MU| J| |U1
|J - |U-' N J| lU1 Hl| m HlU| J, HNl J| |JU|ml, 8|Hl U|
J| |JU|, HJH| J| |JU|, H|Um U HN HlU J1 Hl| m HlU| J, m U
J U|ml l J| U |U1
Nanak, one with faith in the Lord does not go about begging (becomes content,
stops demands, becomes satiated, is no more a slave of his desires, gets liberated
from the worldly bindings, becomes appeased and no more asks others the way to
God).

42

mH H |H J|U v
m|HJ J (HN| M, NH |m) |JN U H,
Such is (the powerful, full of miracles) the Name of God,
H NU| mF H mU JU H U H N M1
If in the mind, someone has faith in the Lord's Name. ||15||
8 F 8 v
panch parvaan panch parDhaan.
8 |JN HH (NM) J, m|HJ J| (HN, HH|UJ| |8) |HN (H|, mHN
mN) J1
8 - 8F, H|, NH, |Hl H ' |HH J1
Those with faith in the Name of God are His selected (chosen) ones, are
acceptable to Him, and become Pardhaan the spiritual leaders (the honored
ones).
8 |J UN|J H v
panchay paavahi dargahi maan.
m|HJ 8 (NH), |JN U U |8 mU U J1
Such God-Oriented persons attain honor in His Court.
8 HJ|J U| H v
panchay sohahi dar raajaan.
m|HJ 8F JU (8, NH) |Hml (m|HN |Hml) U U mU H (HF, mU)
M JU J1
Such selected ones (God-Oriented) grace the court of kings (spiritual people).
8 N N UN |m v
panchaa kaa gur ayk Dhi-aan.
m|HJ 8 (8N MN), |H |UN N (|JN) U |m |8 H |JU J1
The attention of the chosen ones stays fixed only on Guru (God).
H N NJ N |8 v
jay ko kahai karai vichaar
H NU| m|HJ NHl (|JN) U N NJ m |UH ' |8 | N,
If someone comments or thinks about such God-Oriented people (and God),

43

N N NF J| HH v
kartay kai karnai naahee sumaar.
N (|JN) U N| NHl U| |NF| J| J HNU|1
JU|ml |HHl m J1 H |JN m|HJ NH FU J, |UJ U, |UJ U
H U| mH U, m HH U mF |, NU| m J|1
No one can count the Doings (Blessings) of the Creator. (It is hard to describe
such God-Oriented people or about their mental state, as they are also His
Creation,).
M H U|Um N v
Dhoul Dharam d-i-aa kaa poot.
M (HU M) H: 8|NmU|ml, m |Um U J1
M - HU- M |HH | 8N| JU| UH|U| J, m|HJ NJ| M NU| 8|H J|,
|UJ |UN U mHM J m |UH mH U|m H m |Um U mH |JN| JU| J1
| U m H J |N H |Um 'HU J1
The White Bull is the outcome of Dharam - Dharma: Right discipline, and Daya:
Compassion. (White Bull - Mythical bull holding up the earth is the Lords
Discipline, Principle, or System. There is nothing like such a white-bull and the
world is supported by the discipline of Dharam and Daya).
H | |m |H| H| v
santokh thaap rakhi-aa jin soot.
|UJ (H m |Um) U M H |HM N HH |UN H |8 |m J|Um J1
H - H, H|JF, Hl|, U JNH |8 |JF1 H - K, H, U|m U 8MF
U mHM1 MNl U HJ| 8M U mHM H, |Um m H J1
These (Dharam and Daya) combined with Santokh hold the earth in its Order
System. (Santokh - Contentment, forbearance, patience, satiation, tolerance.
Right-Discipline to live is Dharam, Daya, plus Santokh).
H N J H|8m v
jay ko boojhai hovai sachi-aar.
J H|8m (|Nm M, HHU) J |N H mHM|m (H8U|) HH M,
Sachyara (The man of truth, and knowledge, He knows the Truth that God is
everything) is one who understands the Truth,
M | N v
Dhavlai upar kaytaa bhaar.
|N M M |N J! (| ' NU U |N H: |M J1 |N |JN

44

U| 8 m J)1
As to how much load the white-bull carries (Understanding that the extent of
Creation is unlimited).
| J J J v
Dhartee hor parai hor hor.
|UH | J |ml J, m |UJ 8l (|ml, U|ml) U NU| m
J|1
Beyond this earth, there are more earths, and there is no end to His Creation
(Worlds).
|H M NF H v
tis tay bhaar talai kavan jor.
|UH M | 8N| JU| J, M U Jl |NJ| N J |N |HH ' |UJ J!
| U ' NU U H m J, m|HJ|ml |ml U m J|, m |UH
|NJ| N HlU| J! |JN J| |UH H U| HM NU J1 m NM J| J |N m|HJ
m| M |UJ | 8N| JU| J, H| 8 U m J| m |JN J| J |N H |U
H U| MF NU J1
If this mythical bull is supporting the earth, then what power is supporting this
bull? (The universe has not only this earth but is a vast Creation, what power
supports all this? Only Waheguru - God, takes care of everything. His Discipline
supports everything).
H|m H| N N v
jee-a jaat rangaa kay.naav.
H| NU| N-l (H|ml, |NHHl) m l U J1 (H|l U|ml |NHH HH J)1
Living beings are of innumerable kinds, colors and names.
H |M|m | NMH v
sabhnaa likhi-aa vurhee kalaam
H|ml 8 U MN |M|m J1 (| - |UNH 8MU|1 |UJ H|l
MN 8MU| NMH U M |M|m J1 M N|, mUH MU, NF NU J)1
People have continuously written about His Creation.
UJ M |M| HF N|U v
ayhu laykhaa likh jaanai ko-i.
H NU| |UJ M |MF HFU J (NU| J |N H |UJ |NF|-|HF| N HN!),
If someone knows to make this assessment (Is there anyone who can make the
assessment of His Creation?),

45

M |M|m N J|U v
laykhaa likhi-aa kaytaa ho-i.
(l ) |UJ M |NK K JN (J HN)! (|NK K JN |UJ M m |UJ NF
|M HNN! |JN U| 8 NU| J| |M HNU)1
(Then) how big will be this account? (Will anyone be able to write it down! The
Creation of the Lord is beyond our capacity to assess).
N F Hm|MJ v
kaytaa taan su-aalihu roop.
|JN U| 8 N U| HN|, m |UJ N U| HU NHM J!
How powerful is the Lord and Wonderful His Creation!
N| U| HF NF N v
kaytee daat jaanai koun koot.
J |NK K U| J (JU|ml |N|ml Ul J), |NH U| N J |N |UJ HF H!
What a great Giver is He! (How many Boons He gives!) Who has the power to
know it!
N| H UN N v
keetaa pasaa-o ayko kavaa-o.
|UN HU (N'M, JNH) N|JF U M H| (|JN H|) HN U H (F, M) N
|U J!
Lord, You created the universe with One Word!
(The Bang Theory of the scientists states that the world was created by division
of another planet with a bang).
|H JU M U|m v
tis tay ho-ay lakh daree-aa-o.
|UH JNH (H) U M Ml U|m |JF MN U! (H| NU U mU)1
With His Word, hundreds of thousands of rivers began to flow! (In the universe).
NU| NF NJ |8 v
kudrat kavan kahaa veechaar.
H NM N |N |N H H (J |NK U|, N, |NM J) |8 N HNl,
Hl UH HNl1
I have no power to contemplate on, or tell about Him (His Boons, Power,
Kindness etc.)

46

|m H UN v
vaari-aa naa jaavaa ayk vaar.
H l |U HN | J| |N |UN | | |m (N) H HNl!
HF, N JF, U J |MJ HF, mF| JU |m | H| H|J
N|1 , Nml, Hl J |NH Hl U|ml N|ml UF|ml |H H U mHM J|1
I do not even have the worth of appreciating You once! (Sacrifice to is an
expression of deep love and care. Sikhs do not offer sacrificial animals to God,
Gurus or to anyone else).
H HU| M| N v
jo tuDh bhaavai saa-ee bhalee kaar.
|JN H|, J J| |N J |N H J 8N MN (H JK JNH J, H N J| N|J
HNU)1
God, the right thing is one that pleases You (Whatever You desire, I cannot say
any thing).
HU HMH| |N v9v
too sadaa salaamat nirankaar. ||16||
J |N (mN |J, NU| HNM J|; |JN), H| HU J| HMH J (JHH N|UH J,
JK JNH J| |N J)1
Nirankar (Formless, God), You are Ever-Constant (Unchanged, Eternal,
Immortal. Your Will prevails). ||16||
mH H mH v
asankh jap asankh bhaa-o.
m|NF H, m m |m (UN|) NU J1
There are countless who recite Your Name (do the Naam-Jaap), and numberless
who love (worship) You.
mH H mH v
asankh poojaa asankh tap taa-o.
m|NF J H | H, m m | |Hm (mN U HN HJ N H N, N
UN|) NU J1 (m | H m m|NF | '|Hm U N J)1
Countless worship You, and numberless revere You in the hard ways. (Your
worship is done in many ways).
mH N H| U v
asankh garanth mukh vayd paath.
m J H H Nl m Ul U U J ( |HMF U |UJ N HHU-U

47

J)1
Countless recite the Scriptures and read the Vedas (as a way to meet You).
mH HN H| J|J UH v
asankh jog man raheh udaas.
m|NF J |N H UN (|JN HM U |UN |N) NU, m H UH (U|ml
H N) U J1
Countless practice Yoga (Yogis practice Yoga - a method to meet God) and stay
detached from the world.
mH N NF |Nm |8 v
asankh bhagat gun gi-aan veechaar.
m|NF N |JN U NF U |Nm U M JU () ' |8 NU J1 (mNl
N |JN U NF U ' |8 NU J, |8 N U N M N| NU J)1
Countless are the Bhagats (Devotees) who ponder on Him, or worship by
reflecting on the Virtues of God.
mH H| mH U v
asankh satee asankh daataar.
|NF J H| (H| MN, H8 U), mF|NF J U N M (|JN |HMF
MU|1 U N N| U mN HHU J)1
Countless are the men of piety, and numberless practice charity (to meet Him.
Consider charity a part of worship).
mH H HJ H v
asankh soor muh bhakh saar.
m|NF J HH (JU) |HJ |N HJ H (MJ, J|m, HJHF J N M) F
H (H, |HMF U J) HFU-HHU J1
Countless are the warriors who bravely confront the enemy (Taking it as their
worship to the Lord).
mH H| |M M|U v
asankh mon liv laa-i taar.
m|NF 8 , |JN U M H H, JU| H NU J1
Countless are the silent-sages who center their love and attention on God.
NU| NF NJ |8 v
kudrat kavan kahaa vichaar.
H8 |HJ, H| N| HHM (N) J |N H (NFl, Nl-Nl, | H - |HMF U

48

m ||Nml) |8 N HNl!
Lord, I have no power to describe You (Your Qualities, numerous methods of
worshipping You).
|m H UN v
H l |UN | ' N JF HN J| Jl1
I cannot even once be a sacrifice (appreciation) to You.
H HU| M| N v
H 8N MN, J| 8N| N (NH, NM) J!
Whatever pleases You, is the right deed!
HU HMH| |N v9?v
HU HMH (N|UH) J, J N- (HNM) | H| (|JN H|)!
Formless One (God), You are For-Ever (Immortal, Eternal). ||17||
mH H m W v
asankh moorakh anDh ghor.
mHl (m) H, mNM U m J1 (NU |8 8|NmU|ml U M U|ml |
J, |UJ | HF)1
Numberless are the fools with no wisdom (ignorant). (In the Creation, the evil and
virtue go side by side. Now, listen about it).
mH 8 JH v
asankh chor haraam-khor.
m|NF 8, JH (Jl U HM F M) J1
Numberless are thieves and deceitful persons.
mH mH N| H|J H v
asankh amar kar jaahi jor.
m|NF J |N H N (HUH|) N HlU J1
Numberless are the highhanded men.
mH NM J|m NH|J v
asankh galavadh hati-aa kamaahi.
m|NF NM N UF U NU J1

49

Numberless are persons who do not hesitate to commit the sin of murder.
mH | N| H|J v
asankh paapee paap kar jaahi.
m|NF | N HlU J1
Numberless are sinners who go on committing sins.
mH N|m N ||J v
asankh koorhi-aar koorhay firaahi.
m|NF J |N H NHU |JU J1
Numberless are liars who keep on lying.
mH HM HM | |J v
asankh malaychh mal bhakh khaahi.
m|NF NU ( MN) NU-M lU J1 (HH,H NU| HJH HM-H N|JU
J)1
Numberless degraded persons keep on eating filthy things (Some saints call meat
and alcohol the filth).
mH |UN |H| N|J v
asankh nin-dak sir karahi bhaar.
m ||Um N M (U| UF M) ||Um NU |U J (||Um U 8NU
J)1
Numberless are slanderers who continue speaking ill of others.
N |8 NJ |8 v
Naanak neech kahai vichaar.
|HF (|8) N U |UJ |8 J (N H| |H U M N|JU J),
Lowly Nanak holds the opinion (Guru ji says it with humility),
|m H UN v
H ' (J |JN) |UN | N JF HN J| Jl1
He cannot even once be a sacrifice (appreciation) to You! (You are beyond
access).
H HU| M| N v
H (H8 |HJ) (HH) J, J| 8N NH (NM) J1

50

What ever pleases You, is the right thing (deed)!
HU HMH| |N v9cv
H| HU HMH (N|UH, H|U, m J|) J, -|J (|JN) H|!
Formless One (God), You are Eternal. ||18||
mH mH v
asankh naav asankh thaav.
m|NF J H (| 8 | m J), m|NF J l (HH)1
Innumerable are the names (Creation), uncountable are the worlds.
mNH mNH mH Mm v
agamm agamm asankh lo-a.
J8 J (mNH) m|NF Mm (MN, |ml, HH1 H| J l JH J, mJ8
J, NU| J HF N H J| HNU)1
Your worlds are inaccessible and innumerable (You are everywhere, at all places,
unreachable).
mH NJ|J |H| J|U v
asankh kahahi sir bhaar ho-i.
m|NF (Nl) N|JF | |H ' () 8NF J (|N |N |UJ N|JF |
HJ| J| JN)1
Even to call them countless is carrying the load (sin) on the head (because, it will
not be correct).
m| H m| HMJ v
akhree naam akhree saalaah.
(|NF|-|HF| l NN m HlU| J |N |N) ml (MF, M|) U M H |Mm
HlU J, m MF (ml) U M J| HH N| HlU J1
(This counting becomes an issue, because) we take Your Name through letters
(words, by speaking) and through words (letters) You are praised.
m| |Nm N| NF NJ v
akhree gi-aan geet gun gaah.
ml U |Nm U M NFl U N| NU|U J1
Through the knowledge of words (speech), the songs of Your Attributes are sung.

51

m| |MF MF |F v
akhree likhan bolan baan.
ml U M J| F| |M| m M| HlU| J1
With words (Letters) we write and speak out Bani (Hymns, the Name of God).
m |H| HHN |F v
akhraa sir sanjog vakhaan.
ml U M HH (H U) H HHN (|NHH) UHU (|MU) J1
With letters the Lord inscribes (Writes) destiny on the foreheads.
|H| U|J |M |H |H| |J v
jin ayhi likhay tis sir naahi.
|JN H U H ' M |MU J, NU| m|HJ J |N H JU H ' |UJ (M)
|M HN!
The Lord scribes destinies on all the foreheads, but is there anyone who can do so
on His Head?
|H HU | | |J v
jiv furmaa-ay tiv tiv paahi.
|HUl J JNH NU J, 'Ul J| MN| U J (MNl U| |NHH FU| J)1
The destiny of the people is what He Ordains.
H N| v
jaytaa keetaa taytaa naa-o.
H N N| (|8m) J, |UJ H J| H J H N H U| J| |N (8)
J1 H J| J! (|HK| K| 8 N|| J, J| K H J)1
All that You have created, is the manifestation of Your Name everything has
been created by You. You are everything! (As vast as your Creation, so great is
Your Name. Your Creation is as great as Your Name!).
|F J| N v
vin naavai naahee ko thaa-o.
NU| l J| |N H H U| |N | F| J1 H N H J| J! ( J l
J)1
There is no place (Creation) without the Grace of Your Name. You are
everything!

52

NU| NF NJ |8 v
kudrat kavan kahaa veechaar.
H |8 |NJ| NU| N J |N H N UH HNl!
What power have I to give my views on anything about You?
|m H UN v
H l |UN | | ' HF HN J| Jl!
I am not worth a sacrifice (appreciation) to You even once!
H HU| M| N v
H 8N MNU J, J| |N NH J1
What ever pleases You, is the right thing.
HU HMH| |N v9cv
JHH N|UH J, J |N (-|J, |JN)1
Formless One (God), You are Immortal! ||19||
|m J UJ v
bharee-ai hath pair tann dayh
H N J, , m H| (|HJ| U M) HF (NU J HF),
If the hands, feet and body become dirty with dust,
F| H J v
paanee Dhotai utras khayh.
F| U M N |UJ |HJ| (HM) M|J HlU| J1
This dirt gets cleansed by washing with water.
H M|| N J|U v
moot paleetee kaparh ho-i.
H N |H U M M| (NU) J H,
If a cloth gets soiled and polluted with urine,
U HF MU|m UJ |U v
day saaboon la-ee-ai o-h Dho-i.
J HF U M MU|U J1
It is washed clean with soap.

53

|m H| N H|N v
bharee-ai mat paapaa kai sang.
H N -H l U M H,
If the mind gets polluted (Defiled) with sins,
UJ N |N v
oahu Dhopai naavai kai rang.
J H U N (H U KW |m) U M | HlU| J1
It gets cleaned with the love of God's Name (Recitation of His Name).
| | mF |J v
punnee paapee aakhan naahi.
|H |NH U N|J UF U M NU| mUH| N Hl J| F HlU1
Simply by saying so, nobody becomes virtuous, or vicious.
N| N| NF |M| M HJ v
kar kar karnaa likh lai jaahu.
H NH NU Jl, |UJ |H U M (HK N, NH) F HlU J1
Our deeds (actions, whatever we do), become our destiny.
m ||H m J| J v
aapay beej aapay hee khaahu.
mUH| H NH (NH) NU J |UJ U M | m J| NU J1
Whatever the man sows, he reaps (The man bears the reactions to his actions).
N JNH| mJ HJ v7Ov
Nanak hukmee aavahu jaahu. ||20||
N, mUH| (NH H NU J J mH) |JN U JNH U M mU, HlU
(HHU, HU) J1(U U NH mH JNH FU J)1
Nanak, the man is born and dies under the Will of God (reincarnates under His
will, due to his deeds). ||20||
| U|Um U U v
teerath tap da-i-aa dat daan.
U, |Hm (N H), |Um N| m U N,
Pilgrimage, penance (hard worship), compassion (kindness) and charity (Hard
worship by torturing the body is not the Sikh way),

54

H N |M N H v
jay ko paavai til kaa maan
H |UJ U M N |HMU J, l |UJ N |UH (HH) J| J,
Bring you just a little bit of respect (Merit),
H|Fm H|m H| N| v
suni-aa manni-aa man keetaa bhaa-o.
() H NU| |JN U JNH (F|) HF N H ' 8M, m H U mU JU ( U)
|m F M,
(But) Whosoever listens to the Gods Dictates (Gurbani Scriptures), adopts
these in his life, and develops His love,
mN| || H|M v
antargat teerath mal naa-o.
J, | |N HFU, mF H U mU J| |l U |UH U M MU J1
Without going anywhere, that fellow obtains from within the benefit of bathing at
the 68 places of pilgrimages.
H| NF H J| N|U v
sab gun tayray mai naahee ko-i.
H H NF (H NH H |HH J, H NH NU Jl, 8|NmU|ml) JK H JU J, m
H mF N J|,
Whatever duty is assigned to me (avocation, work I do, my virtues) is a gift from
You, and nothing is mine.
|F NF N| N| J|U v
vin gun keetay bhagat naa ho-i.
m |UJ NH (H NH H |HH J, J, N|ml) |F |, NU| N| | J|1
(|HH NH U N MU| H HH |Mm J, J J| J| NU l J |NJ| N| N| J!)1
Without carrying out the duty (virtue) assigned to me, my any worship is not
complete.
HmH| m| F| H v
su-a-sat aath baanee barmaa-o.
(JK |U H |HH H NHN N U H J , |UJ |F U M, mF NH N
U M) H m| (U, ) - H|, mN J, H|Um H NM J, m H| H '
JH (MF |8 H8U|, |JN U H, UN|) J,
(By carrying out my duty assigned by You) my body is in the radiant health, and
there is truth in my speech (the Name of God, worship).

55

H| HJF HU H| 8 v
sat suhaan sadaa man chaa-o.
(H | N, H U mU) H8, m |UJU| (H U|) HU |HMU| J, |UJU (H U)
mU (|JN H U) 8 |Fm |JU J1 (|UJ H | K U J| |JH J)1
(By doing the duty assigned by God) the truth and goodness resides in the mind,
and it (the mind) stays eager (To do this duty) for the love of God.
M|ml 8 Hl U KW m H NH-NH | H| |HH| J, m H N H
|UJ |U J|, l H| N|| N| NU| m J| U|1 J H|, H| m J|
H|Um, mJU-U, H8U|, H| J, m J m J| mF| 8 HMF U 8
J1 (H. H |HW m|JHJ)1
Deeper meanings of the preceding four lines - My profession is the duty
assigned by You, and there is no worship if I do not carry it out with dedication.
Hail the Lord, You Yourself are the Mundane, Celestial-Sound, Truth, Joy and
Eagerness to care for the Creation. (S. Sobha Singh Artist).
NF H M NF NF || NF v
kavan su vaylaa vakhat kavan kavan thit kavan vaar.
(m |UH NHM U| K U| NM |UJ J |N) J |NJ M, |NJ N, |NJ| |
(8UH U |JH |Ul U| |NF|), m |NJ H|,
(And of Your Wonderful Play, the wonder is) what was the occasion, what time,
what lunar day, what weekday,
N|F |H | HJ NF |H Jm mN v
kavan si rutee maahu kavan jit ho-aa aakaar.
|NJ HHH m |NJ HJ| H|, HU U|m F|!
And what season, what month was it, when the Creation came into being?
M U|m K| |H J M F v
vayl naa paa-ee-aa pandtee ji hovai laykh puraan.
|Ul J| m|HJ M U, J| l |UJ U|ml U| 8 | |UN (F|ml
|JU H-HNl) |M |UU1
The scholars did not know such a time, otherwise they would have written a book
on the creation of the world.
|UU NU|m |H |M| M NF v
vakhat naa paa-i-o kaadee-aa ji likhan laykh kuraan.
NH|ml (HHMH |U, |UHMH U N U M HM UF M) | |UH N U
J|, HFU l N (mF| H-HN) U mU |M |UU1

56

Nor do the Qazis (Muslim scholars, those who dispense justice according to the
Muslim religious law) know this time, had they known, they would have put it
down in the Holy Koran.
|| HN| HF | HJ NU| v
thit vaar naa jogee jaanai rut maahu naa ko-ee.
HN| Hl NU| | J, M-, HHH m HJ| J| HFU (|N NU U|m F|)1
Neither any Yogi (who usually claim to know the unknown things) nor any one
else knows the time and day, season and the month (of Creation).
H N |H| N HH m HF HU| v
jaa kartaa sirthee k-a-o saajay aapay jaanai so-ee.
FF M (N) H U|m FU J, J m J| HFU J |N H NU |UJ
(U|m) FU|1
Only the Creator (God) who created the world, knows when He created it.
|N N| m |N HMJ| |N | |N HF v
kiv kar aakhaa kiv saalaahee ki-o varnee kiv jaanaa.
|N'Ul ml, |NUl | | Nl, |NH l |m Nl m (|JN) |NUl
HFl!
How to express, how to praise You, how to describe and how to know about
You?
N m|F H N m |UN U |UN |HmF v
naanak aakhan sabh ko aakhai ik doo ik si-aanaa.
N, H N|JU J, m J NU| |UN |UN |HmFl F F |JU J1
Nanak, everyone describes You, and each one tries to be wiser than the other.
K H|J K| U| N| H N J v
vadaa saahib vadee naa-ee keetaa jaa kaa hovai.
K J H|J (HMN) K J H U H, m H N J NU J J| JU J1
Great is the Master, Great is His Name, and everything happens according to His
Will.
N H N m HF mN N|Um HJ v79v
naanak jay ko aapou jaanai agai ga-i-aa naa sohai. ||21||
N, H NU| JN N |N J U|ml NMl HFU J, l mN H N (|JN U U)
J H J| N (8N J| HH|m H N1 mN HF HN 8N J| HH|m H N)1
Nanak, if someone is proud that he knows the Doings of the Lord, he will not be

57

approved, or accepted, in His Court. (Will not be considered fit to enter His
Court). ||21||
M M M mNH mNH v
paataalaa paataal lakh aagaasaa aagaas.
M J| M (m|NF M) J, m Ml mHH J| mHH (m|NF) J1
There are countless nether worlds, and millions of skies.
UN UN |M N U NJ| |UN v
oarhak oarhak bhaal thakay vayd kahan ik vaat.
m MN H N N N J NU J ( JU| NU U m J| M), m U HH
| |UN NM N|JU J (|N JU NU| m J|)1
Searching after God's Creation the people reached no end, and even the Holy
Vedas (Hindu Scriptures) say one thing (same thing, that the Lord is limitless).
HJH mJ NJ| N mHM |UN v
sahas athaarah kahan kataybaa asuloo ik Dhaat.
Nl (HH|MH, U|HU|, UJU|, H HNl) mU|ml J |N ml JH mMH
(U|ml) J, mHM |8 |UN J| NM J |N |JN U| NU m J1 (N -
HH|MH HN N1 NF| |8 N N mU J1 |UJ |UN |UHMH U, UJU|
m U|HU| N | N|J |U HlU J)1
The Semitic (Jews, Christian, Muslim) Scriptures say that there are eighteen
thousand worlds, but in reality there is only one essence (that Creation of the Lord
is limitless).
M J|U |M|m M J|U |FH v
laykhaa ho-i taa likhee-ai laykhai ho-i vinaas.
HN JU NU| |JH |N N HN, NM l J| |UH H |M HNU J1 |UJ M
HNU J| m |JH |N |m NU J|Um U U J| HN HlU J1
If there be any account possible (estimate of His Creation), then can a man do it?
This calculation finishes not and the person doing it goes away (finishes, dies
his life-time is too short. None can do it).
N K m|m m HF m v77v
naanak vadaa aakhee-ai aapay jaanai aap. ||22||
N, J K (m) J, J mF|ml NMl m J| HFU J1
Nanak, He is Great, and only He knows the extent of his Greatness! ||22||

58

HMJ| HM|J U| H| U|m v
saalaahee saalaahi aytee surat naa paa-ee-aa.
|Hl N M H |JN U NF NU J, () Jl | JU m U |Nm
J| |HMU,
The devotees who praise the Lord, even they cannot define His limits,
U|m m J |J HH|U HF|m|J v
nadee-aa atai vaah pavahi samund naa jaanee-ahi.
(m |UJ |UUl J |N |H'Ul) U|ml-M HHU |8 N N8 HlU J1 (U, m
MU JU |8 J| N8 HlU J)1
And It is like the streams getting lost on falling into the sea. (If a stream goes to
know the sea, it vanishes into it. Searching His limits, the man gets lost into Him).
HHU HJ HM |NJ H| HM v
samund saah sultaan girhaa saytee maal Dhan.
m |UJ |U K HHU |HH U |8 |U N, HM J, U|ml HH HlU|ml J,
m|HJ K UHJ,
A vast ocean - the treasure of so many things and riches, in which even the rivers
get lost, and if there be such a great king,
N|| |M J| H |H HJ |H|J v7v
keerhee tul naa hovnee jay tis manahu naa veesrahi. ||23||
J H N|| U | J| |N |HH U H |JN M1
He is not equal to that ant that does not forget the Lord. ||23||
m |H| NJ|F m v
ant naa siftee kahan naa ant.
|JN U|ml |Hl (NF) U NU| m J|, J| m J JU|ml |Hl N |Mml
U1
There is no end to the praise of the Lord, and there are countless who praise Him.
m NF U|F m v
ant naa karnai dayn naa ant.
JU N (NH N, NU) U NU| m J|, J| JU|ml Ul U NU| m J1
Limitless is His Creation, and there is no end to His Gifts (Blessings).
m |F HF|F m v
ant naa vaykhan sunan naa ant.
|JN U| NU U U N Hl HH U HF HF N JU m J| |Um H

59

HNU1
We cannot know about God even by watching (seeing) His Creation, or by
hearing about Him.
m H |Nm H| H v
ant naa jaapai ki-aa man mant.
|JN U| N| HH| J, |UJU m | J| HN|U1
We cannot know the limits of His Mind (His Motive, Will).
m H N| mN v
ant naa jaapai keetaa aakaar.
HU N| (NU, 8) U | m J| HNU1
We cannot know the extent (limits) of His Creation.
m H v
ant naa jaapai paaraavaar.
JU (m-, H m|, m) U J| MN HNU1
We cannot know His limits (His Creation).
m N|F N |MM|J v
ant kaaran kaytay bil-laahi.
JU m F MU| NU| |MNU (M HU) J1
Many yearn to know His limits (His vastness).
N m U H|J v
taa kay ant naa paa-ay jaahi
JU JU- (m) NU| J| HNU1
But, they cannot reach these (limits).
UJ m HF N|U v
ayhu ant naa jaanai ko-i.
HH (|UJU| NU) U m NU| J| HFU1
No one can know His (His Creations) vastness.
J NJ|m J J|U v
bahutaa kahee-ai bahutaa ho-i.
|H (K) mH| UHU Jl, J H | (K, HHF ) J HlU J1
The more we describe (that He is Great), the more (Greater still) He becomes.

60

K H|J 8 v
vadaa saahib oochaa thaa-o.
HH K J m JU |JNF 8 (J8 J, J HHF ') J1
Great is the Lord and high is His Place (beyond reach, He is above
understanding).
8 | 8 v
oochay upar oochaa naa-o.
JU H '8 '8 J, NU| JU- J|!
His Name is Greater than the Great, limitless!
UK 8 J N|U v
ayvad oochaa hovai ko-i.
H NU| mK ( |H'K) K J,
If someone is as Great as God (equal to Him),
|H 8 N HF H|U v
tis oochay k-a-o jaanai so-i.
l J| J ( |H'K) K HF HNN1
Only then can he understand such a Great One (God).
HK m| HF m| m| v
jayvad aap jaanai aap aap.
J m J| HFU J |N J |NK K J1
Only God knows His Greatness.
N U| NH| U| v70v
naanak nadree karmee daat. ||24||
N, 8N NH m |JN U| |N U M |UJ U (HH |N |NK K J, |N J
HHF ' J) |HMU| J1
Nanak, one gets this gift (understanding of the Greatness of God) through good
deeds and Kindness of Him. ||24||
J NH |M|m H|U v
bahutaa karam likhi-aa naa jaa-i.
JU|ml |HJ|ml (Ul) |M|ml J| H HNU|ml (m J)1
It is hard to describe His limitless Kindness (His Bounties).

61

K U |M H|U v
vadaa daataa til naa tamaa-i.
J K U HNl UF M J, m H | MM8 J| (M |UM Ul |UU J)1
He is a Great Giver and has not even a bit of greed (Gives His Boons liberally).
N HN|J H m v
kaytay mangahi joDh apaar.
m K K JU | |JN (HNl) HNU J1
Numberless great fighters (warriors) beg the Boons from the Lord.
N|m NF J| |8 v
kayti-aa ganat nahee veechaar.
(HNF M) |N J, |NF| J| J HNU|1
How many are (asking for the Boons), it is hard to give a count.
N | J|J N v
kaytay khap tutahi vaykaar.
NU| N (HM, m J|) |NF| N U H NU U-HU J1
Many exhaust themselves in their useless efforts to make counts (assessment) of
those who beg from Him.
N M M HN |J v
kaytay lai lai mukar paahi.
NU| (,J | J H |JN ) Ul M M N HN HlU J (|NF| N|!)1
Some keep getting the Gifts (from Waheguru) and even then deny this.
N H J| |J v
kaytay moorakh khaahee khaahi.
NU| (m|HJ) H (HNF M) U| HlU J1
UH , |JN U|ml Ul M N U HNU | HlU J1 m|HJl |NF| N U
H8F J| N| J1
Many such fools (though deny, take Boons from God) keep using His Gifts.
N|m U HU H v
kayti-aa dookh bhookh sad maar.
(|UJ U HNM, J) NU| J |N |Hl JHH U U U| H U| |JU| J ( N
J| |UU |UJ U NH NN |JN N J| |UU)1
(In comparison to them) there are many who keep suffering from the pain of
hunger (stay deprived of the Boons).

62

U|J | U| | U v
ayhi bhi daat tayree daataar.
|JN H|, |UJ | (N |HM) | |UN |NHH U| |HH (HH|, JNH) J| J1
Even this (deprivation) is a sort of Your Gift (Will), O Lord!
|U MH| F J|U v
band khalaasee bhaanai ho-i.
UHl (HNl U| NU) JN (HN|, |HMF Hl J |HMF: HH U Ul-Hl HN|)
|JN U F (HH|, JNH) U M JU J1
One gets liberation from the worldly bindings by the Will of God.
J m| HN N|U v
hor aakh naa sakai ko-i.
(|UJ |JN U JNH U| NM J) J |NH U |UH |8 NU| UM J|1
(This is the Will of God), none else has any say in it.
H N |UN m|F |U v
jay ko khaa-ik aakhan paa-i.
H NU| |UN (H) UM U (|JN U JNH |8),
If any fool tries to interfere in His Will,
UJ HF H|m H|J |U v
ohu jaanai jaytee-aa muhi khaa-i.
l J 8M HlU J |N H U HJ |N|ml HJl U|ml J (JU| N| UUH -
JM, JU J)1
He realizes the hits (slaps) he bears on his face (How much he gets degraded!).
m HF m U|U v
aapay jaanai aapay day-i.
UF M HFU J (|NJ |N UF J) m J m J| (mF| |N mH) |UU J1
Giver - the Lord, knows (to whom and how much to give) and gives (as per His
Kindness).
m|J |H | NU| N|U v
aakhahi si bhi kay-ee kay-i.
N N ( U|ml |HHl HHU J) m|HJ |N|JU J (|N |JN mF| |N mH
|UU J)1
Some understand it (Gods Kindness) and say so (That He gives according to His
Mercy).

63

|HH H |H| HMJ v
jis no bakhsay sifat saalaah.
(MF-UF, U-H |UN J, ) |JN |HH mF| H-UN| HU J,
(Leave aside pain and pleasure) he to whom the Lord grants His Worship - Praise,
N |HJ| |HJ v7v
naanak paatisaahee paatisaahu. ||25||
N, J J| (mHM|) UHJl U UHJ J1
Nanak, he is the real king of the kings. ||25||
mHM NF mHM v
amul gun amul vaapaar.
NF m | (|J, , |N) mHM J (NU| HM J| U HNU,
m|NF J)1 (|UJ H| | UHU| J |N |JN m |UJU| 8 U NU| m J|)1
Priceless are Your merits: virtues, and priceless: countless, are Your dealings:
trading (Blessings). (This step Hymn, tells that God and His Creation are
limitless).
mHM |U mHM K v
amul vaapaaree-ay amul bhandaar.
HM '8 J || (H HF M) m HM ' J K (H U
H)1
Priceless are Your Traders (Those who recite Your Name) and precious are Your
Treasures (of Naam - Your Name).
mHM m|J mHM M H|J v
amul aavahi amul lai jaahi.
HM ' J | HF mF M (NH, N|H| J, m|NF J), mHM J
NM (H U HU) M HF M1
Priceless are those who come to You (God-Oriented people), and precious are
those who get the Goods (Naam the Name of God) from You.
mHM |U mHM HH|J v
amul bhaa-i amulaa samaahi.
J N|H '8 J M (H), m HM| J M (H U M) M|
(|UN-|HN JF)1
Priceless is the love (with You), and precious is the absorption (in Your Name).

64

mHM H mHM U|F v
amul Dharam amul deebaan.
HM ' J (NHM J) H (UH, H NU J), m N|H J| U| H HNU|
(NHM J) U (JNH) U|1
Priceless is Your Dharm (Dharma Discipline: all that You do), and priceless is
Your Divine Court (Your Will).
mHM M mHM F v
amul tul amul parvaan.
NHM J UH|ml F (UH|ml U ) m NHM J J
| N MF (JU U JF, Hm N)1
A wonder is Your testing of others, and equally a wonder is Your accepting them
(Forgiving them).
mHM H|H mHM |HF v
amul bakhsees amul neesaan.
mHM (NHM) J |ml Ul |N H | JU U H J1
Wonderful are Your Boons that prove Your existence.
mHM NH mHM HF v
amul karam amul fur-maan.
J (NHM J, mHM J) | |N (|HJ) m J JNH1
A wonder is Your Kindness and equally wondrous is Your Hukam (Will,
Command).
mHM mHM m|m H|U v
amulo amul aakhi-aa naa jaa-i.
HM (|UJ | NHM) J, |N |JN N | U|Hm J| H HNU1
It is not possible to describe the Wonderful (Limitless) Lord,
m| m| J |M M|U v
aakh aakh rahay liv laa-i.
( |N) mF M, M| (mF| H- U H) U M |m NU J1
Although the people try to describe You single minded (with their wisdom).
m|J U F v
aakhahi vayd paath puraan.
Ul m F U H | UHU J1 (|N J m J)1
The Mantras of the Holy Vedas and Puranas also describe (discuss) You.

65

m|J N|J |mF v
aakhahi parhay karehi vakhi-aan.
|U ( |M) |JH NU (UHU, MN8 |UU) J1
The scholars study and discuss You (Give lectures about You).
m|J H m|J |UU v
aakhahi bar-may aakhahi ind.
JH m |UU (N U) | N|JU J1
Brahma and Indar also talk about You. (Brahma, Indra - the mythical gods).
m|J N| N|U v
aakhahi gopee tai govind.
N|ml (NmMF, H|ml) m N|H |HN NU J1
The milkmaids and Krishan (Playmates of Krishna) talk of You.
m|J U|H m|J |H v
aakhahi ee-sar aakhahi siDh.
U U|H (|HH|), m |H (H JU NH| HJH) | UHU J1
The mythical god Shiv (Shiva), and the Sidh (Sidha adept, the miracle-men) tell
about You.
m|J N N| v
aakhahi kaytay keetay buDh.
m (|H, |U, NH-) H HH (FU) J, |UJ | UHU
J1NHM J |N |HH |UJ FU J |UJ J| H U UHU J1
Your Creation Budha: learned people (Gautam-Budh, scholars), discuss You.
m|J U m|J U v
aakhahi daanav aakhahi dayv.
U (HH) m U N|JU J1
The demons and gods speak of You. (Sing Your praise).
m|J H| H| H H v
aakhahi sur nar mun jan sayv.
U, H, H| (8-|JU H) m H H M, UHU J1
The gods and men, the silent-saints and Your servants (devotees), narrate about
You.

66

N m|J m|F |J v
kaytay aakhahi aakhan paahi.
|N J| |m N U |J (JHM) NU J1
A good many attempt to discuss You.
N N|J N|J | | H|J v
kaytay kahi kahi uth uth jaahi.
J H |m NU NU H-, HlU J1
Many depart die, attempting to describe You.
U N| J| N|J v
aytay keetay hor karayhi.
|H FU J, H |U J U N U,
If You create as many more as already created,
m| HN|J NU| N|U v
taa aakh naa sakahi kay-ee kay-i.
l | J N | UH J| HNFN1
Even then, they will not be able to tell about You.
HK K J|U v
jayvad bhaavai tayvad ho-i.
|H m 8J J| K J HlU J1
The Lord becomes limitless (Great) as limitless He wants to be.
N HF H8 H|U v
naanak jaanai saachaa so-i.
N, |JN |NK K m J, |UJ J H8 m J| HFU J1
Nanak, the True Lord Himself knows how Great (limitless), He is.
H N m M |N v
jay ko aakhai bolu vigaarh.
H NU| M |N N (JH U M, JN NN ) |m N | 8J,
If, out of ego someone claims that he can describe God,
|M|m |H| N N v7v
taa likhee-ai sir gaavaaraa gaavaar. ||26||
l m|HJ U HJl H HH1
Then, take him as a great fool. ||26||

67

H U NJ H W NJ |H |J H HHM v
so dar kayhaa so ghar kayhaa jit bahi sarab samaalay.
W-UH (HJ) |NJ HU J, |H N H|ml U| HM NU J!
Place (World) from where You take care of everyone is beautiful.
H U mN mH N FJ v
vaajay naad anayk asankhaa kaytay vaavanhaaray.
', Nl HH (U - HJ M HU HF M HH) NHU-HU, m Nl J| HF
M J1 (H N m J)1
Countless musical instruments, flutes (played with breath), resound there, and
countless are the musicians. (Every thing is unlimited).
N N | |H NJ|m| N NFJ v
kaytay raag paree si-o kahee-an kaytay gaavan-haaray.
|N J| N, | (N|ml) HH NU HlU J, mNl NF M J!
So many musical measures and sub-measures are rendered, and so many are the
singers!
N|J J F F| H N H H Um v
gaavahi tuhno pa-un paanee baisantar gaavai raajaa Dharam du-aaray.
J, F| m mN NF NU J, m HH (|UH N U |H|J|HN U)
J ' | |KmU| NU J1
The wind, water and fire praise You, and Dharamraj (the mythical god of Justice)
sings Your praise at Your door.
N|J |8 N |M| HF|J |M| |M| H |8 v
gaavahi chit gupat likh jaanahi likh likh Dharam veechaaray.
|8 N (HH U U) H M |MU J, m |Hl U |M JU HH |UH
NU J, J | HH NU J1
Chittar and Guptt (The record keeping angels messengers of Dharam-Raj) who
maintain the records, and based on which Dharam-Raj makes judgments, also
sing Your praise.
N|J U|H H U| HJ| HU H v
gaavahi eesar bar-maa dayvee sohan sadaa savaaray.
H JU (|Hl HF HU J) U|H (|H H|), H (JH) m U|
(U|ml), N|U NU HJF MNU J1(|UJ U|ml HN|ml J)1
Your adorned (Honored) gods: Shiva (god of death and destruction), Brahma
(god of creation) and goddesses, look nice (Beautiful) singing Your praise.

68

N|J |UU |UUH|F U|m U| M v
gaavahi ind idaasan baithay dayvati-aa dar naalay.
' |UU, U|ml HH U ( JH) NF NU J1
The god Indar (Indra) seated on his throne with other gods, sings Your praise.
N|J |H HH| mU| N| H |8 v
gaavahi siDh samaaDhee andar gaavan saaDh vichaaray.
|H (H JU, NH| H) mF| HH| (|m) mU, m H mF| H8-|8
|8, H HU J1
The Sidh (the perfect ones, miracle-men) in their meditation, and Sadhu (Saints)
in their contemplation, sing Your praise.
N| H| H| H| N|J | N v
gaavan jatee satee santokhee gaavahi veer karaaray.
NU J H| (JHN - NH |Hl U H J), H| (H , H|m - H H8
|U J), H| (H M), m N | (N JU)1
The Jattee (Abstinents: those with sex-control), Sattee (Sincere, truthful),
Santokhee (Those with contentment), and fearless warriors, sing Your praise.
N| |K | |H HN HN U M v
gaavan pandit parhan rakheesar jug jug vaydaa naalay.
|K (|U) m K (8F) |H|, HNl HNl , Ul HF HH NU J1|H|, H
|NH U JU J H|H| - Ul U |Nm|, Ul U N, Ul U 8N, H U
U NU, JH|Nm|, H-N M (m, NH, ' N), |H|ml U 8F JU1
The Pandit (Scholars), Rishi (Learned saints) ) from different periods of time, and
Ved (Vedas) sing Your praise. (Rishis are of seven types, called sapat-Rishi
authors of Vedas, preachers of Vedas, leaders selected by other Rishis, those
watching the working of the kings court, those with self-control, the scholars of
Vedas, and those with the knowledge of God).
N|J HJF|m H HJ| HN H |UmM v
gaavahi mohanee-aa man mohan surgaa machh p-i-aa-lay.
H HJ MF M|ml HU|ml, HN, H (|), m M (|mM) |8 | NF
NU|ml J1
The attractive (captivating, enchanting) beauties sing Your praise in the heaven,
on the earth, and in the nether-region.

69

N| U mH| | M v
gaavan ratan upaa-ay tayray athsath teerath naalay.
FU (N|H| , H H N M| 8|H, HJH) mJJ |l HH
|mU J1
HHl mH 8Ul J1 |H|JH J |N U|ml m Ul HHU |N N
I4 Hl N|ml m|H, H|J, H, mHl (|, HU m), MH| (),
m J|, 8H W, NH N, NM |, N1 J UN| N M1
The jewels (Precious stones, things that please, evolved persons) created by You,
along with sixty-eight places of pilgrimages, sing Your praise. (Jewels Rattans.
According to the Shastras: ancient literature, the Rattans are 14 in number. The
mythology is that gods and devils churned the sea and 14 things came out Amrit
(the drink that bestows immortality), poison, alcohol, fairy named Apachhran,
Lachhmi, elephant named Aeravatt, horse named Ouchaaysarva (loud braying),
cow named Kamdhaen, and tree named Kalapp etc.)
N|J H HJM H N|J F| 8 v
gaavahi joDh mahaabal sooraa gaavahi khaanee chaaray.
F|ml - | mU U 'H1 8 - HHF U 8 N (mKH: ml|Kml , HH:
H U M, HH: | U| J, H|: NU , H: | , |Uml l)1 N
H, M JU, U U| 'H, 8 |NHH U HU, |UJ H N NU J1
The mighty warriors, super heroes, produce from the mines, and all four types of
the living Creation, sing Your praise.
N|J K HKM K N| N| v
gaavahi khand mandal varbhandaa kar kar rakhay Dhaaray.
NU J, K (JJ | U, H|ml |ml), HKM (J HKM |8 |UN HH,
|UN 8U, |UN | JU| J), K (H HH), |N H F F N |UN (H,
UH) |8 JU J1
All the worlds, solar-systems, and the universe, that You have created and bound
in Your Order, chant Your Glories.
HU| N|J H | N HM v
say-ee tuDhuno gaavahi jo tuDh bhaavan ratay tayray bhagat rasaalay.
J J| NF NU J |N H 8N MNU J, m J J H U H (mU)
HF M N1
Only those accepted by You can sing Your praise, and such persons are the
devotees who enjoy the Bliss (of Your Name).

70

J| N N| H H |8| m| N |Nm |8 v
hor kaytay gaavan say mai chit naa aavan naanak ki-aa veechaaray.
J |N N NU J, N N H| N|JU J |N |UJ N| |8 N HNU J, |UJ l
mUH | J| M HNU!
Nanak, how many more sing You, how can I contemplate on this, I cannot make
an estimate of it!
HU| HU| HU H8 H|J H8 H8| U| v
so-ee so-ee sadaa sach saahib saachaa saachee naa-ee.
J H8 |JN JHH N|UH J, K| H8U| J m JU H J1
Only the Lord is Immortal and the real Truth is He and His Name.
J | JH| H|U HH| 8 |H| 8U| v
hai bhee hosee jaa-i naa jaasee rachnaa jin rachaa-ee.
J |N |HH HH F|Um J, JF J m HU JN, |N HUN J| (|UJ H J|),1
The One Who has made this Creation, He is, shall ever be, and shall not go away
anywhere (will not die, is Immortal).
N| N| | N| N| |HH| H|Um |H| U| v
rangee rangee bhaatee kar kar jinsee maa-i-aa jin upaa-ee.
NU| l U M |JN N-N|ml |NHHl U| H|Um (HH U|ml Hl) FU| J1
God has created the Maya (worldly things) in different kinds and styles.
N| N| N| mF |H |H U| |KmU| v
kar kar vaykhai keetaa aapnaa jiv tis dee vadi-aa-ee.
J |HUl 8N MNU J, mF| 8 U mU HFU J1
He enjoys His Creation the way He likes it (deems fit).
H |H HU| NH| JNH NF HU| v
jo tis bhaavai so-ee karsee hukam naa karnaa jaa-ee.
|HUl J 8N MNN NN, NU| N|J J| HNU |N 'Ul J| |UUl N1
He will do according to His Pleasure, and nobody can tell (order) Him any thing.
H |HJ HJ |H|J N JF HU| v7?v
so paatisaahu saahaa paatisaahib naanak rahan rajaa-ee. ||27||
J |HJ (UHJ) J, HJl U |HJ J1 N, H JU| H (JNH) |8 |JF
HU (8N) J1
He is the King, King of the kings. Nanak, it behoves (is right) for all to stay
under His Will. ||27||

71

HU H HH M| |m N| N|J || v
mundaa santokh saram pat jholee Dhi-aan kee karahi bibhoot.
J HN|, H HUl, |HJ (H) N |H| M|, m |JN ' |m
|JNF || F1HU HUl, HN| U Nl |8 F U M1 HH |HJ,
H1 - |H|, NHKM, |UH1 M| - | F U| M|1 || HmJ, HN| |UJ
H| ' HMU J1
O Yogi, make contentment your ear-rings, hard work (worship) your begging-
bowl and bag, and concentration on God the ashes (to apply on your body).
| NM Nm| N|Um HN| KK || v
khinthaa kaal ku-aaree kaa-i-aa jugat dan-daa parteet.
H UU F | NU|, H| U| | UN NHF U |N, m '
H KK J1NM H; | - NU|, JN|ml MN| HU|; Nm| N|Um - H|
U| |1 NH, N, M, HJ, JN, H F; HN| |N; | H1
Let the thought of death be your patched quilt, technique of your Yog (Yoga) be
maintaining chastity, and your staff (Stick) be the faith in God.
mU| | HNM HH| H| H| HN H| v
aa-ee Panthee sagal jamaatee man jeetai jag jeet.
H mF HF, m mF H |HF HN |HF |mM N1mU|-|-
HN|ml U |UN |HH H '8 HHU J1 | , |UN |NHH1 HH|
|UN, |UN HH U, |H, , mF1 H|ml J| mF N mU|-|
HH1
Take all the groups belonging to the Ayee Panth like that of your own i.e.
consider all equal (classmates, friends), and deem the mind-control (self control)
as conquering the world. (Aye-Panth - a Yogic sect considered to be superior to
all other groups. Jamaatee of the same class or group, equal, friends, your own).
mUH |H mUH v
aadays tisai aadays.
|HHN J H HH ,
Bow to the Lord,
m|U m|M m|U mJ| HN HN UN H v7cv
aad aneel anaad anaahat jug jug ayko vays. ||28||
|N H HH U H-H , |NH UN-UH |J, H-H | |JMl , H |J
J, m HNl HNl | U|M| U J1
m|U -H , H U H1 m|M - UN |J, |1 m|U - m|U, H, H

72

|J1 |HH U H J| M HNU1 mJ| - H |J, H |J1 UN H |UN
H, | U|M| U, HU |UN J1
(Who) is Primal: from the beginning, Pure, free from the beginning, immortal,
and without change. (Aad from the beginning. Aneel pure. Anaad timeless:
even before the beginning. Anahat free from hurt, immortal).
N| |Nm U|Um K|F W|J W|J H|J U v
bhugat gi-aan da-i-aa bhan-daaran ghat ghat vaajahi naad.
HH U |Nm J F U|ml Hl, |Um |UJ U| | J, (H U |Nm
m |Um K, |N |N) U (HH) U| | H U mU J (HH H |8 J,
H J)1
N| 8H, H||, F U|ml Hl, U1 U|Um - |Um, |HH1 KF -
|UJ Hl U| |1 U U| (m|HN) mH1
Divine knowledge is the food, compassion is its distributor. (Impart Divine-
Knowledge and compassion to all, because) the Divine Music is in every heart
(God is present in everyone, all are equal).
m| | H H N| || |H| m HU v
aap naath naathee sab jaa kee riDh siDh avraa saad.
J m H|MN J () m H JU JNH mU J (| - JU| NM U| J)1
|KmU| MF| (||) m NH| (|H|) F HF m NMl J (N J, HM J1
H N U||ml U N M J| HlU)1
He is the Lord and all others are His subordinates. To attain the name, fame and
supernatural powers is absurd (On death, nothing worldly goes with soul).
HHN |HN U|U N 8M|J M m|J N v
sanjog vijog du-i kaar chalaaveh laykhay aavahi bhaag.
|HM m |, U HH U| N J (NH 8MU J), m N| |HMU J (U Hl H)
|UJ Nl (NH) U J-H JU J1
Union and separation is the way of the world (life), and what one gets (pleasure
or pain) is the destiny.
mUH |H mUH v
|HHN J |JN ,
Bow to the Lord,

73

m|U m|M m|U mJ| HN HN UN H v7cv
(|N H) H U H (H ) J, | J, |HH U m (H) J| M HNU, H H |J
J, m HU |UN |HJ |JU J1
(He) is the Primal (Cause of every thing), Pure, without beginning, Indestructible,
and is Constant (Unchanged). ||29||
UN HU| HN| |mU| || 8M F v
aykaa maa-ee jugat vi-aa-ee tin chaylay parvaan.
(mH |8 J |N) |UN H (H|Um) HN| (|UN N, |NH |N) M |mJ|
(N| JU|) m |UH H JU | 8 |U (|H|J|HN HH 8MF MU|
| U NJ),
(The myth is that) the mother (Maya mundane, the worldly aspect) gave birth to
(produced) three approved disciples (Mythology is that three gods came into
being to run the world),
|UN HH| |UN K| |UN MU U|F v
ik sansaaree ik bhandaaree ik laa-ay deebaan.
|UN HH|, JH 8M; UH K|, |H - MF M; m |H U|F|, |H -
U M N HM UF M (H U JNH UF M, H M, J|-U| N M
U)1
One the creator (Brahma), other to give sustenance (Vishnu), and third the
destroyer (Shiva).
|H |H | 8M |H J HF v
jiv tis bhaavai tivai chalaavai jiv hovai furmaan.
( H8U| |UJ J |N) |HH l J U J, 'Ul J 8MU J (HH ) mF
JNH mH1
(But the truth is that) God runs the world as it pleases Him, and according to His
Will.
UJ U U| m J UJ |KF v
o-hu vaykhai o-naa nadar naa aavai bahutaa ayhu vidaan.
HH H 8 UU (8MU, HlU, MU) J |NH |UHU (HHU) J|
|N |JN H N 8M |J J, |UJ J NHM U| NM!1
God beholds runs the Creation, but nobody realizes that He makes everything
work, this is the wonder!

74

mUH |H mUH v
HHN J |JN ,
Bow to the Lord,
m|U m|M m|U mJ| HN HN UN H vOv
|N H m|U (H , H U H), m|M (|), m|U (m-|J), mJ| (H-
|J), m HHJ UNl mU |UN H |JU J, UMU J|1
Who is Primal (The source of all), Pure, Without-Beginning, Indestructible, and
Unchanged (Constant). ||30||
mHF M|U M|U K v
aasan lo-i lo-i bhandaar.
|JN J M|U (Mm - MN, U|ml) |8 mF mHF m K |JN (mHF -
F) |U JU J (8 U MF U N |U J)1
(The seat of the Lord), and His storehouses are in all the worlds. (The Lord
established His storehouses in all the worlds to take care of His Creation).
H |N |Um H UN v
jo kichh paa-i-aa su aykaa vaar.
|UJ |8 H J F H|, H |UN |U (|UN JHH MU| N |U1
|UJ HU |JU J)1
Whatever was to be put into them, He did that once for all times (These stay
always filled).
N| N| |HHFJ v
kar kar vaykhai sirjanhaar.
H N FF M F N |UJ U (M) |J J1
After creating, the Lord takes care of it (Nurses it. Provisions have been
arranged).
N H8 N| H8| N v
naanak sachay kee saachee kaar.
N, H8 |JN U NH | H8 ('8-H8, ) J1
Nanak, True (Great, Perfect) are the Undertakings (Works) of the True (Great)
Lord.

75

mUH |H mUH v
|HHN, H| |HHN J J1
Obeisance is to the Lord.
m|U m|M m|U mJ| HN HN UN H v9v
J H (H U H), |, m-|J, H-|J, m HU J| |UN (|JU) J
(UMU J|)1
He is Primal (Creator of every thing), Pure, without a beginning, Indestructible
and Unchanged (The same) throughout the ages (time-periods). ||31||
|UN U H| M J|J M J|J M |H v
ik doo jeebhou lakh hohi lakh hovahi lakh vees.
|UH H U|ml M Hl F, M U|ml |J M J HF1
The tongue may divide into hundreds of thousands, and these may become two
million.
M M N m|m|J UN H HNU|H v
lakh lakh gayrhaa aakhee-ahi ayk naam jagdees.
|UJ 8 J |UN H| U M Ml | HNU|H (HN U HMN, |JN) U H U H
N| H1
With each tongue, in cycles be recited the Lords Name millions of times.
U |J | |m 8|m J|U |UN|H v
ayt raahi pat pavrhee-aa charhee-ai ho-i ikees.
|UJ J |JN (|-|, HMN) U |HM U H U|ml |ml, m |UJ 8 N
(UN| NN) |J U |UN| J HU|U J (H U F HlU J1 H NF J, J U
J HlU J)1
This (continuous worship of the Lord) is the ladder (Steps) on the way to meet
Him, and by going up this (Reciting His Name), one evolves.
H|F NM mNH N| N|J mU| |H v
sun galaa aakaas kee keetaa aa-ee rees.
m|HJ|ml '8|ml NMl HF N, (HHN|, |HF) N||ml (mH |Uml) | |H m HlU| J
NM N U| (8 m HlU J |N H N)1
By hearing such high talks (of the outcome of worship), even the insects
(common men) get excited to try it (worship).

76

N U| U|m N| N |H v7v
naanak nadree paa-ee-ai koorhee koorhai thees. ||32||
(Hl U|ml NMl, Hl Ml H U M H N M) N, U HM JU| |HJ
U M JU J1 HN |UJ J| l H-UN| N M N J| FU, |HUl |N |UN
| N (|H) H U JU |8 H8U| NU| J| JU| (|H N J| |NMU,
HF |Mml ' NU| mH J| JU |N H HFU J |N |UJ J), |UUl J| U|
|HJ | H J1
(You may copy the saints, recite His Name with millions of tongues, but) Nanak,
God is obtained by His Grace. Otherwise, however one may worship, the result
will be nothing, and it will equal to the false boasting of a liar devoid of truth
(with no outcome). ||32||
m|F H 8 J H v
aakhan jor chupai neh jor.
MF U |8 NU| H (mF| HH|) J, m J| 8 |JF |81 (H U J J,
|NH U mF H N J|)1
It is not in my power to speak, or to keep silent (all is under His Will).
H HN|F U|F H v
jor naa mangan dayn naa jor.
H |8 HNF MU| mF| HH| J, J| |NH N UF |81 (|UJ HH U J
J)1
It is not in anyones power to ask for anything, or to give something to anyone.
H H||F H|F J H v
jor naa jeevan maran neh jor.
H |8 |HF U M J|, J| H HF U M J1 H H N J|1
It is not under my will to live, or to die. There is nothing in my hands.
H |H H|M H| H v
jor naa raaj maal man sor.
H U mU H (H - JN) U N M| JNH m UM N |8 | mF
NU| H J|1
It is not in my control to acquire power to rule (authority), or wealth that
generates commotion (ego) in the mind.
H H| |Nm| |8| v
jor naa surtee gi-aan veechaar.
J| mF H J H (|m), |Nm, m |8 (H |8 |Nm |8,

77

mF |Nm U M KW| H |8 U |8 N|)1
Awareness, knowledge and contemplation are not in my control (Power to deeply
contemplate with all the knowledge I may possess, is not under my will).
H HN| J HH v
jor naa jugtee chhutai sansaar.
H J H J| |NH |N |UH HH JN F (HN JF)1
It is not in my power to get liberated from the world (Worldly attachments ) by
any means.
|HH J| H N| H|U v
jis hath jor kar vaykhai so-i.
|HH (mNM) U J |UJ N J, J m H N FU m |UH U| HM NU
(U) J1
The Lord, Who has this Power, creates everything and takes care of (Watches)
these.
N H |8 N|U vv
naanak utam neech naa ko-i. ||33||
(|NH U J H N J|, H N J NU J, |UH H) N, NU| 'H - '8,
|HmF, J NU| |8 - |l, H-J|F1
N MF |8 |NH U| NU| 8U| J|1 H NU| HH |N J |HmF J m mF|
|HmF U M H N U J, Hl NU| H8 |N UH mF| mNM| NF HM J|, l
|UJ m |mM J| J, |NH U J H N J|, H N U J J1 H, H
J, NU| 8 J, NU| H1
(Only God is the Doer, nothing is in the power of anyone, and so) Nanak, there is
none high (wise) and none low (fool). ||33||
| | || v
raatee rutee thitee vaar,
|JN l, HHH, |l (8U U |JH |U), (J U |U),
Nights, seasons, lunar-days, weekdays,
F F| mN| M v
pavan paanee agnee paataal,
J, F|, mN M U N|1
Wind, water, fire and nether worlds, were created by the Lord.

78

|H ||8 | | | H HM v
tis vich Dhartee thaap rakhee Dharam saal.
|JN |UJ U |8 | (HH|, U|ml), |N H H (N|, H) NHF U| l J,
|JN |U|1
In the midst of these, He set the earth (world) as the place to practice Dharam
(Dharma virtues, and the recitation of His Name).
|H ||8 H|m HN| N N v
tis vich jee-a jugat kay rang.
|UH U |8, NN| HN| (H|-H8) M H|m-H F |U,
Therein, He created various beings with different living-modes,
| N H mN m v
tin kay naam anayk anant.
(|N) |Hl U H m|NF m m J1(NU| |NHH U H F |U)1
(And) their names are uncountable and limitless.
NH| NH| J|U |8 v
karmee karmee ho-i veechaar.
(|UJ H|l U|ml |NHHl m H |UN J), NM l HNU| J |UJ U NHl-NHl
(|NHH, |JN U| |N) ,
(Leave aside their names and kinds), these are judged according to their deeds and
destiny (His Kindness),
H8 m| H8 U v
sachaa aap sachaa darbaar.
(|N |N) |JN U U |8 |H H8 U J1
(Because) in the Court of the True Lord, only the Truth is considered.
| HJ| 8 F v
tithai sohan panch parvaan.
(H U |8) H (H8U| NN) HH (F, NH J) J J| HHU
(U) J1
There (In His Court) only the accepted ones (His devotees) stay,
U| N|H |HF v
nadree karam pavai neesaan.
( J |UH U |8 mF U| m|Nm MU|) JU| |HJ m J U NH NN
|UJ |H (HJ, |H| |J8F U|) |HMU| J1

79

(And for their permission to enter that Place) they are bestowed with the mark of
identity due to the Kindness (Benevolence) of the Lord and their own destiny
(Good deeds create good luck).
N8 NU| U |U v
kach pakaa-ee o-thai paa-i.
N8 (H) m N (8N) (H U |8) HlU J,
The ordinary and the elevated (advanced) ones are tested (decided, judged) there
(In His Court),
N N|Um H H|U v0v
naanak ga-i-aa jaapai jaa-i. ||34||
(m) N, (mF| |UH N8 N U ) H HN (JU U) |8 H N J| MNU
J1( JF MNU N |N |UJ N J |N J|)1
(And) Nanak, this (status of the person - ordinary or elevated) is known at that
Place (His Court). ||34||
H K N UJ H v
Dharam khand kaa ayho Dharam.
(' U|Hm) H U HKM U (H8U| U W, |JN U| |HH U) |UJ J| H (mHM)
J1
(Aforesaid) is the Level of the Right-Doing (Truthfulness of the Man), and of the
Kindness of the Lord.
|Nm K N mJ NH v
gi-aan khand kaa aakhahu karam.
(JF) |Nm U HKM (|) U NH (N, N|, mHM) N|JU Jl1 (|UJ H| |
UHU| J |N |JN U| 8 U NU| m J| HH, 8U, |ml, JH, |H, |H,
N|H, m J H N |H |UN J| J|, mN J)1
(Now), here is the description of the doings of the Level (Realm) of Knowledge.
(Whole of this step Hymn, gives the awareness that the Creation of the Lord is
limitless).
N F F| H N N HJH v
kaytay pavan paanee vaisantar kaytay kaan mahays.
|N J| J Jl, F|, mNl, N|H m |H1
Many are wind, water, fire, Krishana and Shiva.

80

N H W| W|m|J N N H v
kaytay barmay ghaarhat gharhee-ahi roop rang kay vays.
|N J| J JH (JH N U) H N-N| 8 NU UH|U J1
There are many Brahmas (the mythical gods of creation) busy with the creation of
different colors and kinds.
N|m NH H| H N N UH v
kaytee-aa karam bhoomee mayr kaytay kaytay Dhoo updays.
NU| J NH-H|ml m J (U|ml, J, |N |H m N 8N-HU NH NN NHl
U M N| HlU J1 UN| N|| HlU| J1), m |N J N Nl U (Hl |UJ
) UH (|H|m)1 (|NH NM U m J|)1
Numberless are the earths and the mountains (to work out destinies, for doing the
virtuous deeds recitation of the Name of God), and numberless are the Dhru-
like instructions (Sermons given by or to the saint Dhru. There is no limit to any
thing).
N |UU 8U H N N HKM UH v
kaytay ind chand soor kaytay kaytay mandal days.
m|NF J |UU U, 8UH m HH, m|NF J HH m HKM (HH, 8U,
|, m , |HMN |UN HKM FU J)1
Numberless are Indar (gods like Indra), the moons and suns, numberless are the
universes - solar-systems.
N |H N N U| H v
kaytay siDh buDh naath kaytay kaytay dayvee vays.
m J |H ( H, NH|), (NH , |Nm, |U), (UN|), m
m|NF J U|ml U l M|ml (U|ml)1
Innumerable are the Sidh (Adepts), Budh (Gautam Budh, the wise ones), Nath
(Yogi), and numberless are the goddesses of different forms.
N U U H| N N HHU v
kaytay dayv daanav mun kaytay kaytay ratan samund.
|N J U, HH, H| (8-| H), m |N J HHU (HJ,
NH)1
Many are gods, demons, and silent-sages, many are oceans and jewels (Precious
stones, God-Oriented people).

81

N|m F| N|m F| N |U v
kaytee-aa khaanee kaytee-aa baanee kaytay paat narind.
|N|ml J Ul, M|ml (mMN mMN |NHH U H), m |N J| J |HJ H!
Numberless are mines, languages (The people), and many are rulers and kings.
N|m H| HN N N m m vv
kaytee-aa surtee sayvak kaytay naanak ant naa ant. ||35||
m J H (|JN U M |M MF M), |N J| J HH U HN! N,
|UH U (|JN U| 8 U) m J| |Um H HNU1
How many are (countless) the practitioners of focusing attention on God and how
many are (numberless) devoted to the Divine service? Nanak, there is no limit to
all such things (the Creation). ||35||
|Nm K H|J |Nm 8K v
gi-aan khand mahi gi-aan parchand.
|Nm (HFN|) U HKM (, l, |) |8 |Nm (|JN-|Nm) 8K (NU,
H ) J1
At the level of the Divine-Knowledge, this Knowledge (Realization of God) is
everything (it reigns supreme).
| U |U NK mU v
tithai naad binod kod anand.
, U (|UMJ|-|, mH, H), |U (HH), NK (NN, mHN MN|ml) m
mU (H|ml) J1
At this place - level, there is Celestial (Divine) Sound, Plays (performances,
spiritual surprises, spiritual scenes or experiences, miracles), and Joy.
HH K N| F| v
saram khand kee baanee roop.
HH (|HJ, mHN-'UH, H-H) N U HKM (l, H U| mH) U| M|
(F, JM, 8M) | HJF| J (N-|N J| HJF J)1
The way (method, dealing) at the Level of Deeds actions: spiritual effort
(Worship), is charming (beautiful, alluring).
| W| W|m J m v
tithai ghaarhat gharhee-ai bahut anoop.
| m (mH, HJF|) W W| HlU| J (UN|, H-H U M H HJF F
|U HlU J1 H-H U 8 m HlU J)1
There, (by virtue of the worship) the mind is given a beautiful shape (The mind

82

gets evolved, advanced. The eagerness for worship arises, awakens).
N|m NM N|m H|J v
taa kee-aa galaa kathee-aa naa jaahi.
H l (HKM - H U| mH) N N|JF-UHF m J1
It is very hard to tell or say anything about this Place (this state of mind).
H N NJ | |U v
jay ko kahai pichhai pachhu-taa-i.
H NU| H l (H N M H U| JM ) UHF 8J, J J| J N
|N J N | J| UH H|Nm1
If any one tries to describe this Place (State of the worshipping mind), he shall
repent that he could not tell anything.
| W|m H| H| H| | v
tithai gharhee-ai surat mat man buDh.
', (H HKM H U| JM ) H (8 H, HNU H, HH), H (mNM), H
m (UN| U M) |H| W (HJF F) |U HlU J (H, H m |8
H H HlU J)1
There (In that state of mind), consciousness, intellect, mind and understanding
(wisdom) are given a new shape (Get evolved due to worship. The desire for
meditation awakens).
| W|m H |H N| H| vv
tithai gharhee-ai suraa siDhaa kee suDh. ||36||
, (UN| U H HKM ) U|ml (N |Uml), m |Hl (mHN HN| |Mml) U|
H| H |U| HlU| J1 |UJ U H J |Nm J HlU J (UN| U M HF MU
J |N |UH U M |N mHN M J HlU J, |UH N H U M J HU J)1
There (In this mental region of worship) the gods (evolved persons) and Sidhs
(adepts) attain more of knowledge, the Truth gets known further, and realization
is attained. (One gains the knowledge of the mental state of the gods and adepts
that worship makes a man spiritually perfect, and due to this one takes to worship
more intensely) ||36||
NH K N| F| H v
karam khand kee baanee jor.
NH-K (H U |HJ N U, HH U| |N U HKM), U| F| (8M) H
(|HJ, H-H) J1 (|N U HKM |8 NM J |JN U| |N U H U|1 JU|
|N HH |8 NH (NH) NN |HMU| J, m |UJ |HJ J UN|, |J, NH-N,

83

N NHU|: mHU, |HNH-H, N|ml N U|1 |UJ |JN U| |HH: NH, JNH,
U| K J)1
At the mental Level of His Grace, the rule is His Own Power - Kindness, His
Will. (To gain His Kindness the man has to do hard work do worship i.e.
recitation of the Name of God, offer selfless-service, practice virtues, and adopt
ethical worldly activities).
| J NU| J v
tithai hor naa ko-ee hor.
|UH HKM |8 |H J J| J |HJ N M, |N |H ' |JN U| |N J (HH
|N |JN m J| J m J NU| J|),
At this level are those hard workers (saints) who have been blessed by God (It is
like only God being there and none else),
| H HJM H v
tithai joDh mahaabal soor.
|UJ J (|N H |JN U| |HH U M, mF H U) H, N, HH (JU) J
(| |NH K U, N J |N UN|, N|, H, NU J)1
And these (with mental strength blessed by the Lord) are the real warriors, brave
people, and heroes (The people who are virtuous, dedicated to selfless service etc.
and worship God boldly without any fear).
| H|J H |Jm v
tin mahi raam rahi-aa bharpoor.
J (|UJ |HJl) U mU |JN U H |m J|Um J1
They are filled with the love of God.
| H| H| H|JH H|J v
tithai seeto seetaa mahimaa maahi.
' (H U| |UH mH |8) J, |JN U NF NF U M NJ H| JU (H JU,
M|) J1
At this mental level, they are set with a single mind at the remembrance of the
Lord.
N N H|J v
taa kay roop naa kathnay jaahi.
J U H U| HU |U| J (| H) |N UH| J| H HNU|1
It is hard to tell the beauty of (the purity of) their minds.

84

U|J H|J N H|J v
naa o-hi mareh naa thaagay jaahe.
m|HJ MN HU m J| N H HNU J,
J H U K J|1 J U H- NU| N J| HNU - |UJ NU| |
NJ J| HNU1
Such people do not die or get cheated. (spiritual death. They entertain no fear of
death. None can deprive them of their treasure of Gods Name no one can
mislead them),
|H N H H H H|J v
jin kai raam vasai man maahi.
|N |H U H |8 |JN HU J,
Those who have set their minds on God.
| N H|J N Mm v
tithai bhagat vasahi kay lo-a.
, NU| U|ml U N HU (|JU) J1
|UH HKM |8, HHl - mMN mMN Hl-|8l m J J Hl-Ul U H
HJH, H U| |UN J| U M H| '8| mH |8 JF N HH |N |UN J| l
|JU J, |UJ H |UN J, N| U |UN J| HKM |8 J1
There, the saints of many worlds live together. (In that high state of mind, the
saints of different places, faiths and thoughts, are presumed to stay at one and the
same level one place (as all of them are at the same elevated mental level of
God-Orientation).
N|J mU H8 H| H|U v
karahi anand sachaa man so-i.
H8 |JN J U H mU JF NN J JHH H| |8 |JU J1
God being in their minds, they stay in the state of joy.
H8 |K H |N v
sach khand vasai nirankaar.
H8-K (H8U| U HKM, H U| UN| U| mH) |8 |N (|HH U| HNM-H J|,
|JN) |JU J1
In Sach-Khand lives Nirankar. (Sach-Khand Heaven. This is the Region of
Truth - the mental state of worship. Nirankar - the Formless Lord. Nirankar
resides in the absolutely pure mind).

85

N| N| U| |JM v
kar kar vaykhai nadar nihaal.
|JN |UJ 8 NN (Nl U H U| N|- M| mH F N), J |HJ
U| H U M U N |JM (Hl| | H|) NU J (|m NU, MU J1 mF M
|HMU J)1
After His Creation, God watches It with His Benevolence (Takes care of it.
Putting His love into the minds of devotees, He blesses them with delightful-
ecstasy. Takes care of them. Provides them with their needs. Unites them with
Him ).
| K HKM K v
tithai khand mandal varbhand.
H HKM (H U| '8 mH) |8 (NH ) H Kl - | U |JH: HJU|), HKMl
- l HH-HKM, N, m Kl - |JHKl, HHl, U H|JH-H |Nm J
HlU J1
'8| m|HN mH |8, m|HN H- J HlU| J1 J H| NU U|
HH m HlU| J |N |UJ H| 8 HH U| N|| J, J l J 8|H |8 |JN J1
In that region (elevated mental state), there are continents, worlds, solar systems
(The devotee gains the knowledge of the Creation of God - he becomes spiritually
advanced. He realizes that God is the Creator and He is present everywhere and in
everything).
H N N m m v
jay ko kathai taa ant naa ant.
H NU| M MF 8J (|N HH m |UJU| 8 |NK| J |N |HH U |UJ |Nm J
|Nm J) l U| NU U NU| m J|!
If someone tries to describe His Creation (claims that he has attained His
knowledge), there is no limit to it (Creation).
| Mm Mm mN v
tithai lo-a lo-a aakaar.
( U| NU |8, N U H U| mH |8) m HHl U| F, 8 J1
N |UJ U NU U| K U, |Nm J HlU J |N |UJU m J|, m |UJ
FF M m J, NU |8 HH HU J1
There (In His Creation, in that state of the mind of the saint) are innumerable
universes, and limitless Creation (The devotee attains awareness that the Creation
and its Creator: God, are limitless).

86

|H |H JNH | | N v
jiv jiv hukam tivai tiv kaar.
|HH l |JN 8JU J, H l J| HH U H N-|J 8MU J (H JU JNH
|8 J1 |NH U| UN|, |Nm, H HH U J J)1
Every thing happens according to the Will of God (May be it is His worship or
the knowledge of His Creation to the devotee).
|NH N| |8 v
vaykhai vigsai kar veechaar.
|JN mF N| U H JU J1 (N| U| H| U M HM NU J)1
This is the Lord who takes care of His Creation, with pleasure.
N N N H v?v
naanak kathnaa karrhaa saar. ||37||
N, |JN U (NHl, 8, |N, m J |KmU|ml ) N N|JF | m| NM
J |N |HUl H H (MJ) F J1
Nanak, to describe His Creation, Qualities, Kindness and Greatness is as difficult
as eating steel. ||37||
H J |H H|m v
jat paahaaraa Dheeraj suni-aar.
H (JH8H, H-N, NH ' |H) |, |H (H) H|m J1
Let abstinence (self-control) be the furnace, and patience the goldsmith.
mJ|F H| U J|m v
ah-ran mat vayd hathee-aar.
mNM (HH) mJF (|HH MJ U JN ' N MJ NJU J) J, U (|Nm) J|m
J1
Let wisdom be the anvil, Divine-Knowledge the tools.
M mN| v
bh-a-o khalaa agan tap taa-o.
U K M (NF|) J, m '|Hm (H-UN|) J mN (|UH | |8)1
Let God's Fear be the bellows, and penance (worship) the fire.
lK m|H | |M v
bhaa
N
daa bhaa-o amrit tit dhaal.
lK (NM|) J ( ') H-H, m |UH U |8 m|H M (MU| N, NM,
m|H F, U H U M H)1

87

Let the love (of God) be the Crucible, and in this melt the Amrit (Prepare Amrit
i.e. set God in the mind - recite the Name of God).
W|m HU H8| JNHM v
gharhee-ai sabad sachee taksaal.
|UH ( UH|) H8| JNHM |8, HU (H) W|m (N N|) HlU J (H-H U |8
M| U N|| HlU| J)1
Thus(described above), in this True-Mint the Divine Word (Name of God) is
prepared (fixed in the mind, Name of the Lord is recited).
|H N U| NH | N v
jin k-a-o nadar karam tin kaar.
|UJ NH J J| N HNU J |N |HH |JN U| |HJ U| H | |N J H1
This can be done only by those who are blessed by the Mercy of God.
N U| U| |JM vcv
naanak nadree nadar nihaal. ||38||
N, |JN U| | |N | H (H , H-U H N) |JM (H| |m
mU) N |U J1
Nanak, the Lord blesses all with delight out of His Kindness (By giving the love
of His Name to recite). ||38||
HMN v
Salok.
HMN (|UJ |UH F| U m|M UH J)1
Salok (The is the last Sermon of this Scripture).
F N F| | H | HJ v
pavan guroo paanee pitaa maataa Dharat mahat.
J N J, F| | J, | K| H J1(|UJ |JN U|ml Ul J |N H HM
NU|ml J)1
Air is the Guru, water the Father, and earth is the Great Mother (These are the
Gifts of the Lord to nurse the living beings).
|UH | U|U UU| U|Um M HNM HN v
divas raat du-i daa-ee daa-i-aa khaylai sagal jagat.
|U U UU| U|Um (|K|) J, |UJ U| NU |8 H HJ KU J1 (|UJ
Ul HM NU|ml J)1
HN- H-N 8 NM J, HN 81

88

Day and night are the nurse and the baby-sitter, and in their laps the whole world
plays. (These Gifts are to take care of the Creation).
(The word in Gurmukhi is Jagat and it is wrong to pronounce it J-gatt).
8|NmU|m |mU|m 8 H JU| v
changi-aa-ee-aa buri-aa-ee-aa vaachai Dharam hadoor.
N|ml U|ml HH (|UH U |H|J|HN U) U| JH| |8 U J1
(Mans) virtues and vices are read out by Dharam-Raj (The mythical god of
justice) in the Court of God.
NH| m mF| N N U| v
karmee aapo aapnee kay nayrhai kay door.
m mF NHl (NHl, mHMl, |NHH, JU| |N) mH NU| |JN U| JH| |8
(), m NU| U JFN (NU| HH U J| MNF UN)1
According to their deeds (destiny, result of their actions), some shall be in the
presence of the Lord, and others shall not be allowed to come close to Him.
|H| H |m|Um NU HHN| W|M v
jinee naam Dhi-aa-i-aa ga-ay maskat ghaal.
|Hl H |m|Um J (H H|m J, |JN UU |m J, JU K- |8 J
J, N| N|| J), J mHM| HHN (|HJ) WM (NHU|) N NU J1 (HHN|- |UJ
HHN| J, NU| HHN| 8U J1 HHN| 8 HJ| J|, |N m
HHN J| J)1
Those who did the Naam-Jaap (Recited the Name of God, remembered Him,
stayed in His Fear, did good deeds), they put in the real hard labor. (The word
written in Gurmukhi msakktte, is phonated as msakkatte or even as
mshakktte, and it is wrong to say it out musakaktte or mushakktte).
N H HM N| J| |M v9v
naanak tay mukh ujalay kaytee chhutee naal. ||1||
N, J U J| 8J 8HNU J (H J, U JH |UH U| J), m J
mF M J NU| MU J (HN N MU J)1
Nanak, their own faces glow (are honored in the Court of the Lord, earn respect),
and along with them, they liberate many more. ||1||

89

H H|J
JAAPU SAHIB

W H|N H|U v
Ik Oankaar Sat.t.egur Pr;asaad.e
|JN H|, H|N H| U| |N1
|UJ HNM (|) J1 |JN H| U |Nm H|N H| U| |N U M JU J1
The Lord, Blessings of the True Guru!
God is realized through the Kindness of the True Guru.

H
JAAPU
H| HN |HJ| 9Ov
Sree mukhvaak Paat.shaahee 10.
H| HN HJ| UH|1 UH |HJ H| N N|U |HW H| U| 8 N|| F|1
I0 U 8F UH| N J1
Composed by the Tenth Master - Guru Gobind Singh. 10 is pronounced as
Dasveen which means Tenth.
U v H|U v
Chhapaae Chhand. T.av Pr;asaad.e
U1 | |N U M 8|m1
Chhapaae Chhand (A style of poetry). Composed by Your Grace.
8N |8J m H| m | |J |HJ v
Chakkr; chehn aru baran jaat.e aru paat.e nahin jeh
JK 8J, HJlU, N, H, N, NU| J|1
You are free of figure or features (Form), color or cast, or lineage.
You have no physical form.
N m N N|J HN |NJ v
Roop ran:g aru raekh bhaekh ko-oo kahe na sakt.e keh
JK N, NH, |J, NU| UH J| HNU1
Nobody can tell about Your figure, color, features, and clothes.
You have no appearance.

90

m8M H| m NH m|H|H N|JH v
Achall moorat.-e anbhou pr;akaas amit.oje kahijjaae
H| HU |UNH, mF m m H|J (NJ) N M, J N NJ| U J1
You are called of the Permanent-Form (Immortal), Self-Created, and Extremely-
Powerful.
You are Self-Created, Eternal and the Doer.
N|J |UU |UU|F HJ HJ|F N|FH v
Kote Ind.r; ind.r,aan.e saahu saahaan.e gan.ijjaae
Nl |UUl U |UU, UHJl U UHJ |NF HlU J1
You are considered King of god Indra, and King of the kings.
You are the Highest of All.
|F HJ| H mH |F NJ v
Tr;ibhavan. maheep sur narr asur naet. naet. bann tr;in. kahet.
|, mNH, M U H, U, H, U, HNM m WJ | m, m N|JU
J1
Kings of the three worlds (Powerful kings), gods, people, demons, and even grass
and straws call You Limitless. (You are Limitless).
H H N N NH H HH v9v
T.av; sarab Naam kathaae kavan Karam Naam barnat.t. smat.t.
JK mHM H NF UH HNU J, |U| N J| mNM J |N JK NH-H (NHl U NF
U H) J| UH HNl1
Who can tell Your real Name? The ability is this much only that I can tell Your
Names based only on Your deeds (Actions).
HN U U v
Bhujan:g Pr;yaat. Chhand.
N| U| |NHH U H1
The Name of the type of poetry.
HH mNM v HH |NM v
Namast.v;n Akaalae / Namast.v;n Kr;ipaalae
HHN J NM-|J1 HHN J |HJ1
I bow to You the Deathless (Immortal), I bow to You the Benevolent.

91

HH m v HH m v7v
Namast.an: Aroopae / Namast.an: Anoopae
HHN J HNM-|J1 HHN J |HHM1
I bow to You the Formless, I bow to You the Only One (One that cannot be
compared with anything else).
HH m v HH mM v
Namast.an: Abhaekaae / Namast.an: Alaekhae
| H |J U: |J, HHN J1 |m N| H HNF M (| Ml U)
HHN J1
I bow to You without a special dress (Form), I bow to You the Unexplainabe
(Above description).
HH mNU v HH mHU vv
Namast.an: Akaae / Namast.an: Ajaae
N|Um: H|-|J. HHN J1 HH-|J HHN J1
I bow to You the Formless (Without physical body), I bow to You the Unborn
(Self-Created).
HH mNH v HH mH v
Namast.an: Agan:jae / Namast.an: Abhan:jae
|H HF M, HHN J1 H HF M, HHN J1
I bow to You Who cannot be defeated, I bow to You the Indestructible.
HH mH v HH mH v0v
Namast.an: Anaamae / Namast.an: Ath:aamae
|NH H H |J, HHN J1 |NH H |JNF |, HHN J1
I bow to You the Nameless (Beyond names), I bow to You without a home (No
single specific place: You are all over Omnipresent).
HH mNH v HH mH v
Namast.an: Akarman: / Namast.an: Adharman:
NH-HN (NH '), HHN J1 H-HN (Hl '8), HHN J1
I bow to You higher than actions, and higher to Dharma - Responsibilities,
disciplines, righteousness.
HH mH v HH mH vv
Namast.an: Anaaman: / Namast.an: Adhaaman:
|NH H H |J, HHN J1 |NH H W-l |J, HHN J1

92

I bow to You free from names, I bow to You free from any set place.
HH mH| v HH m| v
Namast.an: Ajeet.ae / Namast.an: Abheet.ae
|H H HNF M, HHN1 K |J, HHN1
I bow to You the Unconquerable (Not winnable), I bow to You the Fearless
(Fears none).
HH mJ v HH mJ vv
Namast.an: Abaahae / Namast.an: Adhaahae
J H HNF M (m|JM), HHN1 J H HNF M (mH), HHN1
I bow to You the Unchangeable, I bow to You the Immortal.
HH m|M v HH mU v
Namast.an: Aneelae / Namast.an: Anaad.ae
N- |J, HHN1 mU (H) |J, HHN1
I bow to You the Colorless, I bow to You the Beginningless
HH mU v HH mN v?v
Namast.an: Achhaed.ae / Namast.an: Agaadh:ae
N () H HNF M, HHN1 mJ (J KW, m), HHN1
I bow to You the Indestructible, I bow to You the Immeasurable (Who cannot be
Fathomed).
HH mNH v HH mH v
Namast.an: Agan:jae / Namast.an: Abhan:jae
|H H HNF M, HHN1 H HNF M, HHN1
I bow to You the Unconquerable (One that cannot be won), I bow to You the
Indestructible.
HH U v HH m vcv
Namast.an: Oud.aarae / Namast.an: Apaarae
K |UM M, HHN1 m- |J (m), HHN1
I bow to You the Broadminded (Generous) One, I bow to You the Limitless.
HH H UN v HH mN v
Namast.an: su Aekae / Namast.an: Anaekae
|UN-|UN ( N UH J|), HHN1 mN (m|NF, J |UN |8), HHN1
I bow to You the Only One, I bow to You the Countless (Multitude of Your

93

Creation is You).
HH m v HH mH vcv
Namast.an: Abhoot.ae / Namast.an: Ajoopae
-HN (H : J, F|, mN|, |, mNH, J| F), HHN1 HHN J
mH (H|m J|, -HN)1
I bow to You free from five elements (Not made of earth, water, air, fire, ether
Bodiless). I bow to You the Free One (Unbound, Not belonging to one place or
person).
HH |NH v HH |H v
Namast.an: Nr;ikarmae / Namast.an: Nr;ibharmae
NH-HN, HHN1 H |J, HHN1
I bow to You free from actions, I bow to You free from doubts.
HH |UH v HH |H v9Ov
Nmast.an: Nr;id.aesae / Namast.an: Nr;ibhaesae
UH |J, HHN (H UH JU J)1 H |J, HHN (NU| H |UN H, |J
J|, H |J JU J)1
I bow to You free from a set place, I bow to You free from a set dress. (All places
and dresses are Yours).
HH |H v HH |NH v
Namast.an: Nr;inaamae / Namast.an: Nr;ikaamae
H |J (H, |UN H J|), HHN1 NH (|U) |J, HHN1
I bow to You, the Nameless (No one Name, all names are Yours), I bow to You
the Desireless.
HH | v HH |W v99v
Namast.an: Nr;idh:aat.ae / Namast.an: Nr;ighaat.ae
( - F) |J, HHN1 W (H HF) |J, HHN1
I bow to You the Elementless (Bodiless), I bow to You the Deathless.
HH | v HH m v
Namast.an: Nr;idh:oot.ae / Namast.an: Abhoot.ae
J mJM (mKM, N|UH), HHN1 - F |J, HHN1
I bow to You the Constant One (Unchangable), I bow to you the Elementless
(Bodiless, free from the physical body).

94

HH mMN v HH mHN v97v
Namast.an: Alokae / Namast.an: Asokae
|UHF M, HHN1 U-NH |J, HHN1
I bow to You the Invisible (Cannot be seen), I bow to You Who is free from
Sorrow
HH | v HH m v
Namast.an: Nr;it.aapae / Namast.an: Athaapae
|- |J HHN1(| U: m|m|HN H ; m|U|N NHl |HM;
m||N |UN UH |HM)1 H HNF M, HHN1 (F, H| |JNF
l F)1
I bow to You Who has no afflictions. I bow to You Who cannot be set-up (Who
cannot be installed like a statue in a temple).
HH |H v HH | v9v
Namast.an: T.r;imaanae / Namast.an: Nidh:aanae
|l MNl (|, mNH, M), |l NMl (mH, NM, MN) |8 HF HF M,
HHN1 J 8|H U H, HHN1
I bow to You the One worshipped in the three worlds. I bow to You the Treasure
of everything. (Three Worlds - earth, nether world bottom of earth, and sky).
HH mNJ v HH mJ v
Namast.an: Agaahae / Namast.an: Abaahae
NJ (J, m) |J, HHN1 mJ (mJ): J H HNF M (|, |JN JU),
HHN1
I bow to the Immeasurable (Unfathomable). I bow to the Constant (The Steady
One, unshakable, unchangeable).
HH |N v HH mHN v90v
Namast.an: T.r;ibargae / Namast.an: Asargae
| Nl (|N - JMl) HN, HHN J1 8 (mHN - HH) |J,
HHN J1
|N - | JMl: I. *H - H; *m H|Um, U; *NH |Ul; HH
HN|, 8| JM J |N H |U J| |NF| NU|1 mHM |8, H, m, NH, m HH,
8 U |NF HlU J |N H J NU| HNU J1 2. *H |Hml N NF: JN; *H
HJ: H M'F; *H Hl N: H8U| U NF1 3. *8U| NM, *|UNH,
*|JU| NM)1 4. * H H8U|; *|8 - 8, *mU - |HH1
I bow to the Master of three attributes Truth, Consciousness, and Bliss.

95

(Worldly attributes - the world has ego, truth and meanness).
HH N v HH HHN v
Namast.an: Pr;abhogae / Namast.an: Sujogae
J H N 8N| l NF (HF) M, HHN1 J H |8 M| l HHU (H J|U),
HHN J1
I bow to the Enjoyer of everything. I bow to the One present in everything (All
Pervasive).
HH mN v HH mN v9v
Namast.an: Aran:gae / Namast.an: Abhan:gae
N- |J, HHN1 (H) H HNF M, HHN1
I bow to the Colorless. I bow to the One who cannot be destroyed
(Indestructible).
HH mNH v HHH H v
Namast.an: Agan:mae / Namast.sat.u Ran:mae
J8 , HHN1 H |8 8 JU, HHN1
I bow to the Unreachable. I bow to the All Pervasive.
HH HMH v HH |H v9v
Namast.an: Jalaasrae Namast.an: Niraasarae
HM U mH (HHU), HHN1 |NH U mH |J, HHN1
I bow to the Support of water (The Creator of water). I bow to the One Who
needs no support.
HH mH v HH m v
Namast.an: Ajaat.ae Namast.an: Apaat.ae
H |J, HHN (H|ml |ml Hl J, |NH H |UN H U J|), N (NM)
|J, HHN1 (H N J, H U J)1
I bow to the One above all castes. I bow to the One above sub-castes (Lineage).
HH mHH v HHH mH v9?v
Namast.an: Amajbae Namast.sat.u Ajabae
HHJl HN, HHN ( H U J), mH8H (mH|) |JN, HHN J1
I bow to the One above religions. I bow to the Wonderful One.

96

mUH mUH v HH mH v
Ad.aesan: Ad.aesae / Namast.an: Abhaesae
mUH (HHN) J H UH (HMN, |JNF) |J ( J l J)1 H |J, HHN J1
Obeisance (I bow) to the One unattached to the lands. I bow to the One who is
free of clothes (Above dresses, Formless).
HH |H v HH |H v9cv
Namast.an: Nr;idh:aamae / Namast.an: Nr;ibaamae
H (W) |J, HHN (H U-W, l, |JNF J, J l J)1 H |J
(|UH| | F) HHN J1
I bow to Him Who needs no homes (All places are His). I bow to the One Who is
not born of a woman: is Self-Created.
H H NM v H H |UmM v
Namo Sarab Kaalae / Namo sarab d.iaalae
H|ml U NM (H), HHN1 H |NM, HHN1 (NM - H, m ' |N
N N HH H|ml mF |8 |HM MU J)1
I bow to You the death to all. I bow to One Kind to all
H H v H H v9cv
Namo Sarab Roopae / Namo Sarab Bhoopae
HHN, H U H |8 J1 HHN J, H|ml U H1
I bow to the One Who is the Form of All (Who is in everyone). I bow to the King
of All.
H H v H H v
Namo Sarab Khaapae / Namo Sarab Thaapae
H U H NM (mF |8 MF M), HHN J1 H U| 8 N UF
M, HHN J1
Obeisance (I bow) to the One Who absorbs everything back into Him. Obeisance
to the Creator of All.
H H NM v H H M v7Ov
Namo Sarab Kaalae / Namo Sarab Paalae
H U NM (H, m), HHN J1 H U| MF N M, HHN J1
I bow to the Death to All. I bow to the One Who nurses (Provides) all.

97

HHH U v HH m v
Namast.sat.u D.aevaae / Namast.an: Abhaevaae
H|ml U U (NH, HF UN), HHN J1 U |J (|HH U U ), HHN1
Obeisance to the One Who is worshipped by all (Deity of all). I bow to the One
Whose mystery we cannot know (He is a Mystery).
HH mHH v HH HH v79v
Namast.an: Ajanmae / Namast.an: Su-banmae
HH |J, HHN1 HJF F: N- M, HHN1 (HH: F F, N)
I bow to the One Who is not born (like others do). Obeisance to the One Who is
the Beauty.
H H N v H H v
Namo Sarab Gounae / Namo Sarab Bhounae
H U| J8 (H HNF) M, HHN1 H U H|MN (H HKMl |8 H HNF M
- |, mNH, M |8 8 JU,), HHN1
I bow to the One Who can reach everywhere. Obeisance to the One Who is at all
places: Omnipresent).
H H N v H H N v77v
Namo sarab Ran;gae / Namo Sarab Bhan:gae
H Nl (H U|ml HHl, H U HJ) |8 HHU, HHN1 H H N M,
HHN1
I bow to Him Who is present in all colors (In all states: conditions, in everyone,
attached to all). I bow to the One Who can destroy everything.
H NM NM v HHH |UmM v
Namo Kaal Kaalae / Namast.sat.u D.iaalae
NM (H) U NM (H | |HH U H J), HHN1 HHN J, m |UmM1
Supreme-Death (Lord of Death) I bow to You. I bow to You the Benevolent One.
HH m v HH mH v7v
Namast.an: Abarnae / Namast.an: Amarnae
N (F, HJ) |J, HHN1 HF ' (H |J), HHN1
Above Castes, I bow to You. The Immortal One, I bow to you.
HH H v HH |N v
Namast.an: Jraaran: / Namast.an: Kr;it.aran:
HHN J U | (-|J)1 HHN J N (H H| 8F M)1

98

Beyond old age, I bow to You. I bow to You the Creator.
H H v H H m v70v
Namo Sarab Dh:an:dh:ae / Namo Sat.t. Aban:dh:ae
H|ml U U (|ml |8 8MF M), HHN1 HHN J H8, |J1
I bow to You the avocation of all (Engagements, jobs). I bow to the True One, not
bound to anything.
HH |HN v HH |N v
Namast.an: Nr;isaakae / Namast.an: Nr;ibaakae
HNl: H|Nml, |J, HHN1 HHN J N (K-|J)1
Free from relations (relatives), obeisance to You (I bow to You)! Obeisance to the
Fearless One.
HH J|H v HH N|H v7v
Namast.an: Raheemae / Namast.an: kareemae
|JH (H) N M, HHN1 NH (|HH) N M, HHN1
Obeisance to the Merciful. The Kind One, I bow to You.
HH m v HH HJ v
Namast.an: Anan;t.ae / Namast.an: Mahan:t.ae
m, HHN1 HJ (H HJ, K), HHN1
The Limitless, I bow to You. The Supreme One, I bow to You.
HHH N v HH HJN v7v
Namast.sat.u Raagae / Namast.an: Suhaagae
|m-, HHN1 H U 8N-N, HHN1
The Love, obeisance to You. The Fortune of all, I bow to You.
H H H v H H v
Namo Sarab Sokhan: / Namo Sarab Pokhan:
H HNF (H N, HF) M, HHN1 H U MFJ, HHN1
The Drier (Destroyer, Killer) of all, I bow to You. The Sustainer of all, I bow to
You.
H H N v H H J v7?v
Namo Sarab Kart.aa / Namo Sarab Hart.aa
H N NF (8F) M, HHN1 H HJF M, HHN1
I bow to You the Creator. I bow to You the Destroyer.

99

H HN HN v H N N v
Namo Jog Jogae / Namo Bhog Bhogae
HN|ml U HJl HN|, HHN1 N|ml (U|mUl) U HJ N|, HHN1
The Supreme Yoga, (Detached One) I bow to You. The Worldly Man, I bow
to You. (Yoga, a technique to meet God. Yogis believe in renunciation
detachment from the world).
H H |UmM v H H M v7cv
Namo Sarab D.iaalae / Namo Sarab Paalae
H |NM, HHN1 H U MFJ, HHN1
Obeisance to You the Kind One. Obeisance to the Sustainer.
88| U v H|U v
Chaachri Chhand / Tav; Pr;asaad.
88| U, JK| |N U M 8|m1
Chaacharee Chhand, composed by Your Grace.
m J v m J v
Aroop Haaen / Anoop haaaen
|J J1 |HHM J1
You are formless, and unique.
mH J v m J v7cv
Ajoo Haaen / Abhoo haaen
HH |J J1 H- |J J (J, F|, mN, |, mNH, U |Fm J|)1
You are not born (Manifested without birth), You are not made of five elements
(Water, earth, air, fire, ether).
mM J v m J v
Alaekh Haaen / Abhaekh haaen
|MF (H| FF, H|) J J1 |NH |UN -H |J J (H H
J)1
You are beyond description (without form). You are not bound by dress
(Appearance).
mH J v mNH J vOv
Anaam Haae: / Akaam haaen
|NH H |J J (H H J)1 NH (|U) |J J1
You have no name. You are Desireless.

100

m J v m J v
Adh:ae Haae: / Abhae haaen
|m |8 J| |MmlU H HNU1 U J| |Um H HNU1
You cannot be brought into imagination. Your Mystery cannot be known.
mH| J v m| J v9v
Ajeet. Haaen / Abheet. haaen
|H|m J| H HNU1 K |J J1
None can win You (Unconquerable). You are without fear.
|H J v | J v
T.r;imaan Haaen / Nidh:aan haaen
| MNl (|, mNH, M) U MN| HF |UU J1 H N U H J1
You are honored in the three worlds (Earth, sky, nether-world bottom of the
world).
|N J v mHN J v7v
T.r;ibarg haaen / Asarg haaen
|8 HH U | (JMl, NF: H JN; H WJ|m ; H H NF)
J1 |8m J| H HNU1
You are above the three dimensions of the world (virtue,evil, ego).
m|M J v m|U J v
Aneel haaen / Anaad. haaen
N- |J J1 mU (H, H) J| ( J| NU U J)1
You are above color and caste. You are above the beginning.
mH J v mH|U J vv
Ajae haaen / Ajaad. haaen
NU| |H J| HNU1 mHU: HN, J (H N mH|U MU|U l HU HF: HH
|J J)1
Nobody can win You. You are Azaad Free. (But, if we stick to the word
Ajaade, it will mean above birth).
mHH J v m J v
Ajanamm haaen / Abarn haaen
HH |J J1 F J|1(F - N-1 Hl, |, JHF, H, HU, H
|8 J)1
You are above birth (Self Born), and free from color and caste (You are in all).

101

m J v m J v0v
Abhoot. haaen / Abharn haaen
-F, |J J l U |Fm J|, UJ J| |1 MFl N M U|
M J|1
You are above five elements (Not made of elements - bodiless), You do not need
anyone to nurse (Sustain) You.
mNH J v mH J v
Agan:j haaen / Abhan:j haaen
|H|m J| H HNU1 NU| -H ( ) J| HNU1
You are Unconquerable. No one can hurt You no one can destroy You.
m J v m J vv
Ajhoojh haaen / Ajhan:j haaen
M NU| M J| HNU1 HH U NU| J-M J| J1
None can face i.e. stand You (in battle). You are not involved in the worldly
problems.
mH|N J v |N J v
Ameek haaen / Rafeek haaen
N|J-N| J1 H U |H J1
You are too deep (Calm, composed). You are the Friend of all.
m J v m J vv
Adh:an:dh haaen / Aban:dh haaen
HH U NU| J|1 HN U NU| J|1
You have no worldly botherations You are not attached to anything.
| J v mH J v
Nr;iboojh haaen / Asoojh haaen
NU| (HH) J| HNU1 NU| | H| ( HF) J| HNU1
You are not knowable (You cannot be known), and are beyond understanding.
mNM J v mHM J v?v
Akaa haae / Ajaal haaen
HH U N mHU J1 HM (H|Um-HM, U|ml U HHMl) HN J1
You are not bound by time. You have no worldly entanglements (Bindings).

102

mMJ J v mHJ J v
Allah haaen / Ajaah haae
mMJ (H M|m H HN) J1 NU| |UN |JNF J| (J l J)1
You are a Mystery (Inaccessible), and not bound to one place (You are
everywhere: all pervading).
m J v HJ J vcv
Anan:t. haaen / Mahan:t. haaen
m J1 HJ J1
You are Limitless, Great.
mM|N J v |H|N J v
Aleek haaen / Nir;sareek haaen
NU| JU- J|1 NU| H|N ( N J) J|1
You are beyond description (Formless). There is none other like You (No rival).
|M J v mH J vcv
Nr;ilan:bh haaen / Asan:bh haaen
|NH mM (|Nm, Hl HJ) U| M J|1 H U |8 mF '
J1(mH H: |m |81 mH: U m HH |J | J)1
You are Supportless (Self Sustained ), beyond imagination (Self-Created).
mNH J v mHH J v
Agan:m haaen / Ajan:m haaen
N NU| J8 J| HNU1 HH |8 J| mU1
You are beyond reach, above birth.
m J v m J v0Ov
Abhoot. haaen / Achhoot. haaen
H l J| |Fm (H| |J J)1 NU| J J| HNU1
Yor are not made of elements (Bodiless), none can touch You.
mMN J v mHN J v
Alok haaen / Asok haaen
U|m J| H HNU1 HN (NH) |J J1
You cannot be seen. You are above sorrow.

103

mNH J v mH J v09v
Akarm haaen / Abharam haaen
NHl (NHl) U NU| mH Hl M J|1 NU| H J|: Hl ' J1
mNH - NHl: H |8 N||ml HlU|ml JNl U, NU| mH J|1 mH -
NU| HN J| N| H HNU, H8| J| J1
You are not affected by Your actions (Deeds). You are above doubts. (No doubt
about Your existence. You are a Reality).
mH| J v m| J v
Ajeet. haaen / Abheet. haaen
NU| |H J| HNU1 NU| (K) J|1
No one can win You. You have no fear of anyone.
mJ J v mNJ J v07v
Abaah haaen / Agaah haaen
NU| |JM J| HNU (mJM J)1 NJ (J, m) J| |Um H HNU1
You are Steadfast - Unshakable. You are Immeasurable - Immense, limitless.
mH J v | J v
Amaan haaen / Nidh:aan haaen
H-M NU| J| N HNU1 H N U H | J| J1
You cannot be measured. You are the Treasure of everything.
mN J v | UN J v0v
Anaek haaen / Phir Aek haaen
mN: J |NF|, J (J |UN U |8 JF NN)1 | J |UN J|1
You are many countless (by being in all), yet You are One.
HN U U v
Bhujan:g Pr;yat. Chhand.
U U H HN U J1
Bhujang Prayaat Chhand, type of the poetry.
H H H v HHH| | v
Namo Sarb Maanae / Samast.ee Nidhaanae
HHN J H|ml U HFUN1 H N U H J1
I bow to the One worshipped by all. You are the Treasure of everything.

104

H U U v m| m v00v
Namo D.aev Daevae / Abhaekhee Abhaevae
HHN J U|ml U U1 (HN, |J8F) |J, U |J, J1
I bow to You God of gods. You are above dresses (Formless), and are
Mysterious.
H NM NM v H H M v
Namo Kaal Kaalae / Namo Sarab Paalae
HHN J, NM (H) U HJlNM (H H J)1 HHN J, H|m U MFJ1
I bow to the death of death. I bow to the Sustainer of all. (Death is in His control).
H H NF v H H F v0v
Namo Sarab Goun.ae / Namo Sarab Bhoun.ae
H l J8F (|) M, HHN J1 H M, HHN J1
F - 8Ul HKM, : W, |JN|Fml, U|ml)
I bow to Him Who can reach everywhere. I bow to Him Who is all over
(Omnipresent).
mN| m v |HN| H v
Anan:gee Anaathae / Nr;isangee Pr;amaathae
mNl (l) |J J, ' NU| (JNH) J|1 NU| HN| (H|, U)
J|, H U H N M J (H HN| M J)1
You are above body (Free from elements), and free from any master. You are free
from any companions (Friendless), and the Destroyer.
H v H H H v0v
Namo Bhaan Bhaanae / Namo Maan Maanae
HHN J, HHl U | HH (HH H| UF M)1 HF HF |Mml U | HF HF
M, HHN J1
Sun of suns, I bow to You (The source of light and heat of suns). I bow to You
the Worshipped By All.
H 8U 8U v H v
Namo Chan:d.r; Chan:d.r;ae / Namo Bhaan Bhaanae
8UH U | 8UH, HHN J1 HH U | HH, HHN J1 (|UJ U| H| U HH
J)1
I bow to You Moon of moons. I bow to You Sun of suns. (You are the source
of light to the moons and suns).

105

H N| N| v H v0?v
Namo Geet. Geet.ae / Namo T.aan T.aanae
N|l U N| (N|l U| NHM), HHN J1 U| ( U H), HHN J1
Song of the songs, I bow to You (Supreme Song). Melodious Note of the
melodies, I bow to You.
H | | v H U U v
Namo Nirt Nirt.ae / Namo Naad. Naad.ae
8l U 8 (8 8F M), HHN J1 HHN J, HU- U| HJ HU-1
( HJ 8 J, HU mH J)1
Dance of the dances, I bow to You (Supreme Dancer). Melody of the melodies, I
bow to You (Super melody).
H v H U U v0cv
Namo Paan Paanae / Namo Baad. Baad.ae
HHN J J U J (J U J) M1 HHN J (HH) HF M1
M Hl J HH HF M |UJ U| mH U| HU | J| J1 HH U| 8
N, |UJ 8MF M J1
Hand of the hands, I bow to You (Art or delicacy of the hands). I bow to You the
Player of players. (Player of the musical instruments, drums etc. You create the
music and manage it too).
mN| mH v HHH| H v
Anan:gee Anaamae / Samast.ee Saroopae
mN J|, H J|1 H H J1
H- H| J|1 H|ml U mN: H|, H H J H J| J1
You are above body, and above name. All the forms are Yours. (All bodies and
names are Yours).
N| H v HHH| | v0cv
Pr;bhan:gee Pr;maathae / Samast.ee Bibhoot.ae
M M mF M J, H J N UF M J1 H|ml MU| H HN|ml (m |H|ml,
NHl) J1
You are the Destroyer of all, and the Killer of everyone. You are the Giver of all
powers (Miracles).
NMN | NMN| H v
Kalan:kan: Binaa Nae--kalan:kee Saroopae
|NH NMN | J, NMN |J H J1

106

You are the Blameless, and the Pure Form.
H H HH H vOv
Namo Raaj Raajae-sv;arn: Param Roopae
HHN J, |Hml U HJl H, H|ml HJ1
I bow to the King of kings, the Supreme-Beauty.
H HN HNH H |H v
Namo Jog Jogae-sv;rn: Param Sidhae
HHN J HN|ml U HJ HN|, |Hl (NH|ml) U HJ NH|1
I bow to You the Greatest Yogi of all, the Supreme Miracle Maker.
H H HH H | v9v
Namo Raj Rajae-sv;rn: Param Br;idh:ae
HHN J |Hml U HJ H, HJ HN1
I bow to You the King of kings, the Great-Elderly (Old One, Wise-One).
H HHF v H mHHF v
Namo Sastr; Paan.ae / Namo Astr; Maan.ae
HHN J J|-HH M1 HHN J mH (HJF-HH) HF M1
I bow to You the Bearer of arms, and the Enjoyer of the throwing-weapons.
H H |Nm v H MN H v7v
Namo Parm Giaat.aa / Namo Lok Maat.aa
HHN J HJ |Nm-1 HHN J, HN H1
I bow to You, the great Knowledgeable. I bow to You the Mother of the world.
m| mH| mN| mN v
Abhaekhee Abharmee Abhogee Abhugt.ae
(H |J , H|) |J, H (|JH) |J, N HF (JKF) U mH
HN J1
You are above the dresses (Forms), free from delusions (Doubts), indulgences
(Enjoyment of His Creation), and unaffected by such involvements.
H HN HNH H HN vv
Namo Jog Jogae-sv;arn: Parm Jugt.ae
HHN J HN|ml U HJ HN|, 'H HN|ml (||Nml) M1
I bow to you, the Greatest of the Yogis, and the Master of all Techniques (All
techniques to realize You are lower to the recitation of Your Name).

107

H | |UF N NH v
Namo Nit. Naaraa-e-n.ae Kr;oor Karmae
HHN J HU-|MN, m M J| N (N) NH N (H UF) M (|UF
|H H MN J1 H |H U NH J)1
I bow to You, the Protector and the Destroyer of all.
H m U HH v0v
Namo pr;aet. apr;aet. d.aevae sudh:armae
HHN J l m 8N|ml Jl U NH: H, 8N mHM |F M1
- : JNU| H| mH; m - 8N| | mH; U - NH)1
I bow to You the Lord of ghosts and good spirits, and the Person with Dharma
(Good discipline).
H N J v H N v
Namo Rog Hart.aa / Namo Raag Roopae
HHN J N JJF M1 HHN J N (|m) U| H1
I bow to the Healer of diseses. I bow to the Love-Manifest (Embodiment of
Love).
H HJ HJ v H vv
Namo Saah Saahan: / Namo Bhuup Bhuupae
HHN J HJl U |HJ1 HHN J |Hml U H1
I bow to the King of kings, and the Ruler of rulers.
H U U v H H H v
Namo d.aan d.aanae / Namo maan maanae
HHN J U|ml U U|1 HHN J HFUNl U HFUN1
Obeisance to the Great Giver I bow to the most Revered One.
H N N v HH |UH v
Namo Rog Rogae / namast.n: isnan-n:
HHN J, Nl U N (N H HNF M)1 HHN J N |HJF |UH HF
M |H| N |JM |UH1
Disease of diseases (Disease remover, a cure), I bow to You. I bow to the Cause
of Bath (the bath marking recovery from disease).
H H H v H H H v
Namo Man:t.r; Man:tr;n: / Namo Jant.r; Jantr;n
HHN J, H U | HJ H (|H-H, N-H1 H U H H '8

108

H J)1 HHN J, Hl U H (N, |, J, HJ J)1
I bow to You, Supreme to the mantras (Your Name is the Greatest Mantra). I bow
to You, Supreme to the charms (Your Name is the greatest Talisman).
H |UHJ |UHJ v H v?v
Namo ist istae / Namo t.antr; tantr;n:
HHN J H|Nl U H|N (NU)1 HHN J l U (JF N J8 J,
HJ J)1
H J |UN N U; H N |; HU-JF1
I bow to You the greatest of deities. I bow to You the greatest of Tantras -
magical-offerings (Spells: magical techniques, such as used to control others or
spirits, or for the fulfillment of wishes).
HU H|8UU H FH| v
Sad.aa sachd.aa-nan:d sarban: pr;an.aasee
HU H |8 mU (H8: N|UH, 8, mU), m H U H N M J1
You are the Immortal - Truth, Awareness, Bliss (God), and the Cause of
destruction.
m m HHHM |H| vcv
Anoopae aroopae samast.ul-e nivaasee
|HHM (MH|, J J| N), m |J, H |8 HU J1
There is none other like You (Unique), You are Formless, and present all over
(Omnipresent).
HU |HU U | N v
Sad.aa sidh:d.aa budh:d.aa br;idh: kart.aa
HU J| m|HN HN|ml, mNM-, N| HF M J1
You are Giver of spiritual attainments, wisdom, and success.
m m mW UW J vcv
Adh:o ourdh: ardh:an: aghan: oagh hart.aa
mNH, M, | (J l) H H N M J1
m Jl, M1 - ', mNH1 m |8N, |, Hl | m
mNH U |8NM| l1 mW 1 UW - , m, H1 J - H N M1
You destroy the sins in the sky, nether world (bottom of the earth), and land
(Everywhere), and You give success (Promote i.e. evolve everything).

109

H HH M v
Parn parm Parmaesv;arn: prochh paalan:
|KU K HH, (N) MF NU J1
O God, You are Highest of the high (Supreme), and invisibly nurse everyone.
HU HU |H| U |UmM vOv
Sad.aa sarabd.aa sidh d.aat.aa d.eaalan:
HU J| |H|ml (8HN, m|HN HN|ml) UF M, |UmM J1
You are Kind and give miraculous powers ever and to everyone.
mU| mU| mH mNH v
Achhaed.ee abhaed.ee anaaman: akaaman:
N (|, ), H HNF M, |NH H H |J, NH (|U) |J, J1
(H H J)1
None can hurt, or injure You (Immortal). You are above names and desires (All
names are Yours).
HHH H| HHHH H v9v
Samast.o paraajee smast.sat.t.u dh:aaman:
H |HF M (H|) J, H |8 H (W, |JNF) J1
You are the Supreme Winner (Conqueror), and every place is Your residence
(You are everywhere).
H v 88| U v
T.aeraa jor / Chaacharee Chhand.
| HN| HUN, 88| U 8|m1
By virtue of Your Power (Might), I composed the Chachree Chhand.
HM J v M J v
Jalae haan / Thalae haaen:
F| |8 J1 | J1
You are in water, and on land.
m| J v m J v v7v
Abheet. haaen / Abhae haaen
|K J1 U |J J ( U NU| J| HNU)1
You are Fearless, no one can understand Your Mystery.

110

J v mH J v
Pr;abhoo haan / Ajoo haaaen:
H|MN J1 HH |J J1
You are the Lord, and Birthless (Self-created).
mUH J v mH J vv
Ad.aes haaen / Abhaes haaen
UH |J J1 H |J J1 (J UH, H |8 J)1
You are above the countries (All countries: places, are Yours). You are dress-less:
Formless.
HN U U v
Bhujan:g pr;yaat. chhand.
|UJ HN U H U U J1
This is Bhujang Pr;yaat named poetry.
mN m v mU| H v
Agaadh:ae abaadh:ae / Anan:d.ee saroopae
NJ ||J (J8 |J, mJ) J1 |J (H |J) J1 mU J1
You are Immeasurable, with no obstacles on Your Way. You are a Bliss.
H H H v HHH| | v0v
Namo sarab maanae / Samast.ee nidh:aanae
H|ml U HFUN J, m J |UN U H J1
All revere You. You are the Treasure for everyone.
HH | v HH H v
Namast.v;an: nirnathae / Namast.v;an: parmaathae
HHN J | |NH U (|H NU| J H|MN J|1 H U H|MN J)1 H
HHM UF M (H JNH), HHN J1
You are above any master (You are the Master of all), and are the Destroyer of
everyone.
HH mNH v HH mH vv
Namast.v;an: agan:jae / Namast.v;an: Abhan:jae
HHN J, |H HF M1 HHN J H HNF M1
Unconquerable (Invincible: none can win You) I bow to You. I bow to You
Indestructible (Immortal).

111

HH mNM v HH mM v
Namast.v;an: akaalae / Namast.v;an: apaalae
HN J, N (H) HN1 HHN J MF |J1
NU| M |UJU| M J|1 NM, U m H | J1
I bow to You, the Timeless (Not bound by the time). I bow to You are
Unsupported One (Needs no, provider or nurse).
H H UH v H H H vv
Namo sarab d.aesae / Namo sarab bhaesae
HHN J, H UHl |8 (J l) HHU 1 HHN J H Hl M ( H Hl |8
J)1
I bow to the Lord of all places. I bow to the One to Whom all dresses (clothes:
garbs, appearances) belong.
H H H v H HH HH v
Namo raaj raajae / Namo saaj saajae
|Hml U H, HHN J1 H| 8 U 8F M, HHN J1
I bow to the King of kings, the Creator of all.
H HJ HJ v H HJ HJ v?v
Namo shah shaahae / Namo maah maahae
HJl U HJ, HHN J1 8Ul U 8U, HHN J (8Ul U| 8F| J)1
I bow to the Supreme Monarch, Moon of the moons (The source of light to the
moons).
H N| N| v H | | v
Namo geet. geet.ae / Namo preet. preet.ae
HHN J, N|l U HJ N| (N| U H, mU)1 HHN J |l U| HJ |
('H |m)1
I bow to the Supreme Song (Essence: Creator of the songs). I bow to the Super-
Love (Source of love).
H v H H H vcv
Namo rokh rokhae / Namo sokh sokhae
HHN J, NH: HJ NH M1 HHN J, HN U HJ HN (HN UF, H N UF
M)1
I bow to the Super-Anger (Source of anger), Supreme Destroyer.

112

H H N v H H N v
Namo sarab rogae / Namo sarab bhogae
H U N (H N| N UF M), HHN1 H NF (HF) M, HHN1
I bow to the Super-Disease (Source of afflictions: maladies). I bow to the Enjoyer
of everything (Gives joy to all).
H H H| v H H | vcv
Namo sarab jeet.an: / Namo sarab bheet.an:
HHN, H |H MF M1 HHN, H|ml U K (|N H KU J)1
I bow to the Supreme Conqueror, the Fear of all.
H H |Nm v H H v
Namo sarab giaanan: / Namo param taanan:
H HF M, HHN J1 HHN J, HJ HN| M1
I bow to You the All Knowing (Omniscient), the Omnipotent (All Powerful) I
bow to You.
H H H v H H H v?Ov
Namo sarab mant.r;an: / Namo sarab jant.r;an:
HHN J, |N H|ml U H-H J1 HHN J, |N H N-|l U| l J|
J1
I bow to You the Supreme-Mantra (Source of all mantras: Your Name is the
greatest of all mantras). I bow to the Supreme-Jantra (Super-Charm).
H H |UH v H H |NH v
Namo sarab d.r:issan: / Namo sarab kr;issan:
HHN J, H|ml UF (|m F) M1 HHN J, H|ml mF M |8F
M (H U |m |8 HF M)1
Protector (Caretaker, keeps an eye on everyone) of all, I bow to You.
I bow to You the Attraction of all.
H H N v |N| mN v?9v
Namo sarab ran:gae / T.ribhan:gee anan:gae
J N |8 HF M, HHN J1 | H N M, mN |J, HHN J1
|N| - | : m|, |m, 1
I bow to Him Who exists in all colors (states of the mind), and is the Destroyer of
all afflictions.

113

H H| H| v H |H |H v
Namo jeev jeevan: / Namo beej beejae
H|l U| |HU-H, HHN J1 |Hl U |H (|Hl U| H, 'NF HN|), HHN J1
I bow to the Spirit (Life) of all living beings, Who is the Essence (Power to grow)
of all seeds.
m|H m|H v HHH |HH v?7v
Akhijjae abhijjae / samast,an: pr;asijjae
|U J|, |HU (|JM-|HM HlU) J|1 H ' H|HU J1
You dont get irritated, or attached (Become friendly). You are Gracious to all.
|NM H v NNH FH| v
Kr;ipaalan: saroopae / Kukarman: pr;n.aasee
|N H (|NM) J1 HU NH (l) U H NU J1
You are Compassionate (Kind). You remove (Destroy) the sins.
HU HU || |H |H| v?v
Sad.aa sarabd.aa ridhe sidhan: nivaasee
HU, HU J| ||ml |H|ml (NHl) |8 HU|ml J1
Ever the miracles abide (manifest, stay) in You.
8J U v H|U v
Charpat chhand. / Tav; par;saad.
8J U1 JK| |N U M 8|m1
Charpat Chhand, composed by Your Grace.
m|H NH v m| H v
Amrit. karmae / An:br;it. dh:armae
mH (HU N|UH, |) NH N M J1 H (mHM) |W |J J1
Your deeds are immortal (True). Your discipline is unpurturbed (Pure).
mM HN v m8M N v?0v
Akhall jogae / Achall bhogae
H HN U M |H|Mm J|Um J1 H| ( 8M HF M, N|UH) N N M:
HF M J)1
You are attached to the worldly things. You are Constant Enjoyer of the Creation.

114

m8M H v mJM HH v
Achall raajae / Atall saajae
H 8|Mm J| HlU J (HU N|UH) H J1 H JMU| J| (mH), mH| | HHF
J1
Immortal is Your Kingdom. Constant (Unchanged) is Your Creation.
mM H v mM NH v?v
Akhall dharman: / Alakh karman:
H (mHM) |8 NU| NH| J| - HH |UH |8 J|Um J1 mM - M: U,
HH, J| H HNU NH - | |N m J1
Your Dharma (Discipline, righteousness) is complete (abiding). Unseen are Your
blessings.
H U v H |Nm v
Sarban: daat.aa / Sarban: giaat.aa
H Ul UF M J1 H HF M J1
You are the Giver, and You know everyone (You are aware of the deeds of
others).
H v H H v?v
Sarban: bhaanae / Sarban: maanae
H U HH J, H| (|Nm) |UU J1 H HU (HU) J1
You are the sun to others (Light i.e. the Knowledge-Giver).
H F v H F v
Sarban: pr;aan.an: / Sarban: t.r;aan.an:
H|ml U F J1 H U| F (mH) J1
You are the Soul, and Strength to others.
H N v H HN v??v
Sarban: bhugt.aa / Sarban: jugt.aa
H NF M (JNH) J1 H U M HHN (|H|Mm, M, mN-HN) J1
You are the Enjoyer of All, and one with everything.
H U v H v
Sarban: daevan: / Sarban: Sarban: bhaevan:
H|ml U U (H-H, H|, HF HN) J1 H U U (H U|) HFU J1
You are the Deity to everyone, and You are the Knower of All.

115

H NM v H M v?cv
Sarban: kaalae / Sarban: paalae
H U NM (H) J1 H MU | J| J1
You are Death to Every one, and yet You sustain all.
mM U v H|U v
Roo-aal chhand / T.av parsaad.e
mM U, | |N U M |M|m1
Roo-aal Chhand written with Your Grace.
m|U m|U H| mH| m v
Aad.e roop anad.e moorat.-e ajone purakh apar
H (H) J - H N U H |JMl U, mF H (m) NU| J|, HH
|8 J| mU, m (JH|) J1
You are the Starting-Being (Primordial Being) - from before the beginning of the
time, Beyond Birth (Do not Incarnate), and Limitless.
H H |H U m m|U U v
Sarab maan tr;imaan d.ev abhaev aad.e oud.aar
H|ml U HHN J, |MN| (| MN - |, mNH, M) U HF HN J,
U J| |Um H HNU, H J| H|-H J (H U H H| J)1
All revere You, You are worshipped in the three worlds (earth, sky, nether world:
bottom of the earth), a Secret-Unsolved, and Big generous from the beginning.
H MN H WMN H N | NM v
Sarab paalak sarab ghaalak sarab ko punne kaal
H MF, WMF (HH UF), m m HF M J1
You sustain everyone, You send the people here (Cause of their births), and in the
end You are their Destroyer.
H |HJ| m |HM v?cv
Jat.t.ar; t.at.t.ar; biraaj-hee avdh:oot. roop risaal
|U (J l) HHU J, |NH U M H J|, H H (mU) HF M
| J| J1
You are present here and there: everywhere (Omnipresent), and yet You are not
attached to anyone (Detached), but still you are the Enjoyer of All.

116

H H H| HN N
Naam Th:aam naa jaat. jaakar roop ran:g naa raekh
H, |JNF, H, -N, m - (|8J-8N) J1
You are without a name, place, caste, color, and are Formless.
m|U U H| mH| m|U mH v
Aad.-e purkh oud.aar moorat.-e ajone aad.e asaekh
HM (JH|) m M |UM U J, H (HH) |8 J| mU, H NH U
m (H) m H J1
You are the cause of everything right from the beginning (Primal Being), big
hearted, You do not get born, but You are the origin (Beginning) of everything,
and are complete.
UH m H HN N v
D.aes aur naa bhaes jaakar roop raekh naa raag
UH J|, H J|, HNM-H J|, J| |NH U M HJ J1
He is the One without a specific place and dress (Appearance). He is Formless
and Detached - Not attached to anyone. (Not bound to one place, He is
everywhere. He has no specific appearance every appearance is His).
H |UH |H J|U |MU mN vcOv
Jat.r; t.at.r; d.isaa vissa hu-e phaaeleoa anuraag
|U , J H, |Mm J|Um J |m- JN1
Here, there, everywhere, You are the love prevailing in all the directions.
H NH |J| H J |J H|J v
Naaam kaam biheen paekhat. dh:aam hoon: nahe jaahe
J H m |U |J UU Jl, W-WJ | J| |HHU1
We think of Him as Nameless, Desireless, and Placeless. (All names, desires and
places are His).
H H H H HU H |J v
Sarab maam sarbat.t.r; maan sad.aaev maanat. t.aahe
H U HUN J, J l | H J, HU J| | H J1
All revere You, You are revered everywhere, You are revered always.
UN H| mN UH N| mN v
Aek moorat.-e anaek d.arsan keen roop anaek
J |UN (|UN JH|) J, JU UH-Hl U m J| |N H J mF| 8 U

117

|8 m Hl (HNMl) |8 H|J J1
He is One, and still seen as many, because in His Creation all the forms are His.
M M mM M m N || UN vc9v
Khael khael akhael khaelan an:t. ko phir aek
J K K N (HN U| K) HU |UJ m-K (M) N |UU J, l JU| 8 H
|8 H mM J HF U NF J H |UN J HlU J1
When, after playing the play of Creation He ends it, everything goes back into
Him, and again He becomes One.
U HJ| |HJ U m N v
D.aev bhaev jaanhee jeh baed aour kataeb
U U J| HFU |HH U, U m N | |UJ J| HFU1
U - 8 U: HH, UH, |N, m; N - 8 |Nl: N, mH|M, ,
H1
His Mystery is not known to gods, Vedas, and Kateb - Qouran and other books
related to this.
N H| | H HU| |NJ H v
Roop ran:g naa jaat.e paat.e su jaanaee keh jaeb
|HHU N, H (H|ml, |NHHl) N J|, J m J| HFU J |N JU| HJ NH|
J1
Greatness of the One Who is without color, form, caste, sub-caste, etc. can only
be known to that One only.
H H HN HH H |J| v
T.aat.at. maat. naa jaat. jaakar-e janam maran biheen
|, H, H (m, H - H) J HU|, HH, HF | J1
He has no father, mother, caste (or children), and is above birth and death.
8N N | 8 8N HJ| | vc7v
Chakkr; bakkr; phiraae chat.t.r; chakk maanhee pur t.een
JU 8N J (|, |mN) |U J (mJM JNH1 H) 8 , m HU|ml J
| |ml (|,mNH, M) J1
His terrifying sharp-ring (Sharp circular-throwing weapon) works in all four
directions, and the three worlds (earth, sky, nether world), revere Him.

118

MN 8UJ N | HN HJ| |HJ H v
Lok choud.ah kae bikhaae jagg jaapahee jeh jaap
MNl (, HKMl) 8Ul U |8 HN HU J JU H1(|UHM|HN H mH mNH
8Ul J1 |JU H H MN | ' m H | Jl HU J)1
In all the fourteen levels (Mandals, worlds - In the universe), He is revered. (In
the Hindu and Islamic philosophy, there are seven levels below the earth and
seven above it).
m|U U m|U H| |U H |HJ v
Aad.e d.aev anaad.e moorat.-e thaapeou sabaae jeh thaap
J m H-H (HF UN) H | |JMl U| H (JH|) J, |N |HH (mF
mU m) |UJ 8 8|1
You have been the Worshipful Being since before the beginning of the time, and
You created everything.
H | H| m v
Param roop puneet. moorat.-e pooran purkhu apaar
|JN H '8| JH|, |-H, -H (H |8 HHU), m J1
God is Supreme, the Purest-Form (Immaculate, Truth), Complete (Perfect-Being),
and Limitless (All Pervading).
H |H |8U HU N HJ vcv
Sarab bisv; rachoa suyan:bhav gar.an bhan:jan-haar
J H |H (HH) |8m J, J mF m m J| F|Um J, m J
H W (8F) F (HF) M J1
He has created whole of the Universe, but He Himself is Self-Created, and He is
the Creator and the Destroyer.
NM J| NM HHN| mNM mUH v
Kaal heen kalla san:jugat.-e akaal purukh ad.aes
J H J|, H N N U| HN| U J, m H |J JH| U NU| |UN |JNF
J| (UH NM mH HH , HN J)1
He is the Deathless Being, has the power to create everything, is Immortal, Akaal-
Purakh (not bound by time), and has no specific place (He is present all over).
H H H H |J m mM mH v
Dh:aram dh:aam su bharam rahet abhoot. alakh abhaes
J H U W (HH) | |NH H U (H8| J|) J, l J| |Fm (H| J|), H
J U|m J| H HNU, m JU NU| H (|J, ) J|1

119

He is the source of Dharma (Discipline, righteousness) and is the Truth (He really
is, there is no illusion about it). He is not made of elements (Is without body) and
so He cannot be seen, and has no dress (appearance, form).
mN N N HN|J H| | H v
An;g raag naa ran:g jaak-he jaat.e paat.e naa naam
JU, HJ U NF H| J| J, N- J|, H N m J| H J1
He is without a body, has no attachment, no color, no caste or sub caste (Clan),
and is without name.
N NH UHJ H HN| U|UN NH vc0v
Garab gan:jan d.ust bhan:jan mukat.-e d.aaik kaam
J, JN M, UHHF F-HF M, |Ul HN| UF M J (|U |
N M J)1
He is the remover of ego, breaker of evil, and liberator from desires (He Fulfills
desires).
m mH|N m H| UN m v
Aap roop ameek ann oust.at.-e aek purkh avdh:oot.
J H-H (m U F|Um): H|Hm J|, N|J-N| (KW-HHF ),
H N ' J - H N|| J| H HNU|, m |UN (H |8 |8m,
JH|) J |HH HH U| N J|1
He is Self-Created, too deep to understand, beyond praise, and the Detached
Being.
N NH H H m|U mH v
Garab gan:jan sarab bhan:jan aad.e roop asoot.
J JN U, H|ml HF M (HH UF M, |ml NF M), HM-H m
H (HH) |J J1
He is destroyer of ego, killer of all, from the beginning (Primordial Being), and
Self-Created.
mN J| mN mH UN m v
An:g heen abhan:g anaat.am aek purkh apaar
J H| |J J, m|H| (H |J, H J|), mH U| JU mMN mF| JU
J|), |UN JH| J |N |HH U NU| J|: m J1 (JU | mH NU| mMN
H J|1 H-mH J)1
He has no body - Bodiless, He cannot be destroyed - Indestructible, He is
deathless - Immortal, the Supreme-Soul - the source of soul to everyone, and is

120

Limitless Being - Infinite.
H M|UN H W|UN H N | vcv
Sarab laaik sarab ghaaik sarab ko pr;t.ipaar
J H N NF UN J, H U m N M J m MF M |1
He can do everything (Omnipotent), He is the destroyer of all, and as well the
sustainer of everything.
H N H J H m v
Sarab gan:t.aa sarab han:t.aa sarab t.ae anbhaekh
JU| H N NH (J8) J: NU| H J J|, H |HJ (H) HNU J, m J
J H mMN H (JH|)1
Nothing is out of His reach, He can destroy everything, and He keeps Himself
separate from everyone (Unattached, distinct).
H HH HJ| |HJ N m v
Sarab sast;r; naa jaanhee jeh roop ran:g aru raekh
NM H N J| HFU JU| HNM, N, m |8J-|HJ1
All the religious books (Scriptures) do not know His appearance, color, and form.
H U F HN|J | v
Parm baed. puraan. jaak-he naet. bhaakhat. nitt.t.
H HJ 'H H N U HH N|JU J JHH J|1
- | |: J |UJ J|, |UJ J|: m|HJ NU| UH J|, J m J1
Supreme Vedas and Puranas, constantly claim, He is not this, He is not this.
(These do not know what He is).
N|J |H|H HH mU| J |8| vcv
Kote sin:mr;it. puraan sast.r; naa aavaee vahu chit.t.e
Nl |H|H|ml, Fl, HHl U |Nm N M, |JN - JU|
, KF, N, H| |m |8 J| |Mm HNU1
Even with the knowledge of the millions of the books of religious philosophy,
you cannot bring God into your imagination (Mind).
H U v H|U v
Madh:ubhaar chhand. / T.av parsaad.
H, H U U1 |JN U| |N U M |M|m1
Poetry named Madhubhar Chhand. Written by the Grace of God.

121

N N U v H|JH m v
Gunn gann oud.aar / Mehmaa apaar
() NF U N: H, H| (M, K H U) J1 |KmU| m J |1
He is the Treasure of Virtues, Big Hearted (Broad Minded), and His praise
(Grace) is endless.
mH mN v H mN vc?v
Asan Abhan:g / oupmaa anan:g
mHF KMU J| - mH J, JNH mJM J1 | |KmU| H|-|J J1
(MH|, MH|N J, J J| NU| N)1
NU| J m|HJ J| |N |HH U M HNM N N U|Hm H HN H |NK K J1
No one can disturb His seat - He is Constant, Eternal, Immortal. None equals His
praise - No other equals Him.
m NH v |H|U mH v
Annbhou pr;akas / Nisd.in anaas
m NH J - |Nm mF m J| J1 |U : HU J|, H |J J
- mH J1 |UN H |JU J1
The knowledge of Your Self is to You only - only You know Your Self. Nobody
can ever destroy You.
mH J v HJ HJ vccv
Aajaan baahu / saahan saahu
HH-N (8) F M J mF J1 HJl U HJ J1
The ways (Methods) of birth (Creation) are in Your hands. You are the King of
kings.
H H v v
Raajaan raaj / Bhaanaan bhaan
HJH J |Hml U '1 HHl U HH J, |UJ H| UF M1
You are the Monarch of monarchs, the Sun of suns. (The monarchs serve You.
The suns get light and heat from You).
U U v H HJ vccv
D.aevaan d.aev / Oupmaa mahaan
U|ml U | HF UN J1 | |KmU| HJ J1
You are God of gods. Your appreciation (Glory) is great.

122

|UU |UU v M M v
Ind.r;aan Ind.r; / Baalaan baal
|UU U|ml U | HF UN J1 MNl |8 | J| HU J1
You are God of god Indra - God of gods. You are a Child of child Innocent. (In
the Hindu mythology Indra is the god of rain, and is the king of gods).
N N v NM NM vcOv
Ran:kaan ran;k / Kaalaan kaal
N|l U N|: |UJ |8 | J1 H U| H: H | JNH |8 J1
You are Poorest of the poor - Supreme poor. Your Grace is in the poor. You are
Death of death - death is under Your control.
m mN v m mN v
Anbhoot an:g / Aabhaa abhan:g
H-N H| J| (HM, mN, , |, mNH U J| |Fm J|Um)1 |
H |NU| J|: HU N|UH, J1
You dont have the body made of five elements. Your Glory is for ever
(Indestructible).
N| |H| m v N N U vc9v
Gat.t.e mit.t.e apaar / Gunn gann oud.aar
| JM, |UJU M H (|NF| |HF|) m J M ' J1 NF U H,
H| J1
Your State and Limit (Condition, Glory) is Unlimited i.e. Limitless. You are the
Treasure of Virtues (Merits), and Kind - Gracious.
H| N H v | |NH v
Munne gann pr;anaam / Nirbhaae nikaam
H|ml: |H|ml, U |UN H JNU J1 |K J, |Ul |J J1
The groups of Munnis (Saints. Saints who do not speak) bow to You. You are
fearless and without desires.
m| U| 8K v |H| N| mK vc7v
At.t.e d.ut.t.e pr;achand / Mit.t.e gat.t.e akhand
U| (H-) M J (|Mm J| HlU)1 | |NF|-|HF|: mH, HU |UN
H J1
Your Glory is great (Unbearable). Your State: Condition, (Glory) is forevere.

123

m|MHX NH v m|UHX H v
Aalisya karam / Aadr;issya d.h:arm
NH-N 8H| U J - mF NHl |8 88 'UH N U| M J|1 mUH:
|HHM, J H (H |F, mHM)1
m|MHU mMH |J, 88 'UH |, H|JH-H 8MU HlU J NH1
Your deeds are smart - You need not bother about Your activities, these continue
on their own. None can see (check) Your Dharma: discipline - Everything is
under Your Invisible-discipline.
H FU v mKK U vcv
Sarbaa bharn.aa-dhya / Andan:d baadhya
H U HN J1 (HH) |J J UN|| , NU| J| HNU1
FU = mF + mU; mF N|JF, HHJ; mU 1 mKK HH,
N1 U UN|| , H8H81
You are the Beauty (Charm, adoration) of all. None can punish (Reprimand) You.
88| U v H|U v
Chaachree Chhand. Tav Parsaad.
88| U1 | |N U M 8 N|1
Chaachree Chhand, written by Your Grace.
N|U v HNU v U v m vc0v
Gobind.ae. Mukand.ae. Oud.aarae. Apaarae
| U H|l U H U| HF M J1 HN| UF M J1 U| J1 m J1
You are the Knower of the Minds, Liberator, Big Hearted, and Limitless.
J|m v N|m v |H v mNH vcv
Hareean: Kareean: Nr;naamae Akaamae
H HF M J1 U NF M | J| J1 NU| H H J| H H
J| J1 NH (|Ul) |J J1
You are the Destroyer, Compassionate, Nameless, Desireless.
HN U U v
Bhujang pr;yaat. chhand.
HN U H U U1
Bhujang Pr;yaat type of poetry.

124

8 8N N v 8 8N J v
Chat.t.r; chakkr; kart.aa / Chat.t.r; chakkr; hart.aa
|UHl 8l |8 8 N M J 8 |UHl |8 J| HF M J1
You are the Creator in all directions. In all directions, You are the Destroyer.
8 8N U v 8 8N H vcv
Chat.t.r; chakkr; d.aanae / Chat.t.r; chakkr; Jaanae
8 |UHl |8 J| U| J1 8 |UHl |8 HF M J (H U H U|)1
You are the Giver in all directions. In all directions You are the Knower of the
hearts (Minds).
8 8N | v 8 8N | v
Chat.t.r; chakkr; vart.ee / Chat.t.r; chakkr; bhart.ee
8 H F M (|JF M, HHU) J1 8 H F (MF) M J1
You are present in all four directions. In all four directions You are the Provider.
8 8N M v 8 8N NM vc?v
Chat.t.r; chakkr; paalae / Chat.t.r; chakkr; kaalae
8 MF M J1 J H J| HF M J1
You are the Provider in all four directions. In all four directions You are the
Destroyer.
8 8N H v 8 8N H v
Chat.t.r; chakkr; paasae / Chat.t.r; chakkr; vaasae
8 H N |UN H J |NH M HJ J|1 8 H H |J J1
You are detached in all directions. In all four directions You are there
(Pervading).
8 8N HU v 8 8N UU vccv
Chat.t.r; chakkr; maanyaae / Chat.t.r; chakkr; d,aanyaae
8 H|U J1 J |UH |8 J| U NU J H N1
You are revered (Worshipped) in all four directions. In all four directions You are
the Giver.
88| U v
Chaachree Chhand.
88| H U U1
Poetry named Chaachree Chhand.

125

H v |H v H v | vccv
Naa sat.t.r;aae / Naa mit.t.r;aae / Naa bharman: / Naa bhit.t.r;aae
UHHF J, J| |H J (|N H N UH NU| J J J| J|)1 NU|
H-M J (|N J N|)1 NU| |: U|8| J1
|: || J, N, U, H1 |UJU m | JF |JM| N U M
NU J|1
You have no enemies, no friends. You are free from doubts (Delusions), and free
from double-mindedness.
NH v NU v mHH v mHU v9OOv
Naa karman: / Naa kae / Ajanman: / Ajaa-ae
NHl U NU| mH J|1 | N|Um: H|, J|1 HH J|1 mHU J (HF
M| J|: |UH| J| H|Hm)1
You are above the effect of actions (Deeds), are Bodiless (above the body), above
birth, and needed no woman to give You birth.
|8 v |H v J v | v9O9v
Naa chit.t.-r;aae./ Naa mit.t.r;aae/ Parae haaen/ Pavit.t.r;aae
| NU| H| J|, J| |H J, |UJ H NMl J - NU| H J|,
m |HM: H-H, H J1
UH N J, HF, l J| | H| F1
You are above pictures (Appearance or form) and friends, Highest (Transcendent.
Immanent), and the Purest (Immaculate).
||H v mU|H v m|UH v m|NH v9O7v
Pr;itheesaae / Ad.eesaae / Ad.r;issaae / Akr;issae
| U H|MN J (| + U|H) m J1(mU + U|H)1 |UHF M J1 |MH,
NHH J|1
You are the Lord of Land - planet earth), and from the beginning -Primordial.
You cannot be seen - Invisible, and are not weak - You Are Mighty.
N| U v H|U N v
Bhagvat.ee chhand. / T.av pr;asaad.e kathat.ae
N| U1 | |N U M |NJ1
Bhagwati Chhand, composed by His Grace.
|N m|H UH v |N m|H H v
ke aachhij d.aesaae / ke aabhij bhaesaae
UH () F JF M J| H J| J HNU1 |N H HNF M H

126

J - |J UN |HU J| ( NU| J| U HNU)1
Your place (Existence) does not wear down (decay, Immortal). Your dress
(Appearance) cannot be damaged (destroyed. You stay unchanged).
|N mNH NH v |N mH H v9Ov
Ke aagan:j karmaae / Ke aabhan:j bharmaae
|H|m J| H HNU H-NH NH NlK U M1 |JH-H U (KMlU)
J|1
You cannot be appeased by actions (rituals). You are not affected by doubts
(Duality of the people).
|N m|H MN v |N m|U HN v
Ke aabhij lokaae / Ke aad.it. sokaae
H JF M MN (HKM, l, |JNF) U J1 m|UU (HH) HN U (|N H H
N HN |UU J)1
You belong to the place - existence, Mandals: level, that cannot be destroyed
(You are Immortal). You can dry up even the sun (that dries up everything).
|N m v |N | N v9O0v
Ke avdh:oot. barnaae / Ke bibhoot. karnaae
m (MN) J N - H|Um HJ J| HNU|1 -U, H-, UF
M J1
The worldly things Maya: the mundane, cannot allure (attract) You. You are the
Giver of everything, including the name and fame.
|N H J v |N H H Jv
Ke raajan: pr;abhaa haaen / Ke dh:arman: dh:ujaa haaen
|Hml U H- J| J1 H U| H (|H, K) J1
You are the Glory of kings. You are the Flag (Standard, Ensign) of Dharma
(Ethics, righteousness, discipline, principles).
|N mHN v |N H m v9Ov
Ke aasok barnaae / Ke sarbaa abharnaae
|8 |J N: H, M J1 H U N|JF: H, J1
You have no worries. You are the Grace and Glory to all.
|N HN |N| J v |N | J v
Ke jagt.an: kr;it.ee haaen / Ke chhat.r;n: chhat.ree haaen
|N HN N (U) M J1 |N H|Hml U HH J1

127

You are the Creator of the universe, and the Bravest One (The courage and
bravery comes from You).
|N JH H v |N m m v9Ov
Ke br;ahman: saroopaae / Ke anbhou anoopaae
H JH (HU U HH) J1 m (H |Nm 'HF) |HHM J1
You are the Supreme-Beauty the Fountain of Beauty, the Source of beauty to
all. Your Understanding (Intuition) is unparalleled, unique.
|N m|U mU J v |N m| m J v
ke aad.e ad.aev haaen / Ke aape abhaev haaen
m J, ' NU| J U J| (mU)1 U NU| J| HNU1
You are from the beginning, there is none other (Worshipful) above You.
|N |8 |J| v |N UN m| v9O?v
Ke chit.r;n: biheenaae / Ke aekaae adh:eenaae
| H| F J| HNU|1 m mF H |8 J1
You are above picture (Form), and are Self-Controlled.
|N H| HN v J|H JN v
Ke rozee rzaakaae / raheemaae rihaakaae
|N H|, |HN UF M J1 |JH N M, |JU|: HN|, UF M J1
You are the giver of subsistence (Provisions, job, avocation), Kind and the
Liberator.
|N N |m J v |N NM N J v9Ocv
Ke paak be-aaeb haaen / ke g.aaebul g.aaeb haaen
| J, U| NU| J|1 U U M (|m J|Um) J1
You are the Purest and Spotless (Blameless). You are a Great Mystery.
|N mM NJ J v |N HJ HJ J v
Ke aphvul gunaah haaen / Ke shaahaan shaah haaen
H UF M J l 1 UHJl U UHJ J1
You forgive sinners, and are King of kings.
|N N N|U J v |N H| |UJU J v9Ocv
Ke karan kunind. haaen / Ke rozee dehan:d. haaen
H FF M J1 H| UF M J1
You Create the occasions (Provide chances. Fulfill desires), and give subsistence:

128

provisions.
|N HN J|H J v |N NH N|H J v
Ke razak raheem haaen / Ke karman: kareem haaen
H| UF M, |JH N M J1 |UmM, |NM J1
You are the Provider, Kind, Compassionate, and Benevolent.
|N H NM| J v |N H UM| J v99Ov
Ke sarban: kalee haaen / Ke sarban: d.alee haaen
H NM J - H HN|H: H|ml Nl U H|MN) J1 H H
N M J1
You are All Powerful (Omnipotent), and the Destroyer of all.
|N H H|U v |N H U|U v
Ke sarbat.t.r; maaniyaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; d.aaniyaae
H l HU (HU) J1 J l U |UU J1
You are worshipped everywhere, and are the Giver everywhere.
|N H N v |N H v999v
Ke sarbat.t.r; gaounaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; bhounaae
J l J|8m J|Um J1 J l (W, mH) J, J l J1
You are present everywhere, every place is Yours.
|N H UH v |N H H v
Ke sarbat.t.r; d.aesaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; bhaesaae
J UH (mH) HHU J1 |UJ H |J J| J1
You are in every country (Place), all the dresses (Appearances, forms) are Yours.
|N H H v |N H HH v997v
Ke sarbat.t.r; raajaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; saajaae
J l J| H- J1 J l U| 8 N M J1
You are the King everywhere, You Create everything.
|N H U| v |N H M| v
Ke sarbat.t.r; d.eenaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; leenaae
H |UU (Ul) J1 J l HHU J1
You are the Giver to all, and are present everywhere.

129

|N H HJ v |N H J v99v
Ke sarbat.t.r; jaaho / Ke sarbat.t.r; bhaaho
J l HJHMM: H-, M J1 J l NH () J1
Your Glory (Splendor) is everywhere. Everywhere is your Grace (Light,
radiance)
|N H UH v |N H H v
Ke sarbat.t.r; d.aesaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; bhaesaae
H UHl |8 J1 J H |8 J| J1
You are in all regions (Places), in every form You are there.
|N H NM v |N H M v990v
Ke sarbat.t.r; kaalaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; paalaae
H U| H J, m H MF M | J| J1
You are the Death to all, and are the Sustainer of everyone.
|N H J v |N H N v
Ke sarbat.t.r; han:t.aa / Ke sarbat.t.r; gan:t.aa
H H HNF M J1 H l N: J8, M J1
You are the Destroyer of all, and can reach everywhere.
|N H | v |N H | v99v
Ke sarbat.t.r; bhaekhee / Ke sarbat.t.r; paekhee
J |J |8 J1 H U| U-M NU J1
In every form You are there. You take care of everyone.
|N H NH v |N H H v
Ke sarbat.t.r; kaajaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; raajaae
J l N| NH J| |UHU J1 J l J| J1
Everywhere it is Your Creation, You are the King (Your Glory is) everywhere.
|N H H v |N H v99v
Ke sarbat.t.r; sokhaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; pokhaae
J l HN UF M (H N UF M) J1 J l MF M J| J1
You dry up everything (Destroy), Everywhere You are the Sustainer.
|N H F v |N H F v
Ke sarbat.t.r; t.r;aan.aae / Ke sarbat.t.r; pr;aan.aae
J l | HN| J| J1 J l | H| |HU |UHU| J1

130

Your Strength prevails everywhere (All Mighty). Everywhere it is the soul (Life)
blessed by You (You are the life of everything).
|N H UH v |N H H v99?v
Ke sarbat.t.r; daesaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; bhaesaae
J l J| J1 J H |8 J| J1
You are at every place. In different forms, You are everywhere.
|N H H|U v HU |U v
Ke sarbat.t.r; maani-yaaen/ Sd.aaevan: pr;dh:aani-yaaen
J l | J| H (H) J1 HU, J l, J| -H: H|, J1
You are revered everywhere. Everywhere You are the Supreme Being.
|N H H|U v |N H |U v99cv
Ke sarbat.t.r; jaapiyaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; thaapiyaae
J l J| H JU J1 J l J| |m: |m HlU J (HU |8 H| l
|m HF1 | UN| JU| J)1
Your Name is recited everywhere (Worshipped). Everywhere You are established
(Exist i.e. revered).
|N H v |N H H v
Ke sarbat.t.r; bhaanaae / Ke sarbat.t.r; maanaae
H MU| HH: H-, J1 J l | H JU| J1
You are the Sun (Glory) to everyone. You are worshipped everywhere.
|N H |UU v |N H 8U v99cv
Ke sarbat.t.r; In:d.r;aae / Ke sarbat.t.r; chand.r;aae
J l |UU: H ( ), J1 J l 8UH: H|M-H (Hl|), J1
Your Kingdom (Glory) is everywhere. Everywhere You are the Moon (Your
Coolness and Calmness is everywhere).
|N H NM|H v |N H J|H v
Ke sarban: kaleemaae / Ke parman: faheemaae
H U |8 MF J1 |N '8| mNM M (mNMHU) J1
You are the source of speech to all. You are the Wisest Being.
|N m|NM mMH v |N H|J NMH v97Ov
Ke aakal alaamaae / Ke saahib klaamaae
mNMHU m mMH: |U, J1 MF U | J (J |UN |8 MF J| J)1

131

You are the most intelligent, and the Greatest Scholar (Wise Being). You are the
Master of Speech. (You are the source of all intelligence, wisdom, and speech).
|N JHM H J v HHM H J v
Ke husnal vajoo haaen / T.maamul rujoo haaen
HU U| H: J (8J), M J1 H M HJ (|m UF) JU J1
You are the Great Beauty. You care for all.
JHHM HMH v HM| HUH v979v
Hamaesul slaamaaen / Saleekhat. mud.aamaaen
HU HMH (|, N|UH) J1 HM|N (|N) HU U J (N|UH, |UN H)1
You are ever existent (Immortal). Your Ways are constant: unchanged.
N|HM |HNH v N|M H v
G.aneemul shakast.aae / G.areebul parast.aae
UHHF J UF M J1 N|- J (NHHl: |H|Fml, MF M, HF UF
M J)1
You surrender the enemies. You protect the poor.
|MUM HN v HH|M HH v977v
Biland.ul makaa-naaen / Zameenul zmaa-naaen
'8 J HNH (|JNF H '8 J1 N J NU| J|)1 HH |8 J
HH J1
You are the Highest (None is equal to You). You are ever present on the earth.
H|HM HH v HmM | v
T.ameezul t.amaa-maaen / Rujoo-al nidh:aanaaen
H U| H|H: HM|N (8N N |N), J1 J |UN M HJ (|m) N U H
J1
You are the Good Manners (Ethics) of all. You are the Treasure of Attention for
everyone.
J|M mH|H v H|UN UN| v97v
Hareephul ajeemaaen / Razaaik Yakee-naaen
UHHF J K |1 |HN UF M J UN|| (H|m, H8| J|)1
You are the Mighty Opponent, and as well a Great Provider.

132

mNM N J v mU J mN J v
Anaekul t.aran:g haaen / Abhaed. haaen abhan:g haaen
m M|Jl J (HHU U|ml - H| |ml M|Jl J)1 , U J| |HM HNU,
H-|J J (M|Jl |HJ HlU|ml J N|UH |JU J)1
You are Countless Waves (You are like a huge ocean and its living beings are
your waves). You are a Mystery, and are not destructible (You are Immortal).
mH|HM |H J v N|HM |H J v970v
Azeezul nivaaz haaen / G.aneemul khiraaj haaen
mF |m|ml HF |UU J1 UHHF 8J| MU (HH |UU) J1
You give Glory to all who love You, and punish the enemies.
|N H J v |HN| | J v
Nirukt. saroop haaen / T.r;imukte bibhoot. haaen
|m N| H HNF M H (JH|) J 1 H|Um U | NFl HN ('8)
| (H ) J1
You are Indescribable Being (Cannot be described). You have Great Glory and
are above the worldly attachments.
N| J v HHN| H J v97v
Pr;abhugat-e pr;bhaa haaen / Su jugat.-e sudh:aa haaen.
8N| l N HF M H J (NU 8N| l H J)1 8N| l
|H|Mm J|Um HJ-H J ( |UN HJ H J H H 8N| l HFU J)1
All enjoy Your Glory well. You are well blended Great Essence (You are the
Essence present in all).
HU H J v mU| m J v
Sad.aaevan: saroop haaen / Abhaed.ee anoop haaen
HU N|UH J1 U J| - NU| HN J| |N |UN J| J1 8 U M |UN|HN J,
m J - |8 J; N J J| - MH|N J1
You are always there (Ever-Existent), one with the Creation, and none other is
like You (Unique).
HHH H J v HU H HH J v97v
Samast.o praaj haaen / Sad.aa sarab saaj haaen
H J UF M J1 H HH UF: FF, M J1
You defeat all, You are always the Creator of everyone.

133

HHHM HMH J v HUM mNH J v
Samast.ul slaam haaen / Sad.aaeval akaam haaen
H U| HMH| (H) U m J1 HU J| |U |J J1
You are support of the welfare of everyone. You are ever Desireless.
| H J v mN| J m J v97?v
Nr;ibaadh: saroop haaen / Agaadh:e haaen anoop haaen
J |8 NU| : NJ, J| HNU1 m J, |HHM J - N J J|1
There is no obstacle to Your ways. You are Limitless (Immense), and Unique
(Incomparable).
Um m|U v m|U H v
Oa-an: aad.e roopae / Anaade saroopaae
H-mH J (H U| mH), HM| JH| |JN H|, m mU |J JH| J (
m U J|)1
You are from the beginning, and Yourself are the Beginningless.
mN| mH v |N| |NH v97cv
A-nan:gee anaamae / T.r;ibhan:gee tr;ikaamae
mN (H|) J|, H J| (H H|, H, J)1 |: |, mNH, M,
N (H) N M J, m |UJ || U| J| H U| |U | J| | NU J11
You are Bodiless, nameless, destroyer of the three worlds sky, land, nether
world, and desireless.
|N | v mNH mN v
T.r;ibargan: tr;ibaa-dh:ae / Agan:jae agaadh:ae
| U H, U, NHl, |8 HHU J1 |, mNH, M, |UJ
| ' | N (JNH) J1 |H|m J| H HNU, | J (m) J| U| H
HNU|1
|N JU |8 | 8|Hl J H: mHM; m: U; NH: NH, |Ul1
| |l l: |, mNH. M, : N1 |UJU m | |HJF
M | N| |Nm J1 mNH |H|m J| H HNU1 mN NJ: J, J| U| H
HNU|1
You are Three Boons. Under Your Control are three worlds. None can conquer
You, You are Limitless.
Three Boons - 1. Dharma - discipline, ethics, righteousness 2. Wealth:
worldly things or gains; 3. Fulfilment of desires.
Three Worlds - earth, sky, and nether world: bottom of the earth.

134

H H N v H H mN v97cv
Subhan: sarab bhaagae / Su sarbaa anuraagae
J l HU J (H|UH J H J|)1 H J| |m- J (H |mU J)1
You are the Beauty in every aspect (You are present all over). You love everyone.
|N H J v m|H J m J v
T.r;ibhugat. saroop haaen / Achhij haaen achhoot. haaen
| MNl (|, mNH, M) U H|l U HF M| J | JH|1 |HU J|
(F J| JU, WHU-JU J|), m J| |Jm H HNU J1
You are the Enjoyer of the three worlds. You dont get weared out (Aged, old,
rubbed off, torn), and none can touch You.
|N N FH J v ||M H J v9Ov
Ke narkan: pr;an.aas haaen / Pr;itheeul pr;avaas haaen
N U H NU J (|NH U N U H |HJ UF M J)1 | ' HH|:
UH|, J (H|l U |81 H|l HF-HHF U 8N J)1
You are the Destroyer of Hell - Liberate the people from hell. On the earth, You
are like a visitor: unattached. (In the form of all beings who come here for a short
time and then go away, You are a visitor on the earth).
|N| J v HU HU J v
Niruk.te pr;abhaa haaen / Sad.aaevan: sad.aa haaen
UH| J| H HNU| | H (H)1 HU HU J| J1
Your Glory is above description. You are for ever here: Immortal.
|N| H J v HN| m J v99v
Bibhugat.-e saroop haaen / Pr;ajugat.-e anoop haaen;
m|HJ| JH| J |N H ( |U H) NU: HFU, J1 H|ml |8 |H|Mm
J|Um J, J H |M ()1
You are the Giver of Boons for all. You are present in everything, and You are
Unique.
|N| HU J v |N| J v
Nirukt.e sad.aa haaen / Bibhgat.-e pr;abhaa haaen
U|Hm J| H HNU NU | 1 H HFU J | H 1
None can ever tell anything about You, but all enjoy Your Glory.

135

mN| H J v HN| m J v97v
Ann oukat.-e saroop haaen. / Pr;ajugat.-e anoop haaen
|m J| N| H HNU H1 H |8 |H|Mm J|Um |HHM J1
Nobody can describe You. You are there in everything, and are Unique.
88| U v
Chaacharee chhand
88| H U U1
Chaachree type of poetry.
mN J v mN J v
Abhan:g haaen/ Anan:g
H |J J1 H| |J J1
You are Immortal, and above body (Without a body).
m J v mM J v9v
Abhaekh haaen / Alaekh haaen
|NH H |UN |J |J J1 Ml - H |M Nl |J J, |MF |8 J|
m HNU1
You are above appearance (Form), beyond description (or destiny).
(All forms are Yours, and You are the destiny of all).
mH J v mNH J v
Abharm haaen / Akarm haaen
H |J J1 NH |J J (NH U| UH J|)1
You are above doubts or duality. You are not bound to the deeds - You are above
the effect of what You do.
m|U J v HN|U J v90v
Anaad. haaen / Jugaad. haaen
N U |JMl J1 HNl (U |JMl) J1
You have been since before the beginning of the time, or the time-periods
(aeons).
mH J v m J v
Ajaae haaen/ Abaae haaen
|H|m J| H HNU 1 H J| N| H HNU 1
You are Unconquerable, and Immortal.

136

m J v m J v9v
Abhoot. haaen/ Adh:oot. haaen
Hl l U |Fm J| (H| |J J)1 |JMF |J J ( HU N|UH)1
You are not made of elements. You are ever set: established, Unchangeable (Ever
uniform, constant).
mH J v UH J v
Anaas haaen/ oud.aas haaen
H JF |J J1 H J ( H H NMl |UN J)1
You are Indestructible, You are detached from everything.
m J v m J v9v
Adh:an:dh: haaen/ Aban:dh: haaen
NU| U HM J|1 NU| J|1
You are free from botherations (Entanglements). You have no bindings.
mN J v |N J v
Abhagat. haaen/ Birakt. haaen
HJ-|m J| |N J (U|m U| N HN J)1
You have no devotion for anyone (You are equally attached to all), and are
unattached.
mH J v NH J v9?v
Anaas haaen/ Pr;akaas haaen
H |J J (mH)1 NH (H|, H H) J1
You are free from destruction, and are Light (Radiance, Glow).
||8 J v H| J v
Nichin:t. haaen/ Sunin:t. haaen
|8 |J J1 HF M J H U|1
H| - HU N|UH J1 Hl, H U| HFU J1
You are free from worry or anxiety. You exist always, (or, You listen to
everyone).
m|M J v m|U J v9cv
Alikh haaen/ Ad.ikh haaen
|M |8 J| |MmlU H HNU1 |UHU J|1
You are beyond description, and Invisible.

137

mM J v m J v
Alaekh haaen haaen/ Abhaekh haaen
|M |8 |MmlU J| H HNU1 l - Hl, |J|ml, ' J1
You cannot be described in writing. You are above a dress - without an
appearance, or form.
mJ J v mNJ J v9cv
Adhaah haaen/ Agaah haaen
NU| J-KN, |HJ, J| HNU1 NJ : m, J 1
None can destroy You. You are Limitless.
mH J v mN J v
Asan:bh haaen/ Agan:bh haaen
HH |8 J| mU (H, |8, J)1
mN - mNHU: |8 U| J8 ', J1
You are beyond birth (or are above thinking or comprehension). You are
Unimaginable i.e. out of reach.
m|M J v m|U J v90Ov
Aneel haaen/ Anaad.e haaen
N- , m, J11 m|U | |JMl U J, m U J|1
You are beyond calculation (count, estimation), color or appearance, and are
Limitless. You are Beginningless.
m| J v H| J v
Anit.t. haaen/ Sunit.t. haaen
| |UHU|ml 8|Hl N J|, J HU N|UH1
You are not like things visible (are unusual), and exist always.
mH J v mHU J v909v
Ajaat. haaen/ Ajaad. haaen
m mH: HH |J, J1 mHU: HH |J J, H U H J1
You are unborn, beyond birth, but are the beginning of all.
8J U v H|U v
Charpat chhand. / T.av pr;asaad.e
8J U1 | |N U M 8|m1
Charpat Chhand type of poetry, composed by Your Grace.

138

H J v H N v
Sarban: han:t.aa / Sarban: gan:t.aa
H HF M J1 H N | J8 J ( JNH J NU| J|)1
You are the Destroyer of all. You can reach everywhere.
H |m v H |Nm v907v
Sarban: kheaat.aa / Sarban: geat.aa
H |H J1 H U|ml HFU J ( H U |Nm J)1
You are the Famous, and Know everyone.
H J v H N v
Sarban: hart.aa / Sarban: kart.aa
H HU J1 H U NU J1
You are the Universal Killer, and Cause of Birth to all.
H F v H F v90v
Sarban: pr;aan.-n: / Sarban: t.r;aan.-n:
H U F J1 H|ml U| N J (HF F, |m J)1
You are the Life and Soul of everyone, and the Strength of all.
H NH v H H v
Sarban: karman: / Sarban: dharman:
H NH m NU J1 H H m |U J1
You are in all actions, and in all Dharma: right disciplines.
H HN v H HN v900v
Sarban: jugt.aa / Sarban: mukt.aa
H |8 HH|Um J|Um J1 | H mMN J1
You are merged with all, and still detached.
HM U v H|U v
Rasaaval chhand. / T.av pr;asaad.e
HM U1 | |N U M 8 N|1
Rasaval chhand, composed by Your Grace.
H N H v HU NH v
Namo nark naasae / Sad.aaevan: pr;akaasae
HHN J N (U NF) |HJF M, HU : NH (|Nm), H|1
I bow to You, the Deliverer (Savior) from hell, You are the Constant Light

139

(Knowledge).
mN H v mN | v90v
Anan:gan saroopae / Abhan:gan: bibhoot.ae
H| |J JH| J |1 H |J H- J 1
You are above body, and Immortal is Your Glory.
H H v HU H H v
Pr;amaathan: pr;maathae / Sad.aa sarab saathae
H Jl U| NU J, J U-HH UF M J 1 HU J| H|ml U H UF M
(HJU|, |m N M) J1
You destroy those who torment others. You are always there to protect all.
mN H v | | v90v
Agaadh: saroopae / Nr;ibaadh: bibhoot.ae
m J1 NJ J| HNU NU| H- |81
You are the Limitless Being. Nobody can interfere with Your Glory.
mN| mH v |N| |NH v
Anan:gee anaamae / T.r;ibhan:gee t.r;ikaamae
H| |J, H |J J1 | l |, mNH, M, U H N M,
| U H|l U|ml |Ul |ml N M J1
|N| | : |, mNH, M1 Hl, m|HN, H U; H|N; NU|,
| |NHH U U1
|NH | U MNl U|ml |Ul |ml NU J1
You are higher to the body and name, the Destroyer of afflictions in the three
worlds, and love everyone.
|N| H v HN| m v90?v
Nr:ibhan:gee saroopae / Sarban:gee anoopae
H |J JH| J |1 H mN (H|) |HHM M J m|HJ mN J |NH U J|1
You are the Immortal Being, and none has limbs (Body) like You.
v H |H v
Naa pot.r;aae naa put.t.r;aae / Naa sat.t.r;aae naa mitr;aae
, J 1 NU| H (UHHF), |H J1
You have not got (are free from) sons or grandsons, enemies, or friends.

140

H v H v90cv
Naa t.aat.aae naa maat.aae / Naa jaat.aae naa paat.aae
|, H J |1 | H, N: NM, J1
You are not bound by the father or mother, caste, sub-caste or clan: family.
|HN H|N J v m|H mH|N J v
Nr;isaakan: sareek haaen / Amit.o ameek haaen
NU| HN J|, H|N J| - |NH U HN J|, H U Hl|M J1 |HF| J
(m) J, J N|J (mJ) J1
You are free from relatives and rivals. You are Immense, and too deep
(Limitless).
HU J v mH J mH J v90cv
Sad.aaevan: pr;abhaa haaen / Ajaae haaen ajaa haaen
HU H- N|UH J1 m|H J, HH-|J J1
Your Glory is ever constant. You are Unconquerable and free from birth.
N| U v H|U v
Bhagvat.ee chhand. / T.av Parsaad
N| U1 | |N U M 8|m1
Bhagwati Chhand, written by Your Grace.
|N HJ HJ J v |N JH JH J v
Ke zaahar zahoor haaen / Ke haazar hazoor haaen
|UHU| H (HJ - , NHH) J1 JH J H|J H J l 1
Your manifestation is visible all over. You are present everywhere.
JHHM HMH J v HHHM NMH J v9Ov
Hamaesul slaam haaen / Samast.ul kalaam haaen
HU HMH J1 H NMH (|HN) NU J 1
You are Immortal, all praise You.
|N H|J |UHN J v |N JHM 8N J v
Ke sahib d.imaag. haaen / Ik husnal chraag. haaen
mNMHU J1 HJF U HH J1
You are the Wisest, and the Source of Beauty.

141

|N NHM N|H J v |N HN J|H J v99v
Ke kaamal kareem haaen / Ke razak raheem haaen
|NM J1 |HN (H|) UF M |JH N M J1
You are Kindest, Sustainer (Provider), and Merciful.
|N H| |U|JU J v |N HN |JU J v
Ke rozee d.ihin:d. haaen / Ke razak rahin:d. haaen
H| UF M J1 H| m JU| (HN|) UF M J1
You are the Provider, Sustainer, and Liberator.
N|HM NHM J v |N JHM HHM J v97v
Kareemul kamaal haaen / Ke husnal jamaal haaen
|HJ J NHM U 1 HJF U| M J1
You are wonderfully Compassionate, and are the Beauty Manifest (Beauty of the
Glory).
N|HM |H J v N|M |H J v
G.aneemul khiraaj haaen / G.areebul nivaaz haaen
|ml H (8J|, K) MF M J1 N|l |HU (HMU, |UH HU) J1
You levy the enemies - fine, punish them. You honor the poor.
J|M |HN J v |JHM |N J v9v
Hareeful shikan:n haaen / Hirasul fikan:n haaen
UHHF UF M J1 K |JJ UF M J1
You destroy the enemy, and remove fear.
NMN FH J v HHHM |H J v
Kalan:kan: pr;n.aas haaen / Samast.ul nivaas haaen
UN UH HJ UF M J1 J |UN U |8 HF M J 1
You clean off the blames, and manifest in everyone.
mNHM N|H J v H|UN J|H J v90v
Agan:jul ganeem haaen / Razaa-ik raheem haaen
J| |H HNU | 1 |HN UF M, m H N M J1
Enemies cannot conquer You. You are the Provider and Merciful.
HHHM Hl J v |N H|J |Nl J v
Samast.ul jubaan haaen / Ke sahib kiraan haaen
H U mU MF M m J1 H|MN, JU-|J (JU, '8) M J1

142

You are the voice of all, the Master with Great Glory.
|N N FH J v |JHM |H J v9v
Ke narkan: pr;aas haaen / Bahist.ul nivaas haaen
N JJ-|HJ |UU J (MNl U)1 HN |8 |JU J (HN |UU J)1
You save from hell, and bless with heaven.
|N HM N J v JHHM J v
Ke sarabul gavan:n haaen / Hamaesul ravan:n haaen
J l J8 J |1 HU HF (mU) J1 (HF-HF, HF, HF-UN J)1
You prevail everywhere. You are the Bliss, and revered by everyone.
HHM H|H J v HHHM mH|H J v9v
T.amaamul tameez haaen / Samast.ul azeez haaen
H|ml U| J ( N U| N HU J)1 H U |m J 1
You are the source of wisdom to make distinction between one and the other
thing. You are loved by everyone
H U|H J v HHHM mU|H J v
Paran: param ees haaen / Samast.ul ad.ees haaen
|K K U|H (H|MN) J1 H U H H|MN (mU|H - m|U + U|H) J1
You are the Greatest Master. You are the Lord of all.
mUHM mM J v JHHM m J v9?v
Ad.aesul alaekh haaen / Hamaesul abhaekh haaen
UH |J, |MF |8 mF, |J J1 HU J| H |J J1
You have no fixed place, You cannot be sketched (Described), and You have no
set dress: are above Appearance.
HH|M HH J v mH|NM |UH J v
Zameenul zamaa haaen / Ameekul imaa haaen.
HH| : J l, J HH (N) HHU J1 KW J |UH: HHl - U NU|
J| HNU1
You are at every place, and present at every time. Your Mystery is deeper to the
signs hinting at You.
N|HM NHM J v |N Hm| HHM J v9cv
Kareemul kamaal haaen / Ke jurat.t.e jamaal haaen
NHM U () |NM J1 | UM| (K-|UM|) m H- J1

143

You are a Wonderful Compassion (Kindness), and a Great Courage.
|N m8M NH J v |N m|H HH J v
Ke achlan: pr;akaas haaen / Ke amit.o subaas haaen
HU-N|UH M J1 JU H J1
You are an ever Constant Light (Giver of Wisdom), a Limitless Fragrance.
|N mH H J v |N m|H | J v9cv
Ke ajab saroop haaen / Ke amit.o bibhoot. haaen
mH| (mH8H, J N M) H: JH|, J1 JU |J H- J1
You are a Super (Wonderful) Beauty, a Limitless Glory.
|N m|H H J v |N mH J v
Ke amit.o pasaa haaen / Ke at.am pr;abhaa haaen
JU H (8) J1 m-NH J ( HU: JH|, NH J1 mH H
HH mF m J1
You are the Creation-Limitless. Your Self is the Light (You are Self-Born).
|N m8M mN J v |N m|H mN J v9Ov
Ke achlan: anan:g haaen / Ke amit.o abhan:g haaen
HU N|UH (mH), UJ| (H|) |J J1 m J, H JF M J|1
You are Immortal, Bodiless, Limitless, and Indestructible.
H U v H|U v
Madh:ubhaar chhand. / T.av pr;asaad.
H U1 | |N U M 8|m1
Madhubaar Chhand, composed by Your Grace.
H| H| H v N| N HUH v
Munne manne pr;anaam / Gunne gann mud.aam
|H| (H|) H mU HHN NU J1 NF U H (HHJ) J HU J| 1
Silent-Worshippers (Saints who keep silent) bow to You in their minds (recite
Your Name). You are ever the Treasure of Merits.
m| mNH v J| H v99v
Arre barr agan:j / Harr-e narr pr;abhan:j
| K | |H J| HNU 1 |HW (H |Uml U H|MN) J, m H H N
U| HN| U J1
Even Your great enemies cannot win You. You are the Master of the people and

144

can destroy them.
m N H v H| H| HMH v
Ann gann pr;anaam / munne manne salaam
mF|NF FH NU J 1 |H| H mU HMH (FH) NU J1
Numberless bow to You. Silent-saints bow to You in their hearts (Minds).
J| mK v mHK v97v
Harr-e narr akhan:d / Barr narr aman:d
|HW H, H J (HH, H |J J)1 M J, |NH HHJ U| M J|
1
J| |HW1 J|, H, U m J H1 HmUH|: HJ-|H, Jl H
U|ml, H U1 |UJ N |JMU U | JH N H |U H|1 |UJU
m HH, m 'H H | J1
You are the Master of the people, You are Indestructible.
m mH v H| H| NH v
Anbhav anaas / munne manne pr;akaas
|Nm mF m J, m H |J J1 H|ml U H |8 NH (|Nm)
NU J1
Your knowledge is from Your own Self (Self-Enlightened), and are
Indestructible. You are the Source of Knowledge to the silent-saints.
N| N H v HM M HUH v9v
Gunne gann pr;anaam / Jall thall mud.aam
H NF U HHJ (H) |JN, FH J1 F| m HH| ' J HH J1
O God, the Treasure of Virtues, I bow to You. All the time You are there in the
water and on land (Everywhere).
m|H mN v mH mN v
Anchhij an:g / Aasan abhan:g
H (JH|) WHU: F, J| JU1 KMU, JJU, J| (mJM J)1
Your Being does not age - wear out, and get old. Your Seat is Immortal (You are
Eternal).
H m v N| |H| U v90v
Oupmaa apaar / Gat.t.e mit.t.e oud.aar
| |KmU| m J1 | mH (N|), m H (mUH), | |HM (K|) NM J
|m N1

145

Your Glory is Great. Your State is Indescribable.
HM M mHK v |UH |H mK v
Jall thall aman:d / D.is vis abhan:d
F| |8, HH| , JH-H |8 J (|NH HHJ-HN U| M J| )1 J |UH
m -|UH (N), NU| K J| HNU1 (mK |UJU m, m H|Hm,
| J)1
In the water or on land, Your Glory is Great. In all directions, there is none who
can belittle, You.
HM M HJ v |UH |H |m v9v
Jall thall mahan:t. / D.is vis be-an:t.
F|, | ' (J H) H K J1 J H m J1
You are the Greatest in the water or on Land. In all directions, Unlimited:
Supreme, You are.
m mH v | H v
Anbhav anaas / Dh:r;it. dh:ar dh:uraas
H |Nm mF J| J, H |J J1 |H M, | U : mH, J
(| U HU J)1
You are Self-Enlightened, Indestructible. You are top in patience, and are center
and support of the earth (Support of the living beings).
mH J v UN HUJ v9v
Aajaan bahu / aekaae sad.aahu
8 U H|M JF M J (8 H J, |UJ H N |UU J)1 |UN J| J
HU1
You provide and control the Creation, and are Immortal.
UmN m|U v N| m|U v
Oan:kaar aad.e / Kathnee anaad.e
|JN, |UN H H |J J, H J (H U HM)1 |m N||ml | H-
|J J: H M J| HNU1
HU HH U J, U J| H JF |m N|: U|Hm, H |J J,
NU| UH J| HNU1
You are the Beginning of all (Pervading all over right from the beginning). No
one can tell about Your Beginning.

146

M K |mM v N mNM v9?v
Khall khan:d kheaal / Gurbar akaal
UHJ: HMH, U H |mM (, M) |8 N |UU J1 N J : HJ, H
K, N ' J ( H J|)1
You destroy the evil ones just by thought (in a moment). You are very powerful
(Mighty), and not bound by the time (Deathless).
W W| H v |8 8 H v
Ghar ghar-e pr;anaam / Chit. charan naam
W W |8 HHN N|| HlU| J1 J |8 |8 8 H () HU J1
You are worshipped in every house (Everywhere). You are there in every heart.
m|H N v m|HH v9cv
Anchhij gaat. / Aajij naa baat.
F J| JU H (| N|, JU)1 m|HH (HJH) J| |NH NM1
You dont get worn out (Old). You do not become dependent on anyone.
m N v mH v
Anjhan:j gaat. / Anran:j baat.
HJl |UN H J | JU (H)1 NH | |ml NMl J1
You are above the worldly problems. Your working is anger-free.
mJJ K v mJ m v9cv
Antut bhan:daar / Anth:at apaar
K HNU J|1 NU| |JN, (, H| l) J| HNU, m J1
Your Provisions are endless. No one can fix You at one spot, You are everywhere
(All Pervading).
mK| H v m| | NH v
An:deeth: dh:aram / At.t.e dheeth: karam
mF Hl N |NH J |8 J| (|HHM J|)1 UM| M J NH
(HN U| HM |m M NU J)1
In Your Dharma (Discipline, ethics, righteousness) none equals You. You work
very boldly (Control the Creation boldly).
mFF m v U HJ v9?Ov
An.br;an. anan:t. / D.aat.aa mahan:t.
' 8J J| J HNU| - NU| NH J| J8 HNU, m J1 U| J H
K1

147

mFF- mF: NU| J| N HNU1 |UJU m, N- |J | NU
J1
None can hurt You, You are Limitless. You are a Great Giver.
J|MH U v H|U v
Har-e-bolmanaa chhand. / T.av pr;asaad.
JMH U1 | |N U M 8|m1
Harbolmanaa Chhand, composed by Your Grace.
NFMU J v m| WMU J v
Karun.aalya haaen / Arr-e ghaalya haaen
|Um U W J1 UHHF U H N M J1
You are Kind. You destroy the enemy.
M K J v H|J HK J v9?9v
Khall khan:dan: haaen / Mahe man:dan haaen
UHJ H N M J1 | HNF HF M J1
You destroy the evil doers. You beautify (Glorify) the earth.
HNH J v HH J v
Jagt.aesv;ar haaen / Parmaesv;ar haaen
HN U U|H: H|MN, J1 H U|H (HJ H|MN) J1
You are the Master of the universe. You are the Great Master.
N|M NF J v H F J v9?7v
Kall-e kaaran. haaen / Sarab oubaaran. haaen
NM (NMH) U NF J (NM-NMH H, JNH U M J)1 H U
(8U) | J1
You are the Trouble-Maker - All troubles are by Your Will - under Your Control.
As well, You are the Protector of all.
| N F J v HN N NF J v
Dh:r;it. kae dha:r;an. haen / Jagg kae karan. haaen
| U mH J1 HN U FF M J1
You are the Support of the world, and the Creator of the universe.
H H|U J v HN H|U J v9?v
Mann maaneya haaen / Jagg janeya haaen
H Hl U HF UN J1 HN U HF UN J1

148

In all the hearts, You are worshipped. In whole of the world, everyone knows
You.
H J v H N J v
Sarban: bharr haaen / Saraban: karr haaaen
H MF M J1 H 8F M J1
You are Sustainer, and the Creator of all.
H |HU J v H |HU J v9?0v
Sarab paaseya haaen / Sarab naaseya haaen
H U NM () J1 H HF M J1
You are close-by (Protector of) everyone, and as well You destroy all.
NFN J v |H J v
Karn.aakar haen / Bisv;an:bhar haaen
|Um U HH J1 H HN MF M J1
You are the Source of Kindness, and the Sustainer of the whole world.
HH J v HNH J v9?v
Sarbaesv;ar haaen / Jagt.aesv;ar haaen
H N U U|H (H|MN) J1 HN U U|H J1
You are the Master of everyone, and of the whole world.
JHKH J v M KH J v
Br;ahmandas haaen / Khall khan:das haaen
HH U H|MN J1 UHJl U JJ N UF M J1
You are the Master of the universe, and the Destroyer of the enemies.
J v NFN J v9?v
Parr t.ae parr haaen / Karun.aakar haaen
'8 '8 (K K) J1 H (|Um) U HH J1
You are the Greatest of the great, and the source of compassion (Kindness).
mH H J v m J v
Ajappaa japp haaen / Athappaa thapp haaen
H mH: HF U| J8 J - H|JH-H J1 HF m J - HU
|8 H| l |JNU HF J ( NU| J| HNU)11
You are an Effortless-Meditation - Beyond the reach of the recitation of Your
Name even. You cannot be set (fixed to one place) - You are all over.

149

m|N |N J v m|H |H J v9??v
Akr;it.aa kr;it. haaen / Amr;it.aa mr;it haaen
|N m|N J: H|H (|8m) J| H HNU1 |H m|H J: mH -
HF M, J1
No one can create You. You are beyond death.
m|H |H J v NF |N J v
Amr;it.aa mr;it haaen / Karn.aa kr;it. haaen
H HF M: mH, J1 H U| |N (H) J1
You are beyond death, and are Compassionate.
m|N |N J v F| | J v9?cv
Akr;it.aa kr;it. haaen / Dh:arn.ee dh:rit. haaen
FU H HNF M, FF ' J - NU| | 8 J| N HNU1 |
U mH J1
You are beyond creation, and the support of world.
m|HH J v HH J v
Amr;it.aesv;ar haaen / Par;maesv;ar haaen
m|H U HH| J (m|H + U|H J) - H|l U HU H|U |JF H J1 HJ
H|MN J1
You are the Master of Immortality - You are not mortal. You are the Great
Master.
m|N |N J v m|H |H J v9?cv
Akr;it.aa kr;it. haaen / Amr;it.aa mr;it. haaen
F J| HNU | H NU|1 H J| HNU| H: mH J1
No one can create You. You are beyond death.
mH |N J v m|H |H J v
Ajabaa kri;t. haaen / Amr;it.aa mr;it haaen
mH8H (NHM U|) H J1 H H J| HNU|: mH J1
You are the Unique Creation. Death cannot touch You (You are Immortal).
|UN J v M W|UN J v9cOv
Narr naa-ik haaen / Khall ghaa-ik haaen
Hl U mN: H|MN, J1 UHJl HF M J1
You are the Master of the people, and Destroyer of the evil ones.

150

|H J v NFMU J v
Bisv;an:bhar haae / Kr;un.aalya haaen
MF M J1 H U W J1
You are Sustainer, and the Treasure of Compassion.
| |UN J v H |UN J v9c9v
Nr;ip naa-ik haaen / Sarab paa-ik haaen
|Hml U mN: H|MN J1 H MF M J1
You are the Leader of kings, the Sustainer of all.
H J v m| NH J v
Bhav bhan:jan haaen / Arr-e gan:jan haaen
HH U N H NF M J1 | J UF M J1
You are the Liberator from the cycle of birth and death (from reincarnation), and
the Destroyer of the enemies.
| J v H H J v9c7v
Ripu t.aapan haaen / Jappu jaapan haaen
|ml F (U UF) M J1 HF UN H J - mF H N UF M
m J| J1
You punish the enemies, and are the Mantra - the formula for recitation:
Worshipful.
mNM |N J v H |N J v
Aklan: kr;it haaen / Sarba kr;it. haaen
mNMN-H: NMN |J-UH |J J1 H H: HNHM JH|, J1
None can defame You, and You are the Perfect Being.
N N J v J J| J v9cv
Kart.aa karr haaen / Hart.aa harr-e haaen
H 8 N UF M (JH) J1 H N UF M (|H H|) J1
You are the Creator of the creator - Creator of Brahma, who is said to do creation.
You are the Destroyer of the destroyer - Destroyer of Shiva - who is said to
destroy this creation.
HH J v HH J v
Parmaat.am haaen / Sarab at.am haaen
H mH (H '8| mH) J1 H U| mH-8-H, J1
You are Supreme Soul, and the soul of everyone - consciousness of the souls.

151

mH H J v HH N HH J v9c0v
Aat.am ba-ss haaen / Jass kae jass haen
H J mF m U1 'H N|| M J1
You are in the control of Your own Self, and are of the Supreme Glory.
HN U U v
Bhujan:g pr;yaat. chhand.
|UH U U H HN-U J1
This is Bhujag Pryaat Chhand.
H HH HH H 8U 8U v
Namo sooraj soorjae namo chan:d.r; chand.r;ay
HHN J HH H|: 8HN, UF M, 8UH 8F| UF M1
I bow to You the Sun of suns - the Giver of heat and light to the suns, and bow to
You the Moon of moons - light and calmness of the moons.
H H H H |UU |UU v
Namo raaj raajae namo Ind.r; Ind.r;ae
HHN J |Hml U HJ H, |UU (U|ml U H) U HJl |UU1
I bow to You the King of kings, and Indra of Indra (Indra is said to be the king of
gods).
H mN H H H v
Namo andh:kaarae namo taej taejae
HHN J W-J, m 8F U HJl 8F1
I bow to You the Darkness, and the Light of lights - I bow to You the
Manifestation (Cause) of darkness and light.
H |U |U H |H |H v9cv
Namo br;ind. br;ind.ae namo beej beejae
HHN J (H|l U) NJl U NJ, m |UJ U |H-H (|HH|Jm J|Um -
H|MN: F-MF, U| HN|)1
I bow to You the Congregation of congregations (Controller of the population),
and the origin of all seeds (Power of seeds to grow and develop).
H HH HH Hl v
Namo raajsan: t.aamsan: saant. roopae
HHN J H NF, H NF, m Hl (H NF) M1
H - |Hml N NF: H|, JN, 'UH1 H - J NH||ml N NF1 H

152

- Hl|, Hl N NF1 |UJ H|Um U | NF J, HN |UJ U H J1 H|Um |UJ
| NF U H J1 |UJ | NF H|Um U H J1
I bow to You the three qualities of the world purity: virtues; ego; and evilness:
without viles.
H H m H v
Namo param t.at.t.an: at.at.t.an: saroopae
HHN J H (H mH), H |J J1
I bow to You the Supreme Essence, Elementless-Being (not made of five
elements, Bodiless).
H HN HN H |Nm |Nm v
Namo jog jogae namo giaan giaanae
HHN J HN|ml U HJ HN|, m |Nm|ml U HJ |Nm|1
I bow to You the Greatest of the Yogis, and a Great Intellectual Being - the Wise
One.
H H H H |m |m v9cv
Namo man:t.r; man:t.r;ae namo dh:iaan dh:iaanae
HHN J Hl U HJl H, m Hl ' |m |JNF U HJl |m1
I bow to You the Greatest of the Mantras - only Your Name is the formula for
recitation. I bow to You Meditation of the meditations - You are the only object
for meditation.
H H H H |Nm |Nm v
Namo judh: judh:ae namo giaan giaanae
HHN J Hl U HJ H, m |Nml U HJl |Nm1
I bow to You the Greatest of the Wars (Fight against evils), and to the Highest
Knowledge.
H H H H v
Namo bhoj bhojae namo paan paanae
HHN J H U 'H H, m |F U|ml Hl U 1 ( H mJ: HM-H,
HU J)1
I bow to You the Food of foods, and the Drink of drinks (Source of foods,
essence of drinks. The Sustainer of the world).

153

H NMJ N H Hl v
Namo kallah kart.aa namo saant. roopae
HHN J NMH (N) UF M, m Hl|-H 1
I bow to You the Source of trouble (Discord, strife, are under Your Will), and the
Peace Manifest (Embodiment of Peace).
H |UU |UU mU | v9c?v
Namo Indr; Indr;ae anaad.an bibhoot.ae
HHN J |UU U |UU (U|ml U H U H), |N m J| |HMU |HH U H-
U1
I bow to You Indra of Indra - King of Indra, and to the Glory Without a
Beginning. (Indra is the king of gods).
NMN mMN mMN v
Kalan:kaar roopae alan:kaar alan:kae
NMN (m, U|) |J J H (JU), N|J|Fml U N|JFl - J HU, J 1 (
HU HU J)1
You are the Spotless Being: the Ornament of ornaments - the Embodiment of
Beauty.
H mH mH H lN N v
Namo aas aasae namo baan:k ban:kae
HN J mHl H|Ul U mH, m l|Nml 8 lN (| M HU)1
I bow to You Hope of the hopes, and to the Top Grace (Elegant, Most Beautiful).
mN| H mN| mH v
Abhan:gee saroopae anan:gee anaamae
H H (H |J) J, mN |J (| H|) J, H J|1
You are Indestructible, Bodiless, and Nameless.
|N| |NM mN| mNH v9ccv
T.r;ibhan:gee t.r;ikaalae ann:gee akaamae
| (|, mNH, M) H N M J, | HH (, H, | -
NM, mH, MN) N|UH J, H| |J J, NH (|Ul) |J J1
H mH m HH JNH |8: H J1
You are the Destroyer of the three worlds. You are there in the present, past, and
future (Exist at all the times). You are Bodiless, and Desireless.

154

UN m| U v
Aek Achhree Chhand.
U U H J1 (|UN |UN m M U)1
This is the name of Chhand (Style of poetry named Aek-Achhree - word by
word).
mH v mM v m v m v9ccv
Ajaae / Alaae / Abhaae / Abaae
NU| |H J| HNU1 H J| JU1 |K J1 H (U|M|) J|1
Nobody can conquer You, You do not get destroyed, You are Fearless, and You
do not change.
m v mH v mH v mNH v9cOv
Abhoo / Ajoo / Anaas / Akaas
HH J|1 | J: |JN |8 J1 H J| JU1 H |Um J|Um J1
(m - HHU J|1 m - l |J J1 mH - m8M Hl mHH)1
You do not get born, exist constantly, are above destruction, and are All-
Pervading.
mNH v mH v mM v m v9c9v
Agan:j / Abhan:j / Alakh / Abhakh
NU| |H J| HNU1 NU| :H, J| N HNU1 |UHU J|1 |NH N
U| M J|1
None can win You, no one can harm You, You are invisible, You dont need any
food - Sustenance.
mNM v |UmM v mM v m v9c7v
Akaal / D.iaal / Alaekh / Abhaekh
H J1 |UmM J1 |MF |8 J| m HNU1 H |J J1
You are above death, are kind, You cannot be described, and are free from any
dress - appearance.
mH v mNH v mNJ v mJ v9cv
Anaam / Akaam / Agaah / Adhaah
H |J J1 NH: |U, |J J1 mJ J: m1 |Um: K|Nm, J| H HNU1
You are Nameless, Desireless, Immeasurable - Limitless, Indestructible.

155

m v H v mH| v mH| v9c0v
Anaathae / Pr;amaathae / Ajonee / Amonee
' NU| J H|MN J|1 H H (H) N M J1 HH |8 J|
mU1 8 | J| J1
There is no Master above You, You are the Destroyer, free from birth, and You
do not observe the silence You are not like silent saints (Are active).
N v N v v v9cv
Naa raagae / Naa ran:gae / Naa roopae / Naa raekhae
HJ J|1 N J|1 J|1 : |8, J| (|8J-|HJ J|)1
You are free from attachments, colorless, and above form or appearance.
mNH v mH v mNH v mM v9cv
Akarman: / Abharman: / Agan:jae / Alaekhae
NHl (HH m H U NH) J1 NU| HN-H J| mF m
|HH J1 NU| |H J| HNU1 Ml (NHl, H U Ml) |8 J| mU1
You are above actions: deeds, You have no doubts (about Yourself - are decisive
- resolute), none can win You, You are not effected by destiny.
HN U U v
Bhujan:g pr;ayaat. chhand.
U U H HN U J1
Name of this Chhand is Bhujag Priyaat
HHM FH HHHM FH v
Namast.ul pr;aamae samast.ul pr;n.aasae
HHN NF HN HHN, H |HJ UF |HH U J H J1
I bow to the Venerable, the Destroyer of everything.
mNHM mH HHHM |H v
Agan:jul anaamae samast.ul nivaasae
|H|m J| H HNU H-|J (HH), m H|ml U |8 |JU J1
No one can win You the Nameless, You exist in everyone.
|NH | HHHM H v
Nr;ikaaman: bibhoot.ae smast.ul saroopae
NH (|U) |J J J |N |HHU H H- J, m J H U H J - H
JU J1
Your are free from the desire for Glory, and You are the Form of all.

156

NNH FH| HH | v9c?v
Kukarman: pr;n.aasee sudh:arman: bibhoot.ae
J NNH|ml (|ml) H NU J, H NHF (H F) JU H-
J1
He destroys the evils (Sins). His Dharma (Right-discipline, principles) is His
Glory.
HU H|8UU H FH| v
Sad.aa sached.aa-nan:d. sat.t.r;an: pr;n.aasee
J HU J| H-|8-mU J, m |ml H N M J1
H|8UU: H, |8, mU - |JN1 H - JH|, |N H H8 J1 |8 - 8,
|Nm M, H H N HFU J1 mU - mU H, H HU |, H| |8 |JU
J)1
You are ever the Truth (Ever Existent, Immortal), Consciousness (All Knowing),
Bliss (Joy), and the Destroyer of Enemies.
N|HM N|U HHHM |H| v
Kareemul kunin:d.aa samast.ul nivaasee
|H|H N M J, H |8 |JNF J1
You are ever Kind, and are there in everyone.
mH|U | NH|U N|H v
Ajaaib bibhoot.ae gajaaib ganeemae
mH| (mU, mH8H) H- J, NH (N|J) JU J UHHF (U|ml)
'1
Your Glory is unique, You punish the evil doers (Tyrants).
J|m N|m N|HM J|H v9ccv
Hareean: kareean: kareemul raheemae
J| (JF: |H MF, H N M) J, |N |m |JH N M J1
You are the Destroyer, and as well compassionate and kind.
8 8N | 8 8N N v
Chat.t.r; chakkr; vart.ee chat.t.r; chakkar; bhugt.ae
8J H| (H| 8 |8) HHU J, 8 H NU J - mU HFU J, JNH
8MU J, H NU J1
You exist in all directions (in Creation), and You are the Enjoyer of it Creation,
everywhere.

157

HU H HU H HN v
Suyan:bhav subhan: sarbd.aa sarb jugt.ae
mF m N|Jm J, H (HU) J, HU J| H |8 HHN (|H|Mm J|Um) J1
You are Self-Created, a Beauty, and are always one with His Creation.
UNM FH| |UmM H v
D.ukaalan: pr;n.aasee d.iyaalan: saroopae
U NM (U M: HF m HH U U) NJF M J, |N-H: |NM, J1
You liberate from the pain of birth and death, and are the Kind Being.
HU mN HN mN | v9ccv
Sad.aa an:g san:gae abhan:gan: bibhoot.ae
JHH mN HN (M) J, H J| JU H-1
He is always with everyone, and is of the Immortal Glory.

158

W |JN H| N| J v
|HJ| 9Ov
H|U HU
H |m|N, H HN|H, |JN H| U| |J1
HU, JK| |N U M |M 1 |HJ| UH|1
Ik-Oankaar Vaaheguroo jee kee Fateh / Paat.shaahee 10.
T.AV PARSAAD. SVAYAE
Victory to the All Pervading God, Who is everywhere.
This style of the poetry written by His Grace. Tenth Guru.

HN H HHJ |H N U| ||U W HN H| N v
Sraavag sudh: smooh sidhaan kae daekh phireo ghar jog jat.ee kae
H: H8-HHH M, HN: -|H, m |Hl (NH| MNl) U |UN, U 8|Nm Jl
HN|ml JH8|ml U K |1
I have watched the pure Budh-saints, gatherings of adepts, and the places of the
Yogis and celebates.
H HU H H|UN H HHJ mN H| N v
Soor suraard.an sudh: sudh:ad.ik san:t. smooh anaek mat.ee kae
JU, HU: U (U H M), H8-H8 H|UN: U (m|H |F M),
mNl Hl M H H H | U J1
I have also seen the heroes, demons, Godly persons, and the saints of all sorts.
H J| UH N U| |JU H N U|m | N v
Saarae hee d.aes ko d.aekh raheau mat.t. kaoo naa d.aekheeat. Praan Pat.ee
kae
UH U H J| Hl U MN U MU J, NU| |UN | m|HJ J| U|m |N H F-|
(HH) U F1
I studied the followers of all faiths, but did not find a single person devoted to
God.
H| N N| |U |N J UN | | UN | N v9v (79)
Sr;ee Bhagvaan kee bhaae kr;ipaa hoo t.ae aek rat.ee binu aek rat.ee kae
NU|, H| |JN H| |U: H (), J U| |N, m |: J UM H, U
| |UN | U | J|1
Any one, without the faith in God, His Mercy, and His love, is not worth an iota
(Fraction) of anything.

159

H HN H H HN m N HN H v
Maat.ae mat.ang jarae jar sang anoop out.an:g suran:g svaarae
|NH NM |HHM (|Hl N J J|) N: 8, HN: HJF N U, H (HH) HN:
J|, H U M H JU JF,
If there is someone with wonderful, nice colored, gold laden (decorated with
golden ornaments), high, intoxicated elephants,
NJ N NN H NU N N N H | v
Kot t.ran:g kuran:g sae kood.at poun kae goun ko jaat. nivaarae
Nl N: W, |N H NN: |Jl l, NUU J, m J U N: N, | |:
| U| HF M JF,
One may have countless horses who jump like deers, and leave behind the fast
wind as well,
| H N M| || |m H|H H |8 v
Bhaaree bhujaan kae bhoop bhalee bidh:e niaavat. sees naa jaat. bichaarae
JU mN N|ml H: Jl M (N), H 8N| l N N |UUl H JNU JF
|N H H8F | HH|NM J,
If the powerful monarchs bow before him respectfully beyond any belief,
U U NJ U | m N lN J| l|U v7v
Aet.ae bh-ae t.u k-haa bh-ae bhoopat.e a-n:t. kaou naangae hee paan-e
padh:aarae
HN |UUl U N H F | NU l N| J|Um, J H N l |U N | J| NU1
What then if someone became such a powerful king, in the end he left (after
death) with bare feet.
H| | H UH |UH N H M |HUN N v
Jeet. phiraae sabh d.aes d.issan ko baajat. dhol mr;id.ang nagaarae
|HJ, UHl UHl |HU |, m |Hl U|ml Hl |8 M, H|UN (MN|ml) m
N H1
Those who kept conquering their own and other countries, and the drums of their
victories kept beating.
NH N NH N HU |JH J| JUH JH v
Gun:jat. goor: gajaan kae sun:d.ar hin:sat. hee h-yraaj hajaarae
|Hl U HJF NH: J|ml U, N: JM, NHU, mJHl JUH: H-W (W|ml U
H), |JFNU JF,
Those with the herds of impressive elephants trumpting, and thousands of king-

160

horses neighing,
| N N N J| H |8 v
Bhoot. bhavikkh bhvaan kae bhoopat. koun ganaae naheen jaat. bichaarae
|, mF M, m JF U HH U H, NF |NF, |N |H U| |NF| mUH MF
N J,
The kings of the past, present, and future, hard to count and impossible to make
an estimate,
H| | H| N H | m N m N H |H vv
Sr;eepat.-e Sr;ee Bhagwan bhajae binnu a-n:t kou a-n:t. kae dh.aam
sidh:aarae.
H| |: H|Um U | N (H-|J, U, Nl M, HH) HF U |
|UJ |HJ H H U |JNF 8M NU1
Without reciting the Name of God, all such people went to the place of death:
died.
| U|Um UH U H HHH H mN |H v
T.irath naan d.eaa d.amm d.aan su san:jamm naem anaek bisaekhaae
NU| | |UH, H, UH: H |Nl NF, U, HHH: H |JNF U mHM,
m|HJ m |H: '8, H M,
May be one adopts high disciplines of bathing at shrines, compassion, methods to
concentrate on God, and the mind-control,
U N N HH| HH H N v
Baed. Puraan Kat.aeb Kuraan zameen zamaan sabaan kae paekhaae
U, , N, |UJU M U|ml J HNl, J HNl |N H | ' m HH
mH JU|ml J, NU| M,
Someone may read Vedas, Puranas, Koran and books related to these, and other
books that came to the world at different periods,
mJ H| H H H |8 JH N U v
Poun ahaar jat.ee jat.t. dhaar sabaae su bichaar hajaar ka d.aekhaae
J H J J| lU J (m J| lU), H| |N H JH8| |JU J, |UJ |HJ, JHl
|8 N UF,
Those who just subsist on air, the celibates who practice the sex-control, may
contemplate thousands of times,

161

H| N H | | UN | | UN M v0v
Sr;ee Bhagvaan bhajae binu bhoopat.-e aek rat.ee binu aek naa laekhaaae
N (MH|: H|Um U |, |JN) U H N| |, J H J, |JN-
H | JU |HMF U N| |UN N | |NH M J|1
Without reciting the Name of God, even though he be a king, any effort to meet
Him leads to nowhere.
H |HJ U UJ H H|H HJ UH UMN v
Sudh: sipaah d.urant. dubaah su saaje snaah d.urjaan d.alaaengae
|H JU |HJ|, U: |H HF M, UJ: |Hl U| M M| H HN, |J N
HJ: HHm (MJ U N), UH: UHHF , H HNF M JF,
The trained soldiers who are unconquerable, very impressive, wearing armor, and
they destroy enemies,
| NH H H N JM JMN v
Bhaaree gumaan bharae mann maaen karr parbat. pan:kh halae naa
halaaengae
J JN |m J H U mU, |N HJH|F J M N K HF, |UJ
|JM |JMFN,
They be filled with pride that the mountains may move, but they will not,
| m| H| HH H HN| H HMN v
T.or-e areen maror-e mavasan maat.ae mat.an:gan-e maan malaaengae
J N m|: m|mM (|), -H N HH: UHHF, H: HH, HN:
J|ml, U | HF HM UF M JF,
They be strong enough to kill the stubborn opponents, crush the enemies, and
even destroy the ego of the elephants,
H| | H| N |N | |m|N HJ |U 8MN vv
Sr;ee Pat.-e Sr;ee Bhagvaan kr;ipaa binu t.iaage jahaan nid.aan chalaaengae
H| |: H|Um-|, H| N H| U| |N U |, m|HJ | K U|ml, |U: m
, HFN1
Without the Kindness of God, in the end, they will as well leave this world and go
away.
| m K |m m|8|J H N| U v
Bee-r apaar badae bar-e-aar abchaarhe saar kee dh:aar bhachhayaa
J U K, |m: M, |N H m|8|J: | H8 (J J), H: MJ
(M) U| , U: U (lU, HJU) J,

162

Those brave, and very strong ones, who fearlessly face the sword,
UH H|MU HH H NH N H HMU v
T.orat. d.aes malin:d. mavaasan maat.ae gajaan kae maan mala-yaa
J H UHl UF (|H MF), HM UF HH: UHHF, m UM-HM UF HH J|ml
U HF,
Those who can win the countries, destroy their enemies, and finish the pride of
the intoxicated elephants,
N N N J H J| 8N 8 MU v
Gar:h;ae gar:haan kae t.or:anhaar su baat.an heen chakk chaar lava-yaa
HH |NM UF M, |N H NM|-| J| 8 8N: 8 |ml U| | (U|m), |H
MF,
Those who can break through the strong forts, and in a moment can take the land
all around them - win the world,
H|J H| H N |H|UN H8N mN H UN |UU vv
Saahibu Sar;ee sabh ko si-r-naa-ik jachak anaek su aek diva-yaa
H|J H|: MH| (H|Um) U | (HH), H|ml U |H |UN: |H H|MN J,
m ' |U|ml N NU| H |UJU UH HNU J, UF M |UN J m J|
J1
Many brave people as described above, beg at the door of the Lord, and the Giver
is only He.
U U |U |H8 | HN v
D.aanav d.aev phanind. nisaachar bhoot. bhavikh bhawaan japaaengae
U: NHH (U), U, |U: |m (HHN), |H8: | |U ( ),
MW HH J HU J, mF M HH HFN, m JF HU J1
Demons, gods, Shesh-Naag (King-serpent - mythological support of the world),
and the elements (spirits, ghosts), had been, are, and will ever recite Your Name.
H| |H HM H M H M J| M H H N v
Jeev jit.ae jall maae thall maae pall hee pall maae sabh thaap thapaaengae
H|-H |H | J | m F| |8, |JN H| |UJ M U |8 FU
8U |JFN1
The Lord will ever be creating in a moment all the animals on the land and in the
water.

163

H N J H N v
Pun:n part.aapan baadh jaaet. dh:unn papan kae bahu pun:j khapaaengae
M NHl U U M : N|, H : H HN U| mH, m l U H J
HFN1
By the virtue of good deeds (and recitation of His Name), the appreciation
(Recognition) will ever grow, and all the sins will get washed away.
H HHJ H | HN H H mMN 8N v?v
Saadh: smooh pr;asan:n phiraae jagg sat.r; sabhaae avlok chapaaengae
8N U (NH) H J| HH U mU H |N, m |UJ mMN: U N, H
UHHF H|HU JFN1
Good people (God-Oriented) will ever be happy in the world, and their enemies
will get ashamed to see them so.
H |UU N|HU H |MN N H NN v
Maanav In:d.r; gajin:d.r; naraadh:ap jaoun t.r;ilok ko raaj karaaengae
H - |UU-U N '8, NH-H (J|-H, U| J|) U HMN : H,
|N H |MN: | mNH M (H| |), U H NU JF,
The known people like god Indra, monarchs who keep GajIndar (King-elephants)
and rule the whole world,
N|J |UH NH|UN U mN Hm HH N v
Kote isnaan gajaad.ik d.aan anaek su-anbar saaj baraaengae
Nl |-|UH N m J| U N M, mNl |N H Hm (mF m
8F) 8 N |mJ NU JF,
Those who bathe at the numberless shrines and give elephants in charity, and
those who are great enough to set up self-spouse-selecting functions to marry,
JH HJH |H H8|| m H HH H N v
Br;ahm Mahaesar Bisan Sacheepat.-e a-n:t. phasae jamm phaas praaengae
' UH MN, N| JH, |H H|, |H, H8| U | (|UU), |Nml | m
H JU J1
What of the above said people, even Brahma, Shiva, Vishnu, and Indra too, will
die in the end.
H H| | N H J N UJ N vcv
Jae narr Sr;ee Pat.t.-e kae pr;ass haaen pagg t.ae narr phaer naa d.aeh
dh:araaengae
J |N H H| | (H|Um: 8, U |1 |JN) U 8| MNU J, J HH-

164

HF HN J HlU J1
But, those who seek the refuge of the Lord, get liberated and do not get born
again.
NJ U H U M8 HU N | |JU N |m MN|UU v
Kahaa bhayo jo d.o-oo lochan moon:d. kaae baaeth:e rahe-o bakk dh:iaan
lagaa-eo
N| J|Um H U M8: m|ml, H|J N |J, N: NM l, |m |JN N (|U
N|),
What if a person keeps sitting with both the eyes closed and the mind fixed like a
crane on fish (Practiced hypocrisy),
||U M|U H HHU| MN NU MN N|UU v
Nh;aat. phirio leeae saat. samud.r;ne lok gayo parlok gavaa-eo
(|U NU) U ||m H HHU (U|m U |), |UJ |UH U|m
(H|) 8H U M |Nm, J| HN| N||1
(In hypocrisy) he kept bathing at the seven seas (Shrines the world over), neither
he made right use of his life here, nor he achieved the liberation.
H N|U ||m H N mH J| mH H H ||UU v
bass keeo bikhiaan so baaeth: kaae aaesae hee aaesae su baaes bit.aa-eo
H N| ||Hml (H NHl) U M, m J| H: H, N MU|1
He kept company of evils, and wasted his life for nothing.
H8 NJ H MJ H |H H N|U | J| |UU vcv
Saach kahon sunn laehu sabhaae jinn praem keeo t.in hee Pr;abh paa-eo
H8 N|JU Jl, H HF M, HH |H J J| |HMU J |N H J H H N
(|U|ml U M J|)1
I say the truth, listen everybody, only he realizes God who loves Him truely (not
by hypocrisy).
NJ M J H U |H NJ M |MN N MJN|UU v
Kaahoo laae pahan pooj dh:areo si-r kahoo laae lin:g garae latkaa-eo
J: = (H3|), c -3 "r (-J- -3 r
-3), ="c r c" =- " "r ( )!
Considering worth worship, someone bows to the stone idol, and the other hangs
Shivling (Oval stone symbolizing Shiva) from his neck.

165

NJ M|U J| m8| |UH H|J NJ J N H|H ||UU v
Kahoo lakheo Har-e avaachee d.issaa mahe kaahoo pachhah ko seesu nivaa-
eo
|NH (|JU) J|: HH , m8| |UH: UF (UN, N|H H| U H|J) M
U|m: HH|m, NU| (HHMH) J J: H (Nm) M, HU J1
Hindus think God is in the South - towards Dwarka: the town of Lord Krishna,
and Muslims presume Him to be in the West - In the direction of Kaba, their Holy
Shrine.
N N H J H N |H N H |UU v
Ko-oo but.aan ko poojat. haae passu ko-oo mr;it.aan ko poojan dh:aa-eo
NU| H-| M l HH N HU J, NU| H|ml (Nl) HF MU| HU J1
Some unwise person (keeps up to) worships the idol, and the other one runs to
worship the dead (Graves).
N |Nm |U H J| HN H| N N U |UU v9Ov
Koor kr;iaa ourjheo sabh hee jagg Sr;ee Bhagvaan kaa bhaed. naa paa-eo
H HN NHl |8 |m J|Um J, |NH | |JN U H8U| HF U
H J| N|1
Whole of the world is engaged in the useless things, and no one tried to realize
the Truth about God.

166

J|H H|J
RAHRAASE SAHIB
3 | - J!
The right path.

H U N mH HJM 9
so dar raag aasaa mehlaa 1
|JN H| U W, N mH, HJM |JM1
Gods Place, Raag Aasaa, First Guru
W H|N H|U v
ik-o
N
kaar satgur parsaad.
H Hl mU HU |JN H|, |HHU |Nm H8 N H| U| |N U M JU J1
All Pervading God, realized by the Grace of the True Guru.
H U NJ H W NJ |H |J H HHM v
so dar tayraa kayhaa so ghar kayhaa jit bahi sarab samaalay.
J W-U |NJ |HJ J |N |H N H|ml U| HM NU J! NHM J mF
N| HMF!
What like is that place where from you take care of everyone! The wonder is
Your taking care of Your Creation!
H U mN mH N FJ v
vaajay tayray naad anayk asankhaa kaytay tayray vaavanhaaray.
' Nl HH HU, m Nl J| HF M J - | |H J J| J1
Your countless musical instruments resound there, and countless are Your
musicians - Your praise is being sung.
N N | |H NJ|m|J N NFJ v
kaytay tayray raag paree si-o kahee-ahi kaytay tayray gaavanhaaray.
|N J| NF N, N|ml U HH NU HlU J, mNl NF M J, H
NF NU J!
So many musical measures and sub-measures are rendered in Your praise, and so
many are the singers, all sing Your virtues!
N| F F| H N H H Um v
gaavan tuDhno pavan paanee baisantar gaavai raajaa Dharam du-aaray.
J, F| m mN NF NU J, m HH: |UH N M U, J

167

' | |KmU| NU J1
The wind, water and fire praise You, and Dharamraj: god of justice, sings at Your
door.
N| |8 N |M| HF| |M| |M| H |8 v
gaavan tuDhno chit gupat likh jaanan likh likh Dharam beechaaray.
|8 N: HH U U, H M |MU J, m |Hl U |M|m HH |8U
J, J | HH NU J1
Chittar and Guptt: the two messengers of Dharamraj, whose records Dharamraj
consults, also sing Your praise. (Chittar and Guptt, the two record-keeper gods.
Dharamraj god of judgment).
N| U|H JH U| HJ| HU H v
gaavan tuDhno eesar barahmaa dayvee sohan tayray sadaa savaaray.
|Hl HF HU J - |H H|, JH, m U|ml, HU N|U NU J| HJF
MNU J1
Your adorned gods: Shiva, Brahma, and goddesses, look nice (Beautiful) singing
Your praise.
N| |UU |UUH|F U|m U| M v
gaavan tuDhno indar indaraasan baithay dayviti-aa dar naalay.
' |UU, U|ml HH JH NF NU J1
Indra, seated on his throne, sings Your praise with the other gods.
N| |H HH| mU| N| H |8 v
gaavan tuDhno siDh samaaDhee andar gaavan tuDhno saaDh beechaaray.
|H: NH| H, mF |m U mU, m H mF| H8-|8 |8, H HU
J1
The adepts in their meditation, and saints in their contemplation, sing Your praise.
N| H| H| H| N| | N v
gaavan tuDhno jatee satee santokhee gaavan tuDhno veer karaaray.
NU J H|: NH |Hl U H J, H|: H H8 |U J, H N M, m
N U: JU, |1
Those with sex-control (abstinents), truthful people, those with contentment, and
fearless warriors too, sing Your praise.

168

N| |K | |H HN HN U M v
gaavan tuDhno pandit parhan rakheesur jug jug vaydaa naalay.
|U m 8F |H|, HNl HNl , Ul HF, HH NU J1
Scholars and Rishis: Saints, and Vedas have been singing Your praise since the
time immemorial.
N| HJF|m H HJ| HN H |UmM v
gaavan tuDhno mohnee-aa man mohan surag machh pa-i-aalay.
H HJ MF M|ml HU|ml: U|ml, HN, H: |, m |mM: M, NF
NU J1
The captivating beauties: goddesses, heaven, earth and nether-regions (Bottoms
of earths) sing Your praise.
N| U mH| | M v
gaavan tuDhno ratan upaa-ay tayray athsath tirath naalay.
FU : HJH, H |l HH |mU J1
Jewels (the evolved people), created by You, along with 68 places of pilgrimages,
sing Your praise.
N| H HJM H N| F| 8 v
gaavan tuDhno joDh mahaabal sooraa gaavan tuDhno khaanee chaaray.
N H, M-JU, | U|ml U 8 'H - J 8|H, J |NHH U
HU, |UJ H N NU J1
The mighty warriors, super-heroes, minerals (produce from the mines) i.e.
everything, and all types of living beings, sing Your praise.
N| K HKM JHK N| N| v
gaavan tuDhno khand mandal barahmandaa kar kar rakhay tayray Dhaaray.
H|ml |ml, 8 U HKM: , m H HH, |N H F FN |UN UH |8
N 8MU J, NU J1
All the worlds, solar-systems, and universe, that You have created and bound in
Your Order, chant Your Glories.
HU| N| H | N HM v
say-ee tuDhno gaavan jo tuDh bhaavan ratay tayray bhagat rasaalay.
J J| NF NU J |N H 8N MNU J, m J J H| N1
Only those accepted by You can sing Your praise, and such are Your devotees.

169

J| N N| H H |8| m| N |Nm |8 v
hor kaytay tuDhno gaavan say mai chit na aavan naanak ki-aa beechaaray.
N, J |N N NU J N| |8 Nl, H l mUH | J| M HNU!
Nanak, how many more sing You, how can I contemplate on this, I cannot even
think of it!
HU| HU| HU H8 H|J H8 H8| U| v
so-ee so-ee sadaa sach saahib saachaa saachee naa-ee.
J H8 |JN JHH N|UH J, K| H8U| J m JU H J1
Only the Lord is immortal, and the real truth is He and His Name.
J | JH| H|U HH| 8 |H| 8U| v
hai bhee hosee jaa-i naa jaasee rachnaa jin rachaa-ee.
J |N |HH HH F|Um J, JF J m HU JN, |N H|UN J| JU m J|
JN1
He Who created all, is, shall ever be, and will not go away - will not end: perish.
N| N| | N| N| |HH| H|Um |H| U| v
rangee rangee bhaatee kar kar jinsee maa-i-aa jin upaa-ee.
NU| l U M |JN N-N|ml |NHHl U|ml HH U|ml Hl FU|ml J1
God has created things of the world of different kinds and styles.
N| N| U N| mF |H |H U| |KmU| v
kar kar daykhai keetaa aapnaa jiv tis dee vadi-aa-ee.
J |HUl 8N MNU J, mF| 8 U mU HFU J1
He enjoys His Creation the way He likes.
H |H HU| NH| || JNH NF HU| v
jo tis bhaavai so-ee karsee fir hukam na karnaa jaa-ee.
|HUl J 8N MNN NN, NU| N|J J| HNU |N 'Ul J| |UUl N1
He will do according to His pleasure nobody can dictate Him.
H |HJ HJ |H|J N JF HU| v
so paatisaahu saahaa paatisaahib naanak rahan rajaa-ee.
J |HJ, HJl U |HJ J1 N, H JU| H |8 |JF J| HU J1
He is the King, King of kings. Nanak, it is right to accept His Will. ||

170

mH HJM 9 v
aasaa mehlaa 1.
mH HJM |JM1
Aasaa, First Mehla.
H|F K m H N|U v
sun vadaa aakhai sabh ko-ay.
|JN H|, U|Hml HFN H NU| J K mU J1
Hearing of Your (Gods) Greatness, everyone calls You Great.
NK K K| J|U v
kayvad vadaa deethaa ho-ay.
H| |NK K J, NU| J U l UH1
But, how Great are You, only he can tell who sees You.
N|H| |U N|Jm H|U v
keemat paa-ay na kahi-aa jaa-ay.
JK| NU N|H NU| HF J| HNU, m H JK N UH J| HNU1
No one can realize Your Value, and none can tell anything about You.
NJF M J HH|U v9v
kahnai vaalay tayray rahay samaa-ay. ||1||
H JK UH HNU J, J JK |8 J| M| J NU JU J, UHF N|!
Those who can describe You, they stay absorbed in You, how can they tell! ||1||
K H H|J N|J N| NF| NJ| v
vaday mayray saahibaa gahir gambheeraa gunee gaheeraa.
H K H|J, H| NF U N|J: KW, m N|: Hl, NJ|: N|J (HHU), J1
My Great Master, You are the deep ocean of excellence.
N|U HF N NK 8| v9v J v
ko-ay na jaanai tayraa kaytaa kayvad cheeraa||1||rahaa-o.
NU| J| HFU JK 8|: m- (8U|, JU), |N N J1 J1 (J U m J
|J |J m |UH |8)1
No one knows the vastness of Your Expanse. ||1||Pause||
H| H| |H|M H| NHU| v
sabh surtee mil surat kamaa-ee.
H H|ml: H|Nl , |HM N UN| N||, J HF MU|1

171

All the worshippers worshipped You together, to know Your greatness.
H N|H| |H|M N|H| U| v
sabh keemat mil keemat paa-ee.
H ml J HF MU| |HM N N||1
All the evaluators got together and tried to evaluate You.
|Nm| |m| N NJU| v
gi-aanee Dhi-aanee gur gurhaa-ee.
|Nm, H| H |Mml, m|HJ N: K, NJU|: N-U|ml (K|ml), H
N|1
The learned people, the worshippers, such noble ones and the nobler still, tried to
know You.
NJF HU| | |M |KmU| v7v
kahan na jaa-ee tayree til vadi-aa-ee. ||2||
NU| JK| |UN |M |KmU| | J| UH H|Nm1
Whatever may be done, no one can describe even a fraction of Your Greatness.
||2||
H| H H| H| 8|NmU|m v
sabh sat sabh tap sabh chang-aa-ee-aa.
H8U|, |Hm, m 8|NmU|ml1
Truthfulness, austerity, and goodness,
|H N|m |KmU|m v
siDhaa purkhaa kee-aa vadi-aa-ee-aa.
|Hl: 8HN| Hl, U|ml |KmU|ml,
Great qualities of adepts,
|F |H| |N U|m v
tuDh vin siDhee kinai na paa-ee-aa.
N | J, JK| |N U | NU| | |H|: |H J (H8 |Nm, HN|ml), J|
HNU1
Without You, no one can find the right-path - realize You. (Sidhi - supernatural
power: ability to know Him).

172

N|H |HM J| |N JU|m vv
karam milai naahee thaak rahaa-ee-aa. ||3||
8N NH, JK| |N U M |UJ H N JU J, m NU| N (N) J|
HNU1
All this Your realization, is achieved by good deeds, Your Grace, and no one
can put any obstacle. ||3||
mF M |Nm 8 v
aakhan vaalaa ki-aa vaychaaraa.
|UJ U |8 JK NF N| N HNU J!
What can the poor fellow praise You!
|H| K v
siftee bharay tayray bhandaaraa.
|Hl U JK K U J, m JK|ml |Hl NU J1
Your treasures are overflowing with Your Praise countless praise You.
|HH U|J |H |Nm 8 v
jis too deh tisai ki-aa chaaraa.
|NH U H (8) H N J|, JK| |H J J| NN |HH JK| |HH J H1
Self-efforts can get nothing, Your praise comes through Your Blessing only.
N H8 HFJ v0v7v
naanak sach savaaranhaaraa. ||4||2||
N, H8 (JK H) J| H N H M J1
Nanak, the Truth (His Name) is the only Doer sets things right. ||4||2||
mH HJM 9 v
aasaa mehlaa 1.
N mH, HJM |JM1
Aasaa, First Mehla.
m H| |H H| H v
aakhaa jeevaa visrai mar jaa-o.
JK H U H H H| J, m J M UF H1
Chanting Your Name is my life, and forgetting it is death.

173

m|F m H8 v
aakhan a-ukhaa saachaa naa-o.
, H-H N m| NM J1
But, it is difficult to recite the True Name.
H8 H N| MN v
saachay naam kee laagai bhookh.
HN H8 H U| : 8, MN H1
If one becomes hungry (eager), for the True Name,
|U 8M|m|J U v9v
ut bhookhai khaa-ay chalee-ahi dookh. ||1||
|UJ (HH U| |) Ul HlU| J1
Then, such a hunger (Love of God) eats away all afflictions. ||1||
H |N |H H| H|U v
so ki-o visrai mayree maa-ay.
H| HU, l m|HJ H |N M,
Dear mother, then why should one forget such a Name,
H8 H|J H8 |U v9v J v
saachaa saahib saachai naa-ay. ||1|| rahaa-o.
HU |N |H H8 |JN U H J| H8 - H N N m H UF M, J1 J -
|J1
When only the True Masters True Name is the Doer, giver of the boons.
||1||Pause||
H8 H N| |M |KmU| v
saachay naam kee til vadi-aa-ee.
H8 H U| |M |KmU|,
Trying to describe the Greatness of even a fraction of the True Name,
m| N N|H| J| U| v
aakh thakay keemat nahee paa-ee.
mF M mU: |8U, J NU, N|H HN1
The people got weary of contemplating on this, but could not evaluate Him.

174

H H| |H|M N mF |J v
jay sabh mil kai aakhan paahi.
H H |HM N UHF U |J: H, N,
Even if all were to come together and try to tell,
K J W|J H|U v7v
vadaa na hovai ghaat na jaa-ay. ||2||
|JN U| |KmU| |8 NU| WJ J| N HNN1
No one will be able to add, or take away the Greatness of the Lord. ||2||
UJ H J HN v
naa oh marai na hovai sog.
HH HU J| m J| JU HN HF U| M U| J1
The Lord does not die, and there is never a need to mourn Him.
UU J 8N N v
daydaa rahai na chookai bhog.
J Ul |UU |JU J, m JU N: K, HNU J|1
He keeps on giving, and His treasures never run out.
NF UJ J J| N|U v
gun ayho hor naahee ko-ay.
Ul UU| HF JU NF J, JU N J NU| J|1
His Virtue is to give, and there is none other like Him.
N Jm N J|U vv
naa ko ho-aa naa ko ho-ay. ||3||
NU NU| JU N J|Um J, NU JN1
There has never been anyone like Him, and none will ever be. ||3||
HK m| K | U| v
jayvad aap tayvad tayree daat.
|HK K H| J, K|ml K|ml J| JK|ml Ul J1
As Great You are, so Great are Your Gifts.
|H| |U N| N N|| | v
jin din kar kai keetee raat.
H| NH N MU| |U F, M mH N MU| FU| J1
You created the day to work, and with it night to rest.

175

HH |H|J NHH| v
khasam visaareh tay kamjaat.
H NU| |UJ |HJ |UmM HMN M l J NH| J1
One who forgets such a kind Master is mean.
N H| v0vv
naanak naavai baajh sanaat. ||4||3||
N, H | U H|: HJ-|8, J1
Nanak, without His Name, a person is degraded one. ||4||3||
N NH| HJM 0 v
raag goojree mehlaa 4.
N NH|, HJM 81
Raag Goojaree, Fourth Mehl.
J| N H H|N H | N N |H v
har kay jan satgur satpurkhaa bina-o kara-o gur paas.
|JN U |m H8 U| H H|N H|, H| JK mN | J,
Beloved of the Lord the True Guru, I offer my humble prayer to you.
JH N| |NH H|N HFU| N| U|Um H N|H v9v
ham keeray kiram satgur sarnaa-ee kar da-i-aa naam pargaas. ||1||
H N| HN, H|N H|, JK| H Jl, |N NN H H U |Nm H1
The True Guru, I am an insect - a worm, seeking your refuge, kindly bless me
with realization of the Naam - the Name of God. ||1||
H H| NU H N H H N|H v
mayray meet gurdayv mo ka-o raam naam pargaas.
H |H HJl H N H|, H H U |Nm H1
My friend divine Guru, please enlighten me with the Name of the Lord.
NH| H H HU| J| N|| JH| J|H v9v J v
gurmat naam mayraa paraan sakhaa-ee har keerat hamree rahraas. ||1|| rahaa-
o.
N U |Hm |JN-H, H Fl (HmHl) U HU|: HJ, m |JN-N|
H H| U J|H: HJ| H, F H1 J - |J1
The Name of the Lord bestowed on me by the Guru may become the support of
my life, and His praise my life's true way. ||1||Pause||

176

J| H N K N K |H J| J| H J| |mH v
har jan kay vad bhaag vadayray jin har har sarDhaa har pi-aas.
|JN U H|ml U K N J |N |Hl U H |8 JU| H m J (|mH) J1
The person who loves God has great fortune, he has faith and longing for Him.
J| J| H |HM |H|J |H|M HN| NF N|H v7v
har har naam milai tariptaasahi mil sangat gun pargaas. ||2||
J| U H NN |UJ Hl| |HMU| J, m NHl U| HN U M |UJ U
|8 8|NmU|ml mU|ml J1
Such persons get satiated on obtaining the Name of Hari: the Lord, and by joining
the God-Oriented people virtues develop in them. ||2||
|H J| J| J| H H |Um NJ|F HH |H v
jin har har har ras naam na paa-i-aa tay bhaagheen jam paas.
|Hl |JN U H U HU J| H|Fm J U|NHH J HHl U H FN1
Those who have not tasted the Name of the Lord are unfortunate, they shall be
dealt with by the messengers of death.
H H|N H|F HN| J| mU |N H| |N H||H vv
jo satgur saran sangat nahee aa-ay Dharig jeevay Dharig jeevaas. ||3||
H H|N U| H HN |8 J| mU Mm J J U H|F m H|F U| mH1
Those who did not come to the protection of the True Guru in the holy
congregation, cursed are they and their hopes of living. ||3||
|H J| H H|N HN| U| | | HH|N |M|m |M|H v
jin har jan satgur sangat paa-ee tin Dhur mastak likhi-aa likhaas.
|HH |JN U HN H|N U| HN MU| J, H U H ' HH U W 8N
M |M JU J1
That servant of God who attained company of the True Guru, has such a destiny
inscribed on his foreheads (He has the luck to meet the True Guru).
HHN| |H J| H |Um |H|M H N H N|H v0v0v
Dhan Dhan satsangat jit har ras paa-i-aa mil jan naanak naam pargaas. ||4||4||
HHN J |N |HH |JN U HU (mU) |HMU J1 N, H|HN |8
HH U H|ml |HM N HH U H U |Nm JU J1
Blessed is the True: God-Oriented, congregation where one gets the taste of the
Lord. Nanak, meeting with His servants in the congregation, the Name of the
Lord is realized. ||4||4||

177

N NH| HJM v
raag goojree mehlaa 5.
N NH|, HJM Hl1
Raag Goojaree, Fifth Mehla.
NJ H |8|J UH H mJ| J| H| |m v
kaahay ray man chitvahi udam jaa aahar har jee-o pari-aa.
H H| MU| mJ N U| |N |8 J |N HU |JN m J| mJ:
|m, J1
O my mind, why do you worry for your living, when the Lord Himself is taking
care of you!
HM H|J H U N |HN mN N| |m v9v
sail pathar meh jant upaa-ay taa kaa rijak aagai kar Dhari-aa. ||1||
HH |HMl m l U mU | H|-H U N| J m |UJ U MU| J
|JMl J| |HN |m N |m J1
He created the living beings even in the rocks and stones, and supplied their
provisions before hand. ||1||
H H H| HHN| |HM H |m v
mayray maaDha-o jee satsangat milay so tari-aa.
H H H|: H|Um U | (HH) H|, H HHN N M J HlU J1
My Master (of Mayaa - worldly things: God), one who joins the True
congregation is saved.
N H|U H U |Um HN NHJ J|m v9v J v
gur parsaad param pad paa-i-aa sookay kaasat hari-aa. ||1|| rahaa-o.
N U| |N U M '8-U| MU| U| J, m HN| NHJ: MN|, | J| J HlU| J1
J1
By Guru's Grace the supreme status is obtained, and even the dry wood becomes
green: blossoms. ||1||Pause||
H| | MN H | N|U |NH N| |m v
janan pitaa lok sut banitaa ko-ay na kis kee Dhari-aa.
H|: H, |, MN, H: , |: ||, NU| | |NH U |m: mH, J|1
Mother, father, friend, son or spouse, no one is the support of anyone else.

178

|H| |H| |HN HJ N NJ H N|m v7v
sir sir rijak sambaahay thaakur kaahay man bha-o kari-aa. ||2||
HU J |UN U |HN: H|, |JN m HJ: J8lU J, H K NJU J!
The Lord provides sustenance to everyone, then why should you worry, my
mind? ||2||
K |K m H NH |H 8 |m v
ooday ood aavai sai kosaa tis paachhai bachray chhari-aa.
(|UN NH) 'K N m HlU| J HN NJ (3 H|M U |UN NJ), mF 8 | K N1
The crane flies hundreds of miles, leaving its young ones behind.
| NF M NF 8N H H|J |HH N|m vv
tin kavan khalaavai kavan chugaavai man meh simran kari-aa. ||3||
J |8ml NF U 8N |UU J, NH H |8 J| J U| HM MU| |JN
| NU| |JU| J1
Who provides feed to the chickens of a crane, in its mind it keeps praying to the
Lord for their protection. ||3||
H| | UH mHJ |H N N M |m v
sabh niDhaan das asat sidhaan thaakur kar tal Dhari-aa.
H |: ||ml (H), UH mHJ: ml, |H: |H|ml (NHl), |JN H|
JK N: J, M: M|, U|ml J (NH U 8 MF l |UN , |JN H| H|
H N N HNU J)1
All (Nine) treasures, and (eighteen) supernatural powers, are on the Palm of God.
(Leaving aside protecting the crane-chickens, You are all powerful to do every
thing)
H N |M |M HU |M HU|m m |m v0vv
jan naanak bal bal sad bal jaa-ee-ai tayraa ant na paraavari-aa. ||4||5||
=Jc - - = =| - J, - 3J 3Jc r3, =:
-= , | J|! r3 J!
O God, You are limitless and have no boundaries, Nanak is in Your service, and
is a sacrifice (Appreciation) to You countless times. ||4||5||
N mH HJM 0 H
raag aasaa mehlaa 4 so purakhu
N mH, HJM 8, H 1 (: H, |JN)1
Raag Aasaa, Fourth Mehla, So Purakh. (That Primal Being, God).

179

W H|N H|U v
ik-o
N
kaar satgur parsaade
H l m Hl |8 HU |JN H|, |HHU |Nm H8 N H| U| |N U M JU
J1
All Pervading God, realized by the Grace of the True Guru.
H |H J| |H J| mNH mNH m v
so purakh niranjan har purakh niranjan har agmaa agam apaaraa.
H : |JN, |H: UN-UH |J (|) J, J| : J|-H (HH)
| J1 J|: |JN, mNH mNH: J8 , m: m, J1
God is Immaculate, the Pure Being, Inaccessible and Limitless.
H| |m|J H| |m|J H| J| H8 |HHFJ v
sabh Dhi-aavahi sabh Dhi-aavahi tuDh jee har sachay sirjanhaaraa.
J NU| J |mU J, H J H |JN N HU J, J| H| H8 8 N
M H|1
All fix their minds on You, recite Your Name, the True Creator Lord!
H| H|m H H| H|m N U v
sabh jee-a tumaaray jee too
N
jee-aa kaa daataaraa.
H H| JK J, H| H|l H N UF M J1
All living beings are Yours, You are the Giver to all.
J| |mJ HJ H| H| U |HFJ v
har Dhi-aavahu santahu jee sabh dookh visaaran-haaraa.
H H, J| U |m (H |JN N H H), |UJ U U N M J1
O saints, recite the Name of the Lord, He is the remover of afflictions.
J| m N J| m HN H| |Nm N H |8 v9v
har aapay thaakur har aapay sayvak jee ki-aa naanak jant vichaaraa. ||1||
J| (|JN) m H|MN J, m HN | J H|1 N, |8 MNl U J-H N J|1
The Lord Himself is the Master, He Himself is the Servant too. Nanak, what can
the humble people do by themselves! ||1||
WJ WJ m| H || H| J| UN HHF v
too
N
ghat ghat antar sarab nirantar jee har ayko purakh samaanaa.
H| J H| U H |8 HU J, H |8 J, mNM H| |H H| J| H |8
HHU JU J1
You are in every heart, and in all things. You are there in all beings (In everyone

180

and everything).
|U|N U |U|N | H| H| 8H |KF v
ik daatay ik bhaykhaaree jee sabh tayray choj vidaanaa.
|UN U: U N M, |UN || J, |UJ H JK J| K 8H: K, J1
Some do charities, others are beggars. This is Your wonderful play!
m U m N H| J | m HF v
too
N
aapay daataa aapay bhugtaa jee ha-o tuDh bin avar na jaanaa.
H| m J| U m m J| |UJ Ul JKF M J, (H N H| J), H J |NH
N J| HFU1
You are the Giver of charities, and You enjoy them, I know none other (who is
all powerful).
JH m m H| |Nm NF m| F v
too
N
paarbarahm bay-ant bay-ant jee tayray ki-aa gun aakh vakhaanaa.
H| JH: H| HH- (HH) J, m m J H|, H JK |NJ
|NJ NF UHl!
You are Infinite, Your are Limitless. What Virtues of Yours can I speak of!
H H|J H H|J H| H N | NF v7v
jo sayveh jo sayveh tuDh jee jan naanak tin kurbaanaa. ||2||
|HJ J HU: H HU J H|, JK HN N J N J1
Those who serve You, Your servant Nanak is a sacrifice to them (Is in their
appreciation!) ||2||
J| |m|J J| |m|J H| H H HN H|J HH| v
har Dhi-aavahi har Dhi-aavahi tuDh jee say jan jug meh sukhvaasee.
|JN H|, H J |mU J| |mU J, J MN HH |8 H| HU J1
Those who think of You, recite Your Name, live in this world with mental peace.
H HN H HN U |H J| |m|Um H| | J| HH N| H| v
say mukat say mukat bha-ay jin har Dhi-aa-i-aa jee tin tootee jam kee faasee.
J HN J, HN J H|, |Hl J |m|Um J, J U| HHl U| lH| JJ NU| J1
They are liberated who think of You, for them the noose of death is no more.
|H | |H J| | |m|Um H| | N H NH|v
jin nirbha-o jin har nirbha-o Dhi-aa-i-aa jee tin kaa bha-o sabh gavaasee.
|Hl K-|J (HH), K-|J |m|Um J H|, J U H K HN HlU J1

181

Those who think of the Fearless One (God), all their fears go away.
|H H|m |H H|m H J| H| J| J| | HHH| v
jin sayvi-aa jin sayvi-aa mayraa har jee tay har har roop samaasee.
|Hl H HH H|m J| H|m J H|, J JU H |8 J| HH HlU J1
Those who serve, who serve my Lord, are absorbed into His Being.
H H |H J| |m|Um H| H N | |M HH| vv
say Dhan say Dhan jin har Dhi-aa-i-aa jee jan naanak tin bal jaasee. ||3||
J J, J, |Hl |JN |m|Um J, N J |MJ J1
Blessed are they, blessed are they, who meditate on God. His servant Nanak is a
sacrifice - an appreciation, to them ||3||
| N| | N| K H| |m m v
tayree bhagat tayree bhagat bhandaar jee bharay bi-ant bay-antaa.
JK| N|, N| JK| U U m J| m H J1
Filled up are numberless treasures and treasures of Your worship (Great many
people worship You).
N N HMJ| H| J| m|N mN m v
tayray bhagat tayray bhagat salaahan tuDh jee har anik anayk anantaa.
JK N, N JK J HMJF M NU| mNl J| mNl J1
Your devotees, devotees of Yours who praise You, are many, numberless, and
limitless.
| m|N | m|N N|J J| H H| |J H|J m v
tayree anik tayree anik karahi har poojaa jee tap taapeh jaapeh bay-antaa.
mNl J| mNl HH U| H NU J H|, |N H F|ml U, H NU J m
l1
Many, so very many worship You, they worship you sitting close to bon-fires (In
hard ways), and chant Your Name in many ways.
mN mN |J J |H|H| HH H| N| |N|m J NH N v
tayray anayk tayray anayk parheh baho simrit saasat jee kar kiri-aa khat karam
karantaa.
N| mNl J| mNl (|K) J U J |HH||ml, HH m |UH-F|
NN NU J NH1
|H|H| - |H|H|ml: |JU H U|ml 27 HNl1 |UJ |8 |JU H U 8 Ul U
|Nm J; HH - |JU |MH U 6 N: Hl, HM: UN, |mU, H|HN, H|HH,

182

Ul); J NH H-|H|H| mH NH: -F, U UF-MFl, HN
N-NF1
Your many, many of Your devotees, so very many read the various Simritees and
Shaastras. (Ancient religious books of Hindus). They perform rituals and
religious rites.
H N H N M H N H| H |J H J| N v0v
say bhagat say bhagat bhalay jan naanak jee jo bhaaveh mayray har
bhagvantaa. ||4||
N-HN N, J N, |H J J| N 8N J |N H |JN |m MNU J1
O servant Nanak, those devotees, only those devotees are good, who are dear to
God. ||4||
m|U m N H| HK m NU| v
too
N
aad purakh aprampar kartaa jee tuDh jayvad avar na ko-ee.
H| HM|-JH| J (H ), JK J|: m J, H N N M J H|,
JK |HK J NU| J|1
You are the Primal Being (From the beginning), Limitless, Creator, and there is
none else as Great as You.
HN HN UN HU HU UN H| |J8M N HU| v
too
N
jug jug ayko sadaa sadaa too
N
ayko jee too
N
nihchal kartaa so-ee.
H| HN HN |8 |UN, HU HU |H H| J| |UN H|, |UN H N|UH 8 N M
J1
Age after age, You have been the One, forevere and ever One, You have been the
unchanged Creator.
m HU| H| m N|J H JU| v
tuDh aapay bhaavai so-ee vartai jee too
N
aapay karahi so ho-ee.
H J 8N MNU J HU| JU J H|, H| H m NU J H J| JU J1
Whatever You like that happens, everything happens according to Your Will.
m |HH|J H U| H| m |H|H H NU| v
tuDh aapay sarisat sabh upaa-ee jee tuDh aapay siraj sabh go-ee.
H| m J| |UJ HH |8m J H|, H| m J| 8 NN |UJ NJ (HHM, H N)
|UU J1
You create the entire universe, and then Yourself destroy this Creation.

183

H N NF N N N H| H HH N HFU| vv9v
jan naanak gun gaavai kartay kay jee jo sabhsai kaa jaano-ee. ||5||1||
UH N, N: 8J, U NF NU J, |N H H N HFU J1
Servant Nanak sings the praise of the Creator (Who knows everything). ||5||1||
mH HJM 0 v
aasaa mehlaa 4.
mH HJM 81
Aasaa, Fourth Mehla.
N H|8m HK HlU| v
too
N
kartaa sachiaar maidaa saa
N
-ee.
H| 8J J H H8 H|MN!
You are the Creator my True Master!
H HU| |H| H U|J HU| J U| v9v J v
jo ta-o bhaavai so-ee theesee jo too
N
deh so-ee ha-o paa-ee. ||1|| rahaa-o.
H J 8N MN J J| JN, H H| |U H J| H U Jl1 J - |J1
Whatever You please that happens, whatever You give that I get. ||1||Pause||
H | H| |m|Um v
sabh tayree too
N
sabhnee Dhi-aa-i-aa.
H 8 JK| J, J H |mU J1
Whole of the Creation belong to You, and everyone meditates on You.
|HH |N N|J || H |Um v
jis no kirpaa karahi tin naam ratan paa-i-aa.
|Hl ' H| |N NU J, J H U HJ: J|-H|, |HMU J1
Those to whom You are compassionate, get the jewels of the Name of God.
NH| M HH| N|Um v
gurmukh laaDhaa manmukh gavaa-i-aa.
N U |m|ml (m|HN) H N |HM HlU J, mF| H HH| N M H N
N U J1
The God-Oriented people attain the (spiritual) gains, and the self-oriented ones
lose everything.

184

m| ||m m| |HM|Um v9v
tuDh aap vichhorhi-aa aap milaa-i-aa. ||1||
H| (mF| H| U M) |NH mF | |UU J, |NH mF M |HM MU J1
You (with Your pleasure) separate some from Yourself, and unite others with
You. ||1||
U|m H J| H|J v
too
N
daree-aa-o sabh tujh hee maahi.
H| U|m J (J K, m), H| 8 JK |8 HHU| JU| J1
You are the River (Vast, Limitless), and the whole of Creation abides in You.
| UH NU| |J v
tujh bin doojaa ko-ee naahi.
JK | J UH NU| | J|1
Without You, there is none else.
H|m H H| M v
jee-a jant sabh tayraa khayl.
|UJ H|-H: H HU, JK| K J1
All beings and all creatures are Your playthings.
|H|N |H|M ||m HHN| HM v7v
vijog mil vichhurhi-aa sanjogee mayl. ||2||
|HN (| U H) U N U JK M |H|Mm | |||m J|Um (H HF U
N, |N |UJ JK J| J), m HHN (|HM U mHM) U N |H|Mm J|Um
J (H HF U N)1
By the Principle of Separation one is away from You (The fellow is a
projection of You, but is separated due to not reciting Your Name). By the
principle of union, he is united with You (by reciting Your Name). ||2||
|HH HF|U|J HU| H HF v
jis no too jaanaa-ihi so-ee jan jaanai.
|HH H| mF |Nm HU J |H J J| J HF HNU J1
Those to whom You bless with the knowledge about Yourself, only they
understand You.
J| NF HU J| m| F v
har gun sad hee aakh vakhaanai.
J: m|HJ |Nm, HU J| JK NF 8U |JU J1

185

Those persons with Your knowledge, constantly chant Your praise.
|H| J| H|m || H |Um v
jin har sayvi-aa tin sukh paa-i-aa.
|Hl |JN H H|m, J H N| J1
Those who recite Your Name, get comfort and peace of mind.
HJH J| J| |H HH|Um vv
sehjay hee har naam samaa-i-aa. ||3||
m|HJ, H|JH J| H U M M| J HlU J1
Such people, effortlessly get absorbed into the Lord's Name. ||3||
m N N|m H J|U v
too aapay kartaa tayraa kee-aa sabh ho-ay.
H| m 8 m H N N M J, H N JK N| J| JU J1
You are the Creator, everything is Your doing.
| UH m N|U v
tuDh bin doojaa avar na ko-ay.
JK | J NU| UH N N HNF M J|1
There is none else who can do anything.
N| N| |J HF|J H|U v
too kar kar vaykheh jaaneh so-ay.
H| H N N N N U: HMU J, m H JU J H HFU J1
You create and watch: take care of, Your Creation. You are aware of all that
happens.
H N NH| NJ J|U v0v7v
jan naanak gurmukh pargat ho-ay. ||4||2||
UH N, N ' H N||ml U|ml |UJ |KmU|ml U |Nm J HlU J1
Servant Nanak, the Greatness of the Lord is revealed through the Guru-
Orientation. ||4||2||
mH HJM 9 v
aasaa mehlaa 1.
mH HJM |JM1
Aasaa, First Mehl.

186

| H U|M |H F| N ||J N|m v
tit saravrarhai bha-eelay nivaasaa paanee paavak tineh kee-aa.
H HH-H: U|m |8, HK |H J |N |H mN F|: H-U, HH
FU J1
We residence at that world-pool (World) where the Lord has created pleasure and
pain.
NH HJ N J| 8M JH U J K|mM v9v
pankaj moh pag nahee chaalai ham daykhaa tah doobee-alay. ||1||
H|Um-HJ U NH: |8N, |8 mN J| U, UU UU MN |UH UMUM |8
K| HlU J1
In the puddle (mud) of the worldly attachments the feet of the people are stuck
and they cannot move. In this swamp, I see them drowning. ||1||
H UN 8|H H H v
man ayk na chaytas moorh manaa.
H H - H H, |UN |JN 8 J| NU1
O my foolish mind, why you do not remember the Lord.
J| |H NF N|Mm v9v J v
har bisrat tayray gun gali-aa. ||1|| rahaa-o.
HH M N NF NM NU J1 J - |J1
By forgetting God, ones virtues rot away. ||1||Pause||
J H| H| J| |m H HN HH |Um v
naa ha-o jatee satee nahee parhi-aa moorakh mugDhaa janam bha-i-aa.
H NH ' H J, J| H8 8MU Jl, H |m J|Um | J|, H HH H
m HH| M J|Um |m J1
I have Neither self-control, nor am I truthful, or uneducated. My life is one of
foolishness and ignorance.
F| N | N| HF |H J| |H|m v7vv
paranvat naanak tin kee sarnaa jin too naahee veesri-aa. ||2||3||
| NU J N, |UJ J U| H |HM |N |Hl HH H| H| NU| MU
J|1
Nanak prays, bless me with the company of those who do not forget You. ||2||3||

187

mH HJM v
aasaa mehlaa 5.
mH HJM Hl1
Aasaa, Fifth Mehla.
U| | H UJ|m v
bha-ee paraapat maanukh dayhuree-aa.
|HM NU| J H-UJ1
This human body has been given to you.
N|U |HMF N| |UJ | |m v
gobind milan kee ih tayree baree-aa.
|UJ HH N|U: | U HMN (|JN), |HMF U| | | J1
This life is your occasion chance, to meet God.
m| NH |N NH v
avar kaaj tayrai kitai na kaam.
J N | NH J| mF1
Nothing else will give you any gain. (You wont avail anything from other
pursuits).
|HM HHN| H NM H v9v
mil saaDhsangat bhaj kayval naam. ||1||
HHN |HM N |H H H1
Join the God-Oriented congregation, and only recite the Name of God. ||1||
HH|H MN HM N v
sara
N
jaam laag bhavjal taran kai.
|UHH: mJ, N |UJ K U HHU: HH, HF U (H H)1
Make efforts to swim across this terrifying world-ocean (Recite His Name).
HH | H |N H|Um N v9v J v
janam baritha jaat rang maa-i-aa kai. ||1|| rahaa-o.
HH -H| (|m) H |J J H|Um U| N |81 J - |J1
Your life is being wasted in the worldly attachments. ||1||Pause||
H HHH H NH|Um v
jap tap sanjam Dharam na kamaa-i-aa.
H-H, |M H|J UN|, m N N, m H U NH J| N|1

188

I have not recited the Name of God, have not practiced any devoted worship, self-
discipline, self-restraint, and did not have the righteous-living.
H H H|m J| |Um v
sayvaa saaDh na jaani-aa har raa-i-aa.
Hl U| H J| N||, J| J| H|MN (|JN) HF|Um J1
I did not serve the holy ones, and failed to realize the Lord.
NJ N JH |8 NH v
kaho naanak ham neech karammaa.
N U N|JF J, |N |UJ |UJ H NH M J1
Nanak says, his deeds are deplorable.
H|F N| J HH v7v0v
saran paray kee raakho sarmaa. ||2||4||
|JN H|, H| H mU U| MH M1
My Lord, I seek Your protection, kindly preserve my honor! ||2||4||
N|U8 | : 9O v 8U| v
Kabeo-vaach baent.ee Chaupai
|UJ 8U| J, N| U| |, UH |HJ U| 8|1
Style of poetry, humble request, by the 10
th
Guru.
JH| N J U v
Hamree karo haath d.e rachhaa
H| mF J: HJ, U N H| H N1
Please, be my support and protect me .
J|U |8 N| |U v
Pooran ho-e chitt ichhaa
|UJU M H H U| mH | J HN|,
This will fulfill my desire,
8 H J JH v
T.av charnan mann rahae hamaraa
|N H H JK 8 U M H|m J1
That my mind may stay attached to Your feet.

189

m H N | v9v
Apnaa jaan karo pritpaaraa
H mF HF N H| MF N1
Take me as your own and protect me.
JH UHJ H H WJ v
Hamrae d.ust sabhay t.um ghavhu
H H | H| HN |U1 (NH, N, M, HJ, JN K UHHF J)1
Finish all my enemies. (Desire including sex, anger, greed. attachment and ego
are real enemies).
m J U H|J 8J v
Aap haath d.ae mohe bachaavhu
H| J |U: H N, m H 81
Please, protect with Your hands and save me.
H| H H | v
Sukhee basaae moro prvaaraa.
H H| H (NH, mHM| J),
May my family be ever in peace (God-Oriented people is the real family).
HN |H H N v7v
Sevak Sikh sabhae Kart.aaraa
|UJ H J |JN U HN |H (|UJ U| |m N)1
These are servants and devotees of the Lord (Protect them).
H |H N U N|U v
Mo rachhaa nij karr daae kariyaae
JHH, mF J UN: mH FN, H| H N1
Be my spport, and always protect me.
H N mH HW|U v
Sabh baaeran ko aaj sanghari-yaae
H |ml mH H HN1 (NH, N, M, HJ, JN, mHM| UHHF J)1
Destroy all the enemies, today. (Real enemies are sex, anger, greed, attachment,
and ego).

190

J|U JH| mH v
Pooran ho-e hamaaree aasaa
H| mH | J,
My wish may get fulfilled,
H N| J |mH vv
T.or bhajan kee rahay peaasaa
|N H JK H U| |mH |JU| J |UJ | J1
That my thirst for Your worship may get satiated (Quenched).
H|J |K NU| m |U v
Tumhe chhaade koee avar naa dheaaoon
H, J K N |NH J U |m l1
I may not leave You and worship anyone else,
H 8J H H v
Jo barr chahoun so T.um t.ae paaoon
H 8Jl H J l1
That, I may get from You the boons I seek.
HN |H JH |m|J v
Saevak Sikh hamaarae t.aaree-ahe
M |Hl-HNl |N H JK J1
Cross over the world-ocean these devotees and Sikhs (disciples) that belong
(Love) to You.
8| 8| H JH H|m|J v0v
Chun chun sat.ar hamarae maaree-ahe
H |U 8F 8F N H UHHF J H1 (NH, N, M, HJ, JN, mHM | J)1
Pick up my foes and destroy them. (Sex, anger, greed, attachment, ego are the real
enemies).
m J U H |U v
Aap haath dae mujhae oubar-e-yaay
H| J U N: 8 N, H| |m N1
Please, extend Your hand (help) and save me.

191

H NM N H ||U v
Maran kaal kaa t.r:aas nivar-e-yaae
H HH U K |HJ |U1
Eradicate the fear of the time of death.
JH HU JH v
Hoojo sad.aa hamaarae pachhaa
H| HU H : HJU|, F H|1
May You ever be on my side my support.
H| m|HH H N|UJ vv
Sree Asdhujj Joo kare-youhu rachhaa ||5||
H| mHH H|: |JN H| (mHH-|N U |8 M K), H| H| HUU N|1
My Lord, protect me!
| MJ H|J J v
Raakh lehu mohe Raakhan-haare
MF M |JN H| H 8 MF,
My savior Lord, protect me,
H|J H HJ|U |U v
Sahib sant sahaa-e peyaaray
Hl U| HJ|U N M |m HH| H|,
Helper of the Saints, my dear God,
U| UHJ N J v
D.een bandh: d.ushtan kae hantaa
|H|Fml U |H, UHJl U HNF M H|,
Friend of the humble, destroyer of the wicked,
HJ | 8 UH N vv
Tumho puri chat.ur dass kant.aa
H| 8Ul |ml: H| U|ml, U H|MN J1
You are the Master of the whole world.
NM |U JH v
Kaal paa-ae Br:ahmaa bapp dh:raa
N U NFJ: |JN U JNH M, JH (8 N U U) : H|,
|m

192

By the Will of God, Brahma (the creator god) came into being.
NM |U |HH m v
Kaal paa-ae Shivjoo avt.araa
HH U JNH N |H H| (H N U U) m |m1
By the Will of God, Shiva (the destroyer god) was born.
NM |U N |H NH v
Kaal paa-ae Bisnu par;kaasaa
JNH U M |H H| (MF U U) NJ JU1
By the Will of God, Vishnu (the sustainer god) appeared.
HNM NM N N|m HH v?v
Sakal kaal kaa keeaa t.maasaa
|UJ H| K J |JN U JNH U|1
This all is the play of the Will of God.
H NM HN| |H N|U v
Javan kaal jogee Siv keeo
|HH U JNH HN|H |H H| U N|,
The Will of God that created Shiva the great Yogi,
UH JH H |U v
Baedraj Br;ahmaa joo keeo
|HH HH UH JH H| FU,
God Who created Brahma the physician.
H NM H MN H v
Javan kaal sabh lok savaaraa
U JNH H MN: HH, H|m,
The Will of God that created the universe,
HHN J |J JH vcv
Namaskaar haae t.aahe hamaaraa
H HH H HHN J!
I bow to that Lord!

193

H NM H HN U v
Javan kaal sabh jagat banaayo
|HH HH H HN F|Um J,
The Lord who created whole of the world,
U U H HU v
Dev daaet jachhan oupjaaeo
|HH U, U: NHH, m H FU,
H H: UNH; m-U, U|ml N, FU1
He Who created gods, demons and demi-gods,
m|U m| UN m v
Aad. ant. aekaae avt.aaraa
|N H H m N |UN m J| m ( H) J,
One Who is the Prime-Being, from the beginning to the end,
HU| N HH|UJ JH vcv
Soee Guroo samjhey-ho hamaaraa
HH M |N J J| H N J1
Undestand that He is my Guru.
HHN |H J| N JH| v
Namaskaar tis hee ko hamaaree
J J| H| HHN J,
I bow to Him,
HNM H |H m H| v
Sakal parjaa jin aap savaaree
|N H mF| H| H: MNU|, m H N U J,
To Him Who takes care of His all beings (His Creation),
|HN N |HN H U|U v
Sivkan ko sivgun sukh deeo
J mF HNl |H H|: U|ml, U NF m H |UU J1
He bestows on His devotees god-like qualities and comforts.
H N M H N|U v9Ov
Sat.ran ko pall mo badh keeo
m UHHF M |8 H N |UU J1

194

And, He destroys the enemies (Shortcomings) in a moment.
WJ WJ N m N| H v
Ghatt ghatt kae ant.ar kee janat.
|JN H| J |UN U H U| HFU J1
God knows the mind of everyone.
M N| | v
Bhalae burae kee peer pachhanat.
J, 8N HU J |UN U U FU J1
He understands the pain of good or bad people.
8|J| N8 mHM v
Cheetee t.ae kunchar asthoolaa
N|| J| N,
From an ant to a heavy elephant,
H |N |UH|J N M v99v
Sabh parr kr;ipaa driste karr phoolaa.
J H|ml ' |N | H NN H JU J1
He is pleased to look at everyone with His Kindness.
H U U U| v
Sant.an: d.ukh paa-ae t.ae d.ukhee
HN H U| JF l J HJHH NU J1
If the saints are in pain, He feels it.
H U H N H| v
Sukh paa-ae sadh:an kae sukhee
H H H| J l J H| J1
When the saints are in comfort (Happy), He is comfortable (Happy).
UN UN N| | v
Aek aek kee peer pachhaanae
J, J |UN U U FU J1
He understands the pain of everyone.

195

WJ WJ N J J N| H v97v
Ghatt ghatt kay patt patt kee janaae
J WJ: H H| (J |UN) U, J J: J (U, KWU|) U| JM |JN HFU
J1
God knows the state of every depth of each heart.
H UN N N v
Jabb ud.karakh kraa Kartaara
HU HH UN: 8 U H, NU J,
When the Lord expands His Creation,
H UJ m v
Par;jaa dh:arat. t.abb d.aeh apaaraa
U, JK| H: MNU| (H|), NU| |NHH U| NJ J HlU| J1
Then, many types of living beings get created.
H mN N J NJ v
Jabb aakarkh karat. ho kab-hoon:
HU |N mN NU: H N |HJ |UU J,
When You dissolve (Destroy) everything,
H H |HM UJ HJ v9v
T.um maae milat. d.eh dh:ar sabhoon:
U, H UJ-|: H|, JK |8 HH HlU J1
Then, all the living beings get absorbed back into You.
H U |HH|J H v
Jaet.ae bad.an sr;iste sabh dh:aaraae
HH |8 |H H| mU J,
All the living beings that get created,
m m| 8 v
Aap aapanee boojh ouchaaraae
J |UN mF| HH mH JK NF NU J1
Each one praises You according to its understanding.
H HJ| J |MH v
T.um sabh-hee t.ae raht. niraalam
, H| H N |MH: |M (mMN), |JU J1

196

But, You stay detached from everything.
H U U m mMH v90v
Janat. baed bhaed arr aalam
|UJ NM U, U: N-|Nm|, m mMH: |U, HFU J1 (mMH m HH |
J)1
This is known to the Vedas, persons with deep knowledge, and to the scholars.
(Ved Vedas: ancient religious scriptures of Hindus),
|N ||N |M v
Nirankaar Nir;bikaar Nirlan:bh
H| H| |J, U| |J, |M: mH |J (HJH), J1
You are without a form, Pure-Being, and Self-Sufficient (Non-Dependant).
m|U m|M m|U mH v
Aad.e aneel anaad.e asan:bh
H| H J, N |J (N - HJ |J, |) J, JK H U| J|, HH |J
J1
You are Primal-Being, free from color (Unattached, Pure-Being), without a
beginning, and without being born (Self-Created).
N H 8 U v
T.aa kaa moor:h; oucharat. bhed.aa
m H JU U UHU J,
And the fools talk of His mysteries,
H N U v9v
Jaa kaou bhaev na pavat. baed.aa
|N |HHU U U J| HN1
Whose secret even the Vedas could not find.
N N| J mH v
T.aa kaou kar-e paahan anumaanat
H| FN J |JN |mM NU J1
They make a stone idol and take it as God.
HJ H N U H v
Mahaa moor:h; Kachhu bhaed. naa janat.
HJ H mNM m H| |8N U J| HFU1

197

These unwise people do not know the difference between an idol and God.
HJU N NJ HU |H v
Mahad.aev kaou kahat. Sad.aa Siv
|H H| (U) HU-|H: HU N|UH HH, N|JU J1
They call god Shiva the Immortal: God.
|N N 8| |J | v9v
Nirankaar kaa cheenat. na-he bhiv
HNM-H |J: HH, U U J| HFU1
He does not know the Truth about the Formless God.
m m| | J H| v
Aapu aapnee budh haae jaet.ee
|H| |H| |NH U| m mF| |: mNM, J,
According to the individual wisdom,
| | |J | v
Barnat. bhin:n bhin:n T.uhe t.aet.ee
|UJ mMN mMN l UHU J1
They describe God differently.
H M H|U H v
T.umraa lakhaa naa jaeae pasaaraa
JK H M: H|Fm, J| H HNU,
It is not possible to know the extent of Your Creation,
|NJ || HH H HH v9?v
Keh bidh:e sajaa pr;atham sansaaraa
|N |JMl HH |NUl |8m |Nm1
That how the universe was created to start with.
UN m H v
Aekaae roop anoop saroopaa
JK |UN J |HHM JK J H J1
You have one Form, but You adopt other unique forms as well.

198

N U NJ| v
Ran:k bhayo raav kahee bhoopaa
|N NNM, NU| mH|, m |N H F HlU J1
Sometimes You become a pauper, sometimes rich, and sometimes a King.
mKH HH HH N|| v
An:daj jaeraj saetaj keenee
J, mlK, H (N), HH: H| (NUN|), HH MF F|Um1
He set up the methods of birth through eggs, placenta (womb), and sweat (dirt),
H | J |8 U|| v9cv
Out.bhuj khaane bahur rach-e d.eenee
m H: | (J NF U N ), |UJ |: F|ml (U|UH U 8 Nl), U
M |JN 8 N |U|1 (| m U | MU J)1
And from the earth (way the plants produce), through these four methods the
Lord brought about the Creation.
NJ M H J v
Kahoon: phool raja hv;aae baaeth:aa
|N NM M ' H: JH (8 NF M), F J1
At times He becomes a King sitting on the lotus: Brahma (The god of creation),
NJ |HH|J |X HN |UN v
Kahoon: simat-e bheyo San:kar ikaaeth:aa
NU| 8 HHJ (H N) N HN: |H H| (HN - H N U U) F N N||
8 |UN N MU J1
At times He becomes Shiva (god of death), collects (destroys) His Creation and
gathers it.
HN| |HH|J |U|U m8 v
Sagaree sriste d.ikhaa-e achan:bhav
H| H|HJ| |UN m8: mH| K, F |UU J,
He shows whole of the universe as His wonderful play,
m|U HN|U H HU v9cv
Aad.e jugaad.e saroop su-yan:bhav
J |N H HH m HNl U m U |JMl HU: mF m m (| HH U)
J1
He Who has been since the time immemorial, since before the time-periods

199

(Ages), and Who is Self-Created.
m H| H N v
Abb rachhaa maeree T.um karo
JF H| H| H N1
Please, protect me now.
|H | m|H HW v
Sikh oubaare Asikh sanghro
H JK| |H|m 8MU J, |UJ 8 M1 H|J JK| |H|m J| U |UJ
HN |U1
Those who follow You save, and those who do not, destroy them.
UHJ |H v
D.usht jitae outh:vat. out.paat.aa
|H UHJ U : | JU| J ( U J)1
All the evil persons who come into being,
HNM HM N F W v7Ov
Sakal mlaechh karo ran. ghaat.aa
|UJ H HMl: |Uml , U NN H HN1
Fight with (take care) and destroy all such bad people.
H m|HH H| v
Jo Asidh:uj T.av sarnee parae
m|HH |JN H|, H JK| H m HF, K ' M U |H M, M:
|JN1
O God, those who seek Your refuge,
| N UHJ U| J H v
T.in kae d.usht d.ukhit hv;aae marae
J U | U| J N HU J1
Their enemies die miserably- painfully.
H N |J v
Purakh javan pagg parae T.ihaarae
|HJ MN JK | HlU J,
Those who surrender at Your feet,

200

| N H HNJ H J v79v
T.in kae Tumm sankat sabh taarae
H| J U|ml H|ml HHNMl JJ |UU J1
You remove all their afflictions - sufferings.
H N|M N |UN |m J v
Jo Kall-e ko ikk baar dhiaae haae
H N|M (NM |): mNM , |UN |mU J,
Those who ponder on God even once,
N NM |N|J |J mJ v
T.aa kaae kaal nikite nahe aaehaae
H J U J| mU|1
Death does not go near them. (They stop fearing death).
J|U |J H NM v
Rachhaa ho-e t.aahe sabh kalaa
JU| HU J| H JU| J1
They always get Your protection.
UHJ m|HJ J NM v77v
D.ust arist taraen t.at.kaalaa
J U UHHF m m|HJ: U, JJ |HJ HlU J1
Their enemies and sufferings go away.
|N |UH|J H|J |J|J v
Kr;ipaa d.r;iste t.an jahe nehar-e-ho
|Hl |HJ U| H : U M, UU J,
Those whom You see (consider) with mercy,
N N H J|J v
T.aa kae t.aap t.anak mo har-e-ho
J U H U M |8 NJ |UU J1
In a moment You remove all their sufferings.
|| |H| W H H JU| v
Ridh: sidh: ghar mo sabh hoee
J U W (H|: H) |8 NHl (|HHl) HlU|ml J1
Miracles descend at their homes: in their minds (Get the Blessings of God).

201

UHJ J HN NU| v7v
D.usht chhah chhav;aae sakaae na koee
m NU| UHJ J U J: , : J, J| HNU1
And evil persons cannot even go near their shadows.
UN |H H H v
Aek baar jinn T.umaae san:bhaaraa
|HH |UN | J H|Mm (H H|m)1
Whosoever recites Your Name even once,
NM H |J v
Kaal phaas t.ae t.aahe oubaaraa
H| J H U| J| 8 |Mm1
You save him from the noose of death.
|H H |J NJ v
Jinn nar Naam T.ihaaro kahaa
|HH H JK H H|m,
Anyone who recited Your Name,
U|U UHJ U J v70v
D.aarid. d.ust d.okh t.ae rhaa
J U|MU (-N), UHJl m U UF |Mml 8 |Nm1
He got saved from poverty and wants, evil ones, and from those who harmed him.
N N H H|F |J| v
Khar:ag kaet maae sarn.e T.ihaaree
M U |H M K-| (M: |JN) H|, H JK| H m |m Jl1
Bearer of flag with the symbol of Sword (Protector: God), I have sought Your
shelter.
m J U MJ | v
Aap haath d,aae laehu oubaaree
H| J U N (HJU| J N) H 8 M1
Please, help and save me.
H H JJ HJU| v
Sarab th:aour mo hohu shaaee
H| H| J l HJ|U N1

202

Kindly help me everywhere.
UHJ U MJ 8U| v7v
D.ust d.okh t.ae laehu bachaaee
UHJl, m U UF |Mml 8 M1
Save me from the evil persons, and from those who bother me.
HU v
Sv;aaeya:
N| U| |UN |NHH1
A type of poetry.
l|U NJ H H N ml J| mX v
Paanae gahae jabb t.e T.umrae t.abb t.ae kouoo aankh t.arae naheen aanyo
HU U JK 8 U mH |Mm J, H U |NH J U mH J| |Nm1
Since I have taken Your refuge, I never looked to the protection of anyone else.
H J|H N mN NJ H UN HX v
Raam Raheem Puraan Kuraan anaek kahaen mat.t. aek naa maanyo
H m H|, JH HJHU H|J, ml (|JU H N), m N H|
(HHMH| H N), mF Hl J N UHU J, |JN H|, H |UN
JK H J| J1
Avtar Rama, Prophet Mohammad, eighteen Puranas (Books of the Hindu faith),
Kuran (Qouran The Holy Book of Muslims), tell a lot about their faiths, but I
have depended only on You God.
|H|H| HH U H J U NJ JH UN HX v
Sin:mr;ite Sastr; Bed sabhaae bahu bhaed kahaaen hamm aek naa jaanyo
|H|H| (27), HH (6), m U (4), |UJ H |JU H N, |JN H|, JK
|HM U J U UHU J, H |H JK ' J| | |J Jl1
All the books of the Hindu faith tell so many secrets of the methods of union with
You, but I simply kept steady in my faith only on You.
H| m|H |N H| N| H NJX H |J X v
Sr;ee Asipaan kr;ipaa T.umree Karre maae naa kahyo sabh T.ohe bakhaaneou
m|H (|N, HH|: |JN) H|, JK |UJ HH N| JK| |HH J| J, H
m JK NF J| NU, |UJ H| m J| H NJ|Um J1
The Sword-Bearer: God, my praising You is due to Your blessing. On my own I
cannot praise You, only You make me do so!

203

UJ v
D.ohraa
|UJ UJ J N| U| |NHH1
Dodraa is a style of poetry.
HNM Um N |K N N|JU J Um v
Sagal d.uaar kou chhade kaae gaheaou T.uharo d.uaar
H UH (Um, |JNF) K N |UN JK UH |m J1
Ignoring all others, I have taken Your refuge.
l|J NJ N| MH mH N|U UH J v
Baanhe gahae kee laaj a-ss Gobind. d.aas T.uhaar
lJ | J l MH N|U (|JN) H|, H JK UH Jl1 (N|U U m N|U
|HW H| | NU J, |UJ MNU J|)1
Please Lord, when I am Your charge, please protect me!
HNM| HJM mU
raamkalee mehlaa 3 anand
HNM| HJM |H, mU1
Raamkalee, Third Mehl, Anand ~ The Song Of Bliss:
W H|N H|U v
ik-o
N
H Hl mU HU |JN H|, |HHU |Nm H8 N H| U| |N U M JU J1 I U
J HH |N |HH N UHU J NU| J|1 U U m J | (mH) |N H
|JN U| JU UHU| J1 N Hl mN J, H J| J l , J 8|H |81
All pervading God, realized by the Grace of the True Guru. 1 one, means there
is none other like God. O-ann is the Celestial Sound indicating the being of God.
Kaar or Akaar is All-Over, everywhere, in everything.
mU |Um H| HU H|N H |Um v
anand bha-i-aa mayree maa-ay satguroo mai paa-i-aa.
mU J |Nm J H| HU, H H|N H| |HM NU J1
My mother, I am in joy, I have met my True Guru.
H|N |Um HJH H| H| H|m U|m v
satgur ta paa-i-aa sahj saytee man vajee-aa vaaDhaa-ee-aa.
H|N H| l H|JH U M: mKM J|, |HM NU J, H U mU U|ml NH J|ml J1
I have found the True Guru without effort with His grace, and my mind is

204

enjoying the greetings of the bliss.
N |m HU NF mU|m v
raag ratan parvaar paree-aa sabad gaavan aa-ee-aa.
| N mF N-l, m N|ml HH HU NF mU J1
The jewels of musical measures, with other melodies of their classifications, and
their sub-measures, have come to sing the Shabad: Word of the Guru: Prophet.
HU NJ J| N H| |H| H|Um v
sabdo ta gaavhu haree kayraa man jinee vasaa-i-aa.
N|U l |H |JN H| U H U N |N |HH H H |8 |UJ (HH )
H |U J1
Sing only the Shabad: the Name of God, that has set Him in my mind.
NJ N mU Jm H|N H |Um v9v
kahai naanak anand ho-aa satguroo mai paa-i-aa. ||1||
N|JU J N, H| JU| J, H H|N |HM NU J1
Says Nanak, I am in joy, I have found my True Guru. ||1||
U H H|m HU J J| M v
ay man mayri-aa too sadaa rahu har naalay.
m H H HU J| H|: |JN H|, U M J: H H.
O my mind, always stay with God: recite His Name.
J| |M J H H U H| |HF v
har naal rahu too man mayray dookh sabh visaarnaa.
H H, J| H| U M J, |UJ J| U U N M J1
O my mind, stay with the Lord, He removes all worries.
mN|N UJ N NH H| HF v
angeekaar oh karay tayraa kaaraj sabh savaarnaa.
mN|N: H |UU J J , H NH HU J1
He becomes your companion, support, and sets right all your affairs.
H NM HH HmH| H |N HJ |H v
sabhnaa galaa samrath su-aamee so ki-o manhu visaaray.
|JN H l H J, J H M|Um |N HU!
The Lord is all-powerful and the Doer, why forget Him!

205

NJ N H H HU J J| M v7v
kahai naanak man mayray sadaa rahu har naalay. ||2||
N|JU J N, H H, HU J| H| U M J: H H1
Says Nanak, O my mind, stay always with the Lord: recite His Name. ||2||
H8 H|J |Nm J| W| v
saachay saahibaa ki-aa naahee ghar tayrai.
H8 H|J: HH, W N| J|!
True Master, what is not in Your House - Power!
W| H |N J |HH U|J H U v
ghar ta tayrai sabhu kichhu hai jis dehe so paav-ay.
W H N J, |HH H| U, J MU J1
Everything is in Your Hands, he receives to whom You give.
HU |H| HMJ | H H| HU v
sadaa sifat salaah tayree naam man vasaava-ay.
(JK| |N N M) HU J| JK| |H-HMJ: UN|, NU, m JK H
H U mU HU| U J1
(Those blessed by You) constantly praises You, and keep Your Name in their
minds.
H |H N H| |Hm H HU W v
naam jin kai man vasi-aa vaajay sabad ghanayray.
|HH H U mU H H |Nm J, JU mU m H H U J: H| m HlU| J1
The mind in which Your Name settles, there manifests great joy.
NJ N H8 H|J |Nm J| W| vv
kahai naanak sachay saahib ki-aa naahee ghar tayrai. ||3||
N N|JU J, H8 H|J, JK W N| J| J!
Nanak says, my True Master, what is not in Your Power! ||3||
H8 H H m v
saachaa naam mayraa aaDhaaro.
H m: mH, |JN U H8 H J1
My support is Your True Name.

206

H8 H m H |H| H| NU|m v
saach naam aDhaar mayraa jin bhukhaa sabh gavaa-ee-aa.
JK H8 H H mH J |N |HH H|ml HNl U|ml l |HJ |U|ml J1
Your True Name is my support, it has removed the hunger of my demands.
N| Hl| H H| m|U |Hm |H| |U H| HU|m v
kar saa
N
t sukh man aa-ay vasi-aa jin ichhaa sabh pujaa-ee-aa.
|UH H H U mU H N H m Hl| M mlU J, H|ml H |Ul |ml N
|U|ml J1
The Name has brought peace and pleasures into my mind, and has fulfilled all my
desires.
HU NF N| N |JJ |HH U|m U|J |KmU|m v
sadaa kurbaan keetaa guroo vitahu jis dee-aa ayhi vadi-aa-ee-aa.
m|HJ N H| HU N Jl, |N |Hl U|ml m|HJ|ml |KmU|ml J: (UHl U|ml)
mHl |ml NU, (H-H U|ml) l |HJU J1
I am forevere a sacrifice (Appreciation) to the Guru who has such Greatness -
fulfills desires (of meeting Him), and removes the hunger (of the Name of God).
NJ N HFJ HJ H|U J |m v
kahai naanak sunhu santahu sabad Dharahu pi-aaro.
N N|JU J, H HF, HU U M |m 1
Nanak says, listen O saints, have love for the Shabad: the Name of God.
H8 H H m v0v
saachaa naam mayraa aaDhaaro. ||4||
H8 H H mH J1
The True Name is my support. ||4||
H 8 HU | W| HN v
vaajay panch sabad tit ghar sabhaagai.
8-HU: |-N (H, F|) H Nl M W: H, |8 HU J,
The Panch-Shabad: the Godly-Music (recitation of His Name, and Scriptures)
plays in that blessed house: the mind,
W| HN HU H NM |H W| |m v
ghar sabhaagai sabad vaajay kalaa jit ghar Dhaaree-aa.
8-HU HU J H Nl M W |8, |HH |8 H| mF| NM: K (|N),
|U| J1

207

In that blessed house the Panch-Shabad: Godly-Music is there, in which You have
manifested Your Play: Kindness.
8 U |H N| NM NJN H|m v
panch doot tuDh vasse keetay kaal kantak maari-aa.
H| H U H-|H: NH, N, M, HJ, JN, N N |UU, m H U NJN: NK
(U) H |UU J1
You subdue five demons: desire, anger, greed, attachment, ego, and destroy the
pain of death.
| N|H |Um |H N |H |H J| N MN v
Dhur karam paa-i-aa tuDh jin ka-o se naam har kai laagay.
H| |Hl U NH |8 UNJ |M |U, J |JN U H U M H NU1
Those who are blessed with such a destiny by You, get attached to the recitation
of Your Name.
NJ N J H Jm | W| mJU H vv
kahai naanak tah sukh ho-aa tit ghar anhad vaajay. ||5||
N N|JU J, |UH l: H |8, H J HlU J (|N |H JK| |N J H), m m|HJ
W |8 (H mU), mJU-H: |-N (|, |, M, NH|ml, W, |U|m|U
N|ml | NF mHl1 J H, F|) H U J1
Nanak, says the peace comes to the place: mind (which is blessed by Him), and in
such a house (Mind) the Anhad: Godly music (Name of God, Scriptures)
manifests ||5||
mU HFJ KN|J HNM H v
anad sunhu vadbhaageeho sagal manorath pooray.
K Nl |M, mU H U| F| (mU UF M|) HF, |UJ H|ml |Ul |ml
NU| J1
O fortunate ones, listen to the scripture named Anand (the giver of Joy), this
fulfills all desires.
JH |Um HNM |H v
paarbarahm parabh paa-i-aa utray sagal visooray.
(|UH U M) J8 |JN J |Nm, m H HN NU J1
(With this) the Unreachable Lord has been obtained, and all the mental grumbling
(discord) has ended peace has manifested.

208

U N H HF| H8| F| v
dookh rog santaap utray sunee sachee banee.
U, N, H U NMH, H J NU J H8| F| HF N1
Pain, illness, mental-suffering have been cured by listening to the True Scripture.
H HH U HH N HF| v
sant saajan bha-ay sarsay pooray gur tay jaanee.
H-HHF HH: H, J N H| |JN |Nm NN1
The saints and associates are happy by getting from the perfect Guru the
knowledge about God.
HF | NJ | H|N |Jm v
suntay puneet kahtay pavit satgur rahi-aa bharpooray.
F| HF m M | J, |UJ F| J| H|N-|JN U M |JU
J1
The pure ones are those who listen, or recite the Gurbani: Scriptures, and through
the Scriptures they stay filled with the awareness of the Satguru: True Guru -
Waheguru (God).
|| N N 8F MN H mJU v0Ov9v
binvant naanak gur charan laagay vaajay anhad tooray. ||40||1||
N | NU J, N H|-|JN H| U 8| M|Nml (H H N||ml) mJU: |-
N, H U J1
Nanak says humbly, by staying attached to the Guru-Wahegurs (Gods) Feet (by
reciting the Name of the Lord), the Godly-Music (Celestial-Music) gets set in.
||40||1||
HUF| HJM v
Mund.aavanee Mehla Panjvaan
N HUF| |8 H |HJ H| U| F|1
By 5
th
Guru, in Raag Mun:davanee.
HUF| U m J HJ MN UF|, HJ-U N UF |UJ NH |U H m
J1 |N N N H|J |8 |U| F| U| U- N MU| J1
Mundaavani means a seal it has been sealed. It means that Gurbani in the
Holy Granth has been verified.

209

M ||8 || H U|U H H |8 v
Thaal vich t.inn:e vast.oo paee-o sat.u sant.okh veechaaro
M (N N H|J) |8 | 8|Hl J H8U| (|JN U H), H - H, m
|8 HH |8 N|1
In the plate are three things: Truth, Contentment, and Contemplation
(Thoughtfulness).
(The Holy Book has three things: Truth, Contentment, and Thoughtfulness).
m|H H N N |UU |HH N HH m v
Amrit. Naam T:haakur kaa paeo jis kaa sbhasu ad:haaro
|UH |8 HH U m|H N (mJM) H | |m J |N |HH U H mH J1
| |m, 8N| 8|H | m|H N|JU J1
Gods Immortal Name is also there which is a support to everyone.
(A nice thing is also called Amrit).
H N H N 8 |H N J|U v
Jae ko khaavae jae ko bhunchae t.is kaa ho-e ud:haaro
H NU| |UJ 8|Hl , NN (mU MF), J HN, HN J HN1
|HJ H8, H-Hl|, N-|JN |8 NHN, m HH U H
HN, J HN J HN1
One who eats these things, will be saved. (Anyone who will practice truth,
Contentment, thinking about God, and recite His Name, will be liberated).
UJ H H| J HU| | | | v
Eh vast.u t.ajee nah jaaee nit.t. nit.t. rakh ur d:haaro
|UH 8|H: H, |Km J| H HNU, |UJ HU J| H U mU 1
This thing: Name of God, cannot be ignored, always keep it in the mind.
H HH 8 M|N |m H N JH H v9v
T.amm sansaar charan lagg t.aree-aae sabhu Nanak Br;ahm pasaaro
N, H| |JN U| 8 J, m |UJ H (J: l |, |Nm |J) U|ml
N-|JN U 8| MN N HU| U| J H H, F| N HN J HU|U J1
Nanak, whole of the Creation is the Lords play, and this dark world is crossed by
taking refuge of God.
HMN HJM v
Slok Mahlaa Panjvaan
|UJ HMN, H |HJ H| U 8|m J|Um J1
This composition is by the 5
th
Guru. Slok is a type of poetry.

210

N| H J| H HN N|U| v
T.aeraa keet.aa jat.o nahee maaeno jogu keet.o-ee
H8 |HJ-|JN H|, |UJ NH N U| UN (|JH, |MmN) H| J| H| J,
|N JK|ml N||ml |HJ|ml H H|Fm J|1
O God, You enabled me to complete this task, although I did not recognize
(Appreciate) Your Blessings.
H |N|Fm N NF J| m H |UUU| v
Maae nirgun.e-aarae ko gun.u naahe aapay t.aras pe.oee
H NF |J Jl m H |8 NU| NF J|, H| m J| H H N| J (|UJ
NH NF U M|UN FF U)1
I am without any virtue, and have no merit (Qualities), but You took mercy on me
(to enable me to do this job).
H |Um |HJH| JU| H|N HHF |H|Mm v
T.arsu paeaa mehraamat-e hoee Sat.eguru Sajjan.u mil-eaa
H|N-|JN H HHF H|, H| H H , |N N N UH |U (m |UJ
NH N|Um)1
True Guru-My Lord, You took mercy, and very Kindly met me (Gave me Your
realization. I could complete this project).
N H |HM l H|l H | J|m v9v
Nanak Naamu milaae t.aan jeevaan t.anu manu theevaae har-eaa
N, H |JN U H |HM l H H|U, m (H|) |8 Jl1
Nanak, I am alive if blessed with Your Name, and then I am in blossom (Joy).

211

H|JM
|H-HMJ, |JN U NF NF1
H|JM U m J H| U N|1
|UH F| N| H|JM | N|JU J1

SOHELAA
Praise of God.
Sohelaa means the song of happiness joy.
This Scripture is also called Kirt.an-Sohelaa

N N| U|N| HJM 9
raag ga-orhee deepkee mehlaa 1
F|, N N| U|N| |8 HJM |JM
N N U H| U| 8| JU|1
The Scripture in Raag Gauree Deepakee, by First Mehla -
Composed by 1st Guru Nanak Dev.

W H|N H|U v
ik-o
N
H Hl mU HU |JN H|, |UJ |Nm H8 N H| U| |N U M JU J1
All pervading God, realized by the Grace of the True Guru.
H W| N|| m|m N N J|U |8 v
jai ghar keerat aakhee-ai kartay kaa ho-ay beechaaro.
|HH mH |JN H| U| |H-HMJ JU| J, m J |8 JU J,
The place where the praise of the Creator is chanted, and He is contemplated on,
| W| NJ H|JM |H|J |HHFJ v9v
tit ghar gaavhu sohilaa sivrihu sirjanhaaro. ||1||
H mH JU NF N 8 N-J: |JN , UU N1
In that place, sing the songs of His praise, and remember the Creator. ||1||
H NJ H | N H|JM v
tum gaavhu mayray nirbha-o kaa sohilaa.
H| H |K: |JN, U| |H-HMJ N,
Sing the songs of praise of my Fearless Lord.

212

J | |H H|JM HU H J|U v9v J v
ha-o vaaree jit sohilai sadaa sukh ho-ay. ||1|| rahaa-o.
H | Hl m|HJ| |H-HMJ |HH U M | U H |HMU J1 J1 J U
J |J, N M, N m NJ| NM |8 N1
I appreciate such a song of praise which brings eternal peace. ||1||Pause|| (Pause
means stop, stop for a while, stop and think over what has been said).
| | H|m HHM|m| UN UFJ v
nit nit jee-arhay samaalee-an daykhaigaa dayvanhaar.
JHH J| H|l U| HM NU J HH, J H N UF M | HM | NN1
God always cares for His beings, the Great Giver will take care of you, too.
U N|H| |H U NF HH v7v
tayray daanai keemat naa pavai tis daatay kavan sumaar. ||2||
|JN H|, JK U U| N|H NU| J| HNU, m|HJ U U NU| HH: HH
(mUH) N| N!
Your gifts cannot be appraised; how can anyone assess such a Giver! ||2||
H| HJ |M|m |H|M N| J M v
sambat saahaa likhi-aa mil kar paavhu tayl.
H|: HH, m HJ: HJ (HH), UNJ |M J, H| |HM N H M 8,
|JN |HM MU| H |m N (H HJ )1
M 8 - MN| |mJF U| |m| M |UJU |H M MU J1
The year and the time of union with God are predestined, prepare (encourage) me
for my meeting: realizing the Lord.
(The comparative example has been taken from the girl whose hair is oiled to
prepare her for marriage).
UJ HHF mH|H|m |H J H|J |H HM vv
dayh sajan aseesrhee-aa ji-o hovai saahib si-o mayl. ||3||
H HHF mH|Hl |U |N H mF H|J |HM l1
Bless me my friends, so that I meet my Master. ||3||
W| W| UJ J8 HU | | v
ghar ghar ayho paahuchaa sad-rhay nit pavann.
HH U |HM U |UJ HU. W W (J H ) | J| J8U, m |HMF MU|
mHl U|ml J1
The message of union with God reaches everyone, and His call for it is received
every day.

213

HUFJ |HH|m N H |UJ m| v0v9v
sadanhaaraa simree-ai naanak say dih aavann. ||4||1||
N, HN |UH HUF M: |JN, UU NU J|U l |HM U |U H J| m HlU
J1
Nanak, If we keep remembering the One Who calls: God, then the day of union
with Him surely comes. ||4||1||
N mH HJM 9 v
raag aasaa mehlaa 1.
N mH HJM |JM1
Raag Aasaa, First Mehla:
|m W |m N |m UH v
chhi-a ghar chhi-a gur chhi-a updays.
HH (Hl, |m|U, H|HN, H|HlH, UN, Ul), |UJ U N (N|M, NH,
NU, HH|, HM, |mH (|mH)), m J| N U |UJ U UH J1
There are six schools of philosophy, six their authors, and as well six types of
their teachings.
N N UN H mN v9v
gur gur ayko vays anayk. ||1||
, Nml U N |JN |H |UN m J| J |N |UJ U |UHU l U m J|1
(UH | |UN J| J H H)1
But, the Teacher of teachers is the One God only, Who has very many forms.
(Preaching is also one recite the Name of God). ||1||
H W| N N|| J|U v
baabaa jai ghar kartay keerat ho-ay.
, |HH H mH 8J HH U| |H-HMJ J,
Revered one, the system in which the praise of the Creator is accepted,
H W KU| |U v9v J v
so ghar raakh vadaa-ee to-ay. ||1|| rahaa-o.
H H N | |KmU| J1 J1
To follow that system is the true greatness. ||1||Pause||
|HU 8|Hm W|m J || | HJ Jm v
visu-ay chasi-aa gharhee-aa pahraa thitee vaaree maahu ho-aa.
|, M, W|ml, |J, |U (8U mH |U), , |UJ HJ| F HlU J1

214

|H = I5 m HNF|; 8H = I5 |H; M = 30 8H; W| = 60 M; |J = 7.5
W|ml; |U- = 8 |J (|U 4 |J, 4 |J); |l (8U U |JH |U) = I5;
= 7; HJ| = I2; l = 6
The iotas of time make seconds, minutes, hours, days, and weeks, weeks make the
months.
HH UN | mN v
sooraj ayko rut anayk.
|UUl J|, HH |UN J| J HHH NU| UMU J1
This way, the sun is one, but the seasons are many.
N N N N H v7v7v
naanak kartay kay kaytay vays. ||2||2||
N, | J| 8J |JN U NU| H J1
Nanak, the same way the Creator has His many Forms in His Creation. ||2||2||
N H| HJM 9 v
raag Dhanaasree mehlaa 1.
N H| HJM |JM1
Raag Dhanaasaree, First Mehla.
NN H M | 8U U|N |N HKM HN H| v
gagan mai thaal rav chand deepak banay taarikaa mandal janak motee,
mHH |UN M J, HH m 8UH U| J, |ml U HKM (|UN) HF |H H|
JF1 (N HJH NU U| m| UH J J)1
Sky is a plate, the sun and the moon are the lamps, and the stars are pearls. (Guru
ji is describing the Arti: lamp-worship, performed by nature).
HMmM F 8 N HNM |U M H| v9v
Dhoop mal-aanlo pavan chavro karay sagal banraa-ay foolant jotee. ||1||
(U|) J Jl 8U U| H|JN M| J, m |UJ J J 8| N J| J H|,
H| H| (J) J 8U M J, H| H H|!
HMmM: HMU U UF |8 J U H |N |HH ' 8U JU J1 mM
J1
The (burning) incense is the wind from the hill that is laden with the sandalwood-
fragrance, and this wind is the Chanwar: whisk (hair-wisp), fanning over You. All
the plants are an offering of the flowers to You, my Luminous-Lord! ||1||

215

NH| m| J|U v K | m| v
kaisee aartee ho-ay. bhav khandnaa tayree aartee.
|UJ NH| (NHM U|, NU|) m| J J| J, (|mN) HH-HHU 8F M
|JN H|, |UJ JK| m|!
What an Arti (lamp-worship) of Yours this is! The Lord, Savior from this
(fearful) world-ocean, this is Your (wonderful, natural) Arti: lamp-worship!
mJ HU H | v9vJv
anhataa sabad vaajant bhayree. ||1|| rahaa-o.
(m|HJ| H|: m|, |8) mJ-HU: NU| , U| | H J| J1 J1
(In this joy: Arti) the flute of the Anhat-Shabad - celestial-sound, is playing.
||1||Pause||
HJH J|J |J N HJH H| UN J| v
sahas tav nain nan nain heh tohi ka-o sahas moorat nanaa ayk tohee.
|UHU|ml JHl m|ml JK|ml J| J, H JK |UN | J|, |UJ JHl H
JK J| J1
Thousands of the (visible) eyes are Yours, though You have no eyes, Yours are
all these (visible) thousands of forms. (Eyes of the people are Your eyes).
HJH U |HM UN U N | HJH N |U 8M HJ| v7v
sahas pad bimal nan ayk pad ganDh bin sahas tav ganDh iv chalat mohee. ||2||
JK JHl NHM 8 J (H|J |UHU H |8, H|l U), JK |UN | 8
J| J (J-|UHU H |8)1 |UUl J|, H| | N U J, (|UHU) JK JHl N
J1 JK| |UH K H HJ |Mm J1
You have thousands of delicate feet (in the visible form), and yet You do not have
even a single foot (in invisible form). The same way, You have no nose, but you
have thousands of noses (of the people). This play of Yours has enchanted me.
||2||
H H|J H| H| J H|U v
sabh meh jot jot hai so-ay.
H U mU H|, |UJ H| J J| J (HH)1
The light (Life, soul, God awareness) within everyone, You are that Light.
|H U 8|F H H|J 8F J|U v
tis dai chaanan sabh meh chaanan ho-ay.
H H: HH, U 8F U M H|ml U mU 8F: |JN-|Nm, J1
By that Light (God), there is the light (Soul, God awareness) in all.

216

N H| H| NJ J|U v
gur saakhee jot pargat ho-ay.
N-UH (N U| |H|m) U M |UJ H (|JN |Nm) NJ J HlU J1
Through the Guru's teachings, the Light (God awareness) shines within.
H |H H m| J|U vv
jo tis bhaavai so aartee ho-ay. ||3||
H J 8N MN (H JK JNH |8 J |J J), H J| JK| m| J1
All which is going on within Your discipline, is Your Arti: lamp-worship. ||3||
J| 8F NM HNU M| H m|U H|J mJ| |mH v
har charan kaval makrand lobhit mano andino mohi aahee pi-aasaa.
JK 8 NMl U H H (H U H|) |UJ H|Jm |m J, H |U |
|UJ 8 U| J| |mH J (H HF U|)1
HNU , m J m J H: H|JU, M |8M 1
My bumblebee mind is enchanted by the lotus-feet of the Lord, day and night I
thirst for them.
|N HM U|J N H|N N J|U H |U H v0vv
kirpaa jal deh naanak saaring ka-o ho-ay jaa tay tayrai naa-ay vaasaa. ||4||3||
|JN H|, N-|J (|J) H| mF| |N U F| |U, |HH U M |UJ HU
J| JK H U M H|m J1 (|J H U |, |UN H HH H|J U| U
HU J)
Bestow the water of Your Mercy on the thirsty Nanak the weaver-bird
(papeehaa), so that he may ever stay attached to Your Name. ||4||3|| (Papeehaa:
weaver-bird, yearns for a drop of rain that falls into its mouth at a certain
auspicious moment. Guru Nank says that he is yearning like a weaver-bird, to
meet You).
N N| | HJM 0 v
raag gaorhee poorbee mehlaa 4.
N N| | HJM 81
Raag Gauree Poorbee, Fourth Mehl.
N|H N| N J |m |H|M H KM K J v
kaam karoDh nagar baho bhari-aa mil saaDhoo khandal khanda hay.
NH N U M N: H|, J |m J|Um H|, H: H|N, U |HM U M |UJ
U JJ JJ J NU (NH, N, |HJ NU)1
This town: body, got filled with sex and anger. Meeting with the True Guru, cut

217

these two into pieces (Removed the sex and anger).
| |M |M N |Um H| J| |M HKM HK J v9v
poorab likhat likhay gur paa-i-aa man har liv mandal mandaa hay. ||1||
|M NH U Ml U mH N U M HM J HF H |JN: H, U M H|Km:
H|m |Nm (M| J |Nm) J1
Due to destiny based on the deeds of the previous lives, by meeting with the Guru
the mind got fixed on the Gods Name. ||1||
N| H mHM| K J v
kar saaDhoo anjulee pun vadaa hay.
H: N , mHM|: U|U J H FH N, K J1
To bow to the Saint: Guru, with your folded hands is the act of great merit.
N| KK K J v9v J v
kar dand-ut pun vadaa hay. ||1|| rahaa-o.
(|JN ) KK N: HH| |H MJ N H JN, |UJ K J1 J1
Bow down humbly (to God), this is a deed of virtue. ||1||Pause||
HN J| H HU H|Fm | m| JH NK J v
saakat har ras saad na jaani-aa tin antar ha-umai kandaa hay.
HN: HHl, |JN U H: H, U HU J| H|Fml |N H J U mU JH
U NK: JN, J1
The worldly people fail to enjoy the love of God, because they have ego.
|H |H 8M|J 8 U |J HHNM HJ|J |H| KK J v7v
ji-o ji-o chaleh chubhai dukh paavahi jamkaal saheh sir dandaa hay. ||2||
m|HJ MN H| |8 JH NN U| |JU J, m |UJ |H ' H U KK H|JF
U J1
In their lives, such people keep suffering due to ego, and they have to bear death.
||2||
J| H J| J| |H HHF U HH HF K J v
har jan har har naam samaanay dukh janam maran bhav khanda hay.
HH U |m: NH, |JN-H |8 M| |JU J, |UJ U : HH, |8
HH-HF U 8N U U N|Jm HlU J1
The devotees of the Lord stay absorbed in His Name, and their pain of the cycle
of birth and death in the world ends.

218

m|H| |Um HH J H K JHK J vv
abinaasee purakh paa-i-aa parmaysar baho sobh khand brahmandaa hay. ||3||
|UJ HU-mJM : |JN, |HM HlU J, m |UJ H| U|ml |8 |UH U
J1
They find (Realize) the Immortal-Being: God, and get honored throughout the
world. ||3||
JH N| HHN| J| K K J v
ham gareeb maskeen parabh tayray har raakh raakh vad vadaa hay.
|JN H|, N| m HHN| H JK J| Jl, H| K K J, H| |UH H|!
Though helpless (poor) and meek, I belong to You, Greatest of the great, please,
save me!
H N H m JN J J| H J| H HK J v0v0v
jan naanak naam aDhaar tayk hai har naamay hee sukh mandaa hay. ||4||4||
JK HN N JK H J| mH-HJ J, m JK H J| H (HK:
H|m J|Um) J1
To Your devotee Nanak, Your Name is the sustenance and support, from Your
Name he gets peace - comfort. ||4||4||
N N| | HJM v
raag ga-orhee poorbee mehlaa 5.
N N| | HJM Hl1
Raag Gauree Poorbee, Fifth Mehla.
N | HFJ H H| H JJM N| M v
kara-o baynantee sunhu mayray meetaa sant tahal kee baylaa.
| NU Jl HF H |H H|, |UJ M (H|) Hl: 'H Hl, U| H U J1
Friends, listen to what I say, now is the time (this life) to serve the saints - God-
Oriented persons (To get their blessings to realize God).
U|J |J 8MJ J| MJ mN H HJM v9v
eehaa khaat chalhu har laahaa aagai basan suhaylaa. ||1||
|UH HN |8 J|-H U MJ J N (H H N) H, l H mN HF H J H1
Recite the Name of the Lord in this world, so that you stay in peace after death -
in the next world. ||1||

219

m WJ |UH F v H N |H|M NH H v9v J v
a-oDh ghatai dinas rainaaray. man gur mil kaaj savaaray.||1||rahaa-o.
|U- JU H WJU| J1 H, N H| |HM: H H, l H |UJ NH H UF1
J1
The life passes day and night. My mind, meet the Guru so that he sets the things
right: attaches you to the recitation of the Name of God. ||1||Pause||
|UJ HH |N HH H|J |U JH |Nm| v
ih sansaar bikaar sansay meh tari-o barahm gi-aanee.
|UJ HH U H| m N H |8 |JU J: J |N J|, JH-|Nm| - |Hl
|JN U |Nm J, J |UH HH-HHU HlU J1
This world stays in doubts: God is or not, but those who understand Him cross the
world-ocean.
|HH|J HN|U |m |UJ H mN N || H| v7v
jisahi jagaa-ay pee-aavai ih ras akath kathaa tin jaanee. ||2||
|HH mNM H| H U| |U HN N mF H U H |m |UU J: J H
H NU J, J |JN H| U| U | N U |Nm J HlU J1
Those, whose doubts get removed by the Grace of the Lord, He attaches them to
the recitation of His name, and they come to know the Mysteries of His. ||2||
H N mU HU| |JJ J| N H|J H v
jaa ka-o aa-ay so-ee bihaajhahu har gur tay maneh basayraa.
|HH NH mU J HU| |JH: HU N (H H), N H| U| |N U M HH H|
JK H U mU HFN1
Make the deal for which you have come to the world (Recite the Name of God),
and through the Grace of the Guru the Lord will settle in your mind.
|H W| HJM J H HJH J| J|UN vv
nij ghar mahal paavhu sukh sehjay bahur na ho-igo fayraa. ||3||
H| mF W-H|JM: mH |H |JNHM J HlU J, H m H|JH-H
N MN, m JK HH-HF U N H J HN1
You will attain the state of union with God with ease and without botherations,
and your cycle of birth and death will end. ||3||
mHH| | H H N| v
antarjaamee purakh biDhaatay sarDhaa man kee pooray.
H U|ml F M, NH FF-M H|, H U| H | N M H|,
The Knower of the Mind, the Maker of the Destiny, the Fulfiller of

220

Desires,
N UH |UJ H HN H N N| H N| v0vv
naanak daas ihai sukh maagai mo ka-o kar santan kee Dhooray. ||4||5||
JK HN N, |UJ J| H HNU J |N |UJ H| |N NN H-8 U| |U:
NHl U H|, F |U H|1
Your devotee Nanak begs for Your blessings to make him the dust of the feet of
the saints - put in his heart the love of the Lord. ||4||5||

221

HU JH
H HJM 8U W 9 v
maajh mehlaa 5 cha-upday ghar 1.
H N mH U H| U| F|, N H, 8 8 N|ml U HU, N U |JM W1
J |UJ JH, |M JH J1
SHABAD HAJAARAE
The Bani (Scripture) of Fifth Guru Arjan Dev, in the Raag (Musical measure) called Maajh,
Chau-Padas (Four lines per Hymn), First House of Raag.

H H M8 N UH U| v
mayraa man lochai gur darsan taa-ee.
H H N HJH H| (|UJ U |, 8 N HUH H|) JK UH H lW |J
J1
My mind longs for meeting the Guru (Guru Arjun Dev, not yet a Guru, expresses
his desire to meet his father Guru Ram Das).
|M N 8|N N| |mU| v
bilap karay chaatrik kee ni-aa-ee.
|UJ, |J (|J) l lW |J J1 (|H |J: |UN | |UJ, H H N U H|J
U| U H NMU J)1
It is anxious like the rain-bird (Weaver-bird, Papiha: Papeehaa, Beehaa, or
Bambeehaa It keeps eager to have a drop of rain at a special auspicious
moment).
| Hl| m | UH H |m H| v9v
tarikhaa na utrai saa
N
t na aavai bin darsan sant pi-aaray jee-o. ||1||
(H |J l |N |HUl H|J U| U | J |MNU J) H| |mH J| U| m Hl|
J| mU|, |m H (N-|) H| U UH U N1
I am thirsty and have no peace without meeting the revered Saint (my Guru-
Father). ||1||
J WM| H| W|M WHU| N UH H |m H| v9v J v
ha-o gholee jee-o ghol ghumaa-ee gur darsan sant pi-aaray jee-o. ||1|| rahaa-o.
H H (N |) U UH | , H| | Hl! J1 J U m J |N N, m
' NJ |8)1
I am a sacrifice (Love-lost, eager) for meeting the Saint (Guru-Father). ||1||Pause||
(Pause means wait, and contemplate on what has been said above).

222

H HJ H| HJH | F| v
tayraa mukh suhaavaa jee-o sahj Dhun banee.
JK H UH, HU (HM|) J, m JK| F| U| | H|JH-Hl| HU| J1
(JK M HF N H Hl J N mU |8 m HlU J)1
Your face (Meeting you) is so impressive, and your speech is peace and joy
giving.
|8 Jm U H|NF| v
chir ho-aa daykhay saaringpaanee.
() H|NF| (HH, |-HH) H|, JK UH N||ml HU J NU| J1
H|NF| |H U |N |HH U J |8 NH J: MF M, |JN1 |UJ,
(N) mH U H| mF | N HUH H| mF HU-| U |8 |M J
J1
(But) my Lord -Guru-Father, it has been since long that I met you. (I long to see
you).
H UH HJ |Hm H HHF H| H H| v7v
Dhan so days jahaa too
N
vasi-aa mayray sajan meet muraaray jee-o. ||2||
J UH (l) J |N |H H| HU J, H HHF, |H, H (N, |-N)
H|1
H H H U NHH HF M, N|H H|, J |JN1
Great blessed is the place where you are (Live), my friend, companion, and my
lord (Guru-Father). ||2||
Muraaray There was a demon called Mur. Sri Krishana killed him and got
the title Muraaree. Here, it means God.
J WM| J W|M WHU| N HHF H| H H| v9v J v
ha-o gholee ha-o ghol ghumaa-ee gur sajan meet muraaray jee-o. ||1|| rahaa-o||
H | Hl, N Hl, mF HHF, |H, N (N-|) 1 J1
I am a sacrifice - an appreciation, to my friend and companion lord (Guru-Father).
||1||Pause||
|UN W| |HM N|MHN J v
ik gharhee na miltay taa kalijug hotaa.
(H|NUN N | H|) H H| |UN W| | J| H| |HMU l HU H| |N NMHN -
H N, m |Nm J1
When I could not see you even for a short while, it was a dark-age a hard time,
for me.

223

J|F N|U |HM|m |m N v
hun kad milee-ai pari-a tuDh bhagvantaa.
JF NU JK UH JFN, |m N (UMHU, |JN, |-N) H|!
When shall I meet you now, beloved Lord (Revered father)!
H|J |F |J |U m | U N U H| vv
mohi rain na vihaavai need na aavai bin daykhay gur darbaaray jee-o. ||3||
H| |U| J|, |U mU| J| H|, | U N-U (N | H| U| JH|
|ml)1
My night does not pass, and sleep comes not, without being in the presence of the
Guru: Prophet (Guru-Father). ||3||
J WM| H| W|M WHU| |H H8 N U H| v9v J v
ha-o gholee jee-o ghol ghumaa-ee tis sachay gur darbaaray jee-o. ||1|| rahaa-o.
| Hl H|, |MJ Hl H, |UH H8 N-U 1 (|-N U H8 U )1
J1
I am a sacrifice, sacrifice I am, to this true court of the revered Guru. ||1||Pause||
N Jm N| H |HM|Um v
bhaag ho-aa gur sant milaa-i-aa.
H| 8N| |NH J NU| |N N-H (H-|) H| U HM J|Um1
It is my good destiny, that I have met the Saint Guru (The Saint-Father).
m|H| W H|J |Um v
parabh abhinaasee ghar meh paa-i-aa.
HU HMH (|-HH) W J| |HM U1 (|UJ 8 HU 'U 8|m |N HU
N mH U H| MJ H mU | U UH N|)1
HmH|: H|MN, |JN, |-HH1 m|H| H-|J, HU-HMH1
J NUH mF | H| HH N|J |J J1
I met Immortal Prabhu at home. (Prabhu - The Master: father, met Guru Arjan
Dev on his return from Lahore. At every step the son is calling his father a God).
H N| M 8H | H N UH H H| v0v
sayv karee pal chasaa na vichhurhaa jan naanak daas tumaaray jee-o. ||4||
N N|JU J, H Nl, |-M: |, |l (N-| H|) H JK HN Jl1
I will serve You forevere, and shall never be separated from You even for an
instant. Servant Nanak is Your slave, O beloved Master. ||4||

224

J WM| H| W|M WHU| H N UH H H| v J v9vcv
ha-o gholee jee-o ghol ghumaa-ee jan naanak daas tumaaray jee-o. rahaa-o.
||1||8||
H | Hl, |MJ| Hl, N JK U, JK HN J (N-|) H|! J1
I am, a sacrifice - an appreciation I am, Nanak is yours and in your service (my
Guru-Father). ||Pause||1||8|| (This 4
th
Hymn is his thanks after his return from
Lahore).
H| HJM 9 W 9 8U
Dhanaasree mehlaa 1 ghar 1 cha-upday
|JM N N U H| U| F|, N H| |81 8 Ul U| N|, |JM W (|UJ
N| U| |NHH J)1
Scripture by the First Guru Nanak Dev, in the musical measure called
Dhanaasaree. Four lines per stanza, First House (This relates to the musical
measure).
ik-o
N
kaar sat naam kartaa purakh nirbha-o nirvair akaal moorat ajoonee saibha
N

gur parsaad.
|UN H8U| (HU-HMH) H-|mN |JN J, H N |UJU N| JU J, |UJ
|K, |J, NM (N, H) |J, HH-HF U 8'N |J J, mF m
m U J|Um J, m |UH mHM|m U| HH N HJH J| (|JN H|) mF| |N
N N HU J1
N N H| m J| |JM N H, |UH MU| |U N U m |JN J1 |UJ
HMH J, m |UJU ml |8 HU , mMN mMN l, m J||Nml |8
N HNU J. H U HM m HH8 |UN J| J1
A Truth (Immortal) is the All Pervading God, He is the Creator, Fearless, Free
from Hatred, Not Controlled by the Time (Time, death), Beyond the Cycle of
Birth and Death, Self-Created, and this is understood by His Kindness.
Guru Nanak himself was the first Guru, and so here the Guru means God. This
stanza is known as the Mool-Mantar (The Basic-Formula). The words and
expressions used in its translation may have some variation from place to place
and author to author, but the basic thought and meanings remain the same.
H| K J mF N |H N| N v
jee-o darat hai aapnaa kai si-o karee pukaar.
H H KU J, H |NH U mN N Nl!
My mind (Soul) is afraid, where should I make an appeal (Plead)!

225

U |HF H|m HU HU U v9v
dookh visaaran sayvi-aa sadaa sadaa daataar. ||1||
H U U N UF M HU U U (U|, HH) J| UU N| J (|UH U mN J|
mUH N|| J, J NF J HF M H!)
I remember Him who relieves all the afflictions, and always is a Giver (of the
boons. I have prayed to God, who else is there to listen to me!). ||1||
H|J H | HU HU U v9v J v
saahib mayraa neet navaa sadaa sadaa daataar. ||1|| rahaa-o.
H H|J HU J| l- ( |8, |Um NF M), m JHH J| U J (H N
UF M)1 J1
My Master (God) is new forevere (In joy, ready to give), and always gives (the
boons). ||1||Pause||
m|U H|J H|m m| KU H|U v
an-din saahib sayvee-ai ant chhadaa-ay so-ay.
|U |JN H|U (UU N|U, |UJU H H|U m N|ml N|U), |N H m
M |UJ N J| KU J1
HF M|Nml, m U| UNJ |8 U U -l U HM U N, N| H-H
J| HJU| JU J1
Day and Night serve the Master (God. Recite His Name, and do the good deeds),
because only His recited Name comes to help at the end. (He takes care at the
time of death, and also when the person is judged).
H|F H|F H| NHF| | J|U v7v
sun sun mayree kaamnee paar utaaraa ho-ay. ||2||
|m| NHF - HU|: H H, mH, HF HF N - |JN H| U H H N,
HU|U J1
- , U HH-HHU HlU J, |Hm HlU J, H| HM
J HlU J, H N HJ| J HlU J1
My dear beauty (Mind, soul) by hearing (Reciting His Name), one crosses the
world-ocean. (He gets redeemed: liberated, this life becomes a success) ||2||
U|UmM |H v
da-i-aal tayrai naam taraa.
|NM H| (HH) H H N (U|ml U N HHU) HlU Jl (HN J
HlU Jl)1
O Merciful Lord, I cross the world-ocean by the recitation of Your Name (I get

226

liberated).
HU NF H v9v J v
sad kurbaanai jaa-o. ||1|| rahaa-o.
H HU J| | HlU Jl1 J1
I am forevere a sacrifice (An appreciation) to You. ||1|| Pause||
H H8 UN J UH J| N|U v
sarbaN saachaa ayk hai doojaa naahee ko-ay.
J l (H H8) |H |UN J| (HH) J, m UH NU| J J|1
All over (The Greatest Truth) there is only the One (The True Lord), and nothing
else.
N| H H N H N U| N vv
taa kee sayvaa so karay jaa ka-o nadar karay. ||3||
HH U| H (H H) J J| NU J |N |HH J mF| |HJ U| H (|N)
N U1
Only he serves God (Recites His Name), who is blessed by Him to do so. ||3||
|m N J v
tuDh baajh pi-aaray kayv rahaa.
J |m (|JN) ( UU N| |) |NUl |Jl!
O the Loved One (God), how can I live without (remembering) You!
H |KmU| U|J |H |H M|N Jl v
saa vadi-aa-ee deh jit naam tayray laag rahaa
N
.
m|HJ| |KmU| (|H) U N U |N H HU Jl1
Bless me with such a virtue (Goodness, quality), that I keep remembering You.
UH J| N|U |HH mN |m H|U NJ v9v J v
doojaa naahee ko-ay jis aagai pi-aaray jaa-ay kahaa. ||1|| rahaa-o.
NU| UH J| ( N) |m H|, |N |HH U mN H N | Nl (|N H H U
M H U)1 J1
There is no other O Beloved (God), to whom I may go and pray (to attach me to
Your Name). ||1||Pause||
H| H|J mF m H8 N|U v
sayvee saahib aapnaa avar na jaacha
N
-o ko-ay.
mF H|J (H|MN, |JN) U| H NU Jl1

227

HH H NU, H HU Jl m J |NH NM | J| NU |N H H
U1
I serve my Lord (Recite His Name), and ask none else (to bless me with His
Name).
N N UH J |U |U 8 8 J|U v0v
naanak taa kaa daas hai bind bind chukh chukh ho-ay. ||4||
N, |JN U HN J, |UJ HH |U |U (|U: , M ) 8 8 (
) JU J - N N N JU J, | HlU J1
Nanak is His slave; and sacrifices (himself on Him) piece by piece, bit by bit ||4||
H|J H |JJ |U |U 8 8 J|U v9v J v0v9v
saahib tayray naam vitahu bind bind chukh chukh ho-ay. ||1|| rahaa-o. ||4||1||
H|J (H|MN, HH) H |JJ (H ) |U |U 8 8 ( N N
N) JU Jl! J1
O Master (God), I am a sacrifice to Your Name (bit by bit. ||1||Pause||4||1||
|MN HJM 9 W
tilang mehlaa 1 ghar 3
F| |JM N N U H| U|, |MN N U |H W |81
Bani (Scripture) by First Guru Nanak Dev, in third House of the musical measure
named Tilang.
W H|N H|U v
ik-o
N
|JN J l m J 8|H |8 J, |UJ HH H|N-|JN H| U| |N U M mU|
J1
God is present all over and in everything, and this is understood by the Grace of
Satguru (True Prophet, God).
|UJ H|Um |Jm |m M| M| NU v
ih tan maa-i-aa paahi-aa pi-aaray leet-rhaa lab rangaa-ay.
|m - |JN H|, |UH H| (H) H|Um U| J (F) U N |UJ M| (MM8)
U N 8 |Mm J1
|Jm J, F1 l H N N HJF N 8, |UJ |JMl JN| N U|
F 8 N N |U HlU J1 |UH H H|Um U N 8|m J|Um J1
This body (Mind) has been given a mordant (Conditioning) of Maya (worldly
attachments, mundane), and it has been dyed in greed.
The mind is deeply colored by the worldly attachments.

228

Mordant This is a chemical treatment to the uncolored raw cloth so that it
may pick up color nicely.
H N 8M |m |N HH HU v9v
mayrai kant na bhaavai cholrhaa pi-aaray ki-o Dhan sayjai jaa-ay. ||1||
N - | - |-HH, |UJ 8M (N - H H H|Um |8 |Hm J|Um J)
8N J| MNU, |m H| (NH) UH |UJ |UH|, H H H|Um U N |8 J,
| U HH |NUl H! - H H |NUl N!
MM8 U M H U M H J| J HNU1
(Dear one, God-Oriented friend) when the Husband (Lord) is not pleased with
these clothes - mind attached to the worldly things, then how can bride (This
mind, soul) go to His bed (Recite His Name)! (With the mind attached to the
worldly things, it is not possible to recite the Name of God). ||1||
J N H |HJ J N H v
ha
N
-u kurbaanai jaa-o miharvaanaa ha
N
-u kurbaanai jaa-o.
H N Jl |NM H| (HH), |MJ| Jl H1
I am a sacrifice (An appreciation), O Merciful One (Lord), I am a sacrifice to
You.
J N H | N M| H v
ha
N
-u kurbaanai jaa-o tinaa kai lain jo tayraa naa-o.
H N Jl J |N H H HU J1
I am a sacrifice to those who recite Your Name.
M| H | N J HU N H v9v J v
lain jo tayraa naa-o tinaa kai ha
N
-u sad kurbaanai jaa-o. ||1|| rahaa-o.
H H HU J , J H HU (HU J|, H |) N Jl1 J1
Those who recite Your Name, I am forevere a sacrifice (Appreciation) to them.
||1||Pause||
N|Um |F H |m |m U|m HH| v
kaa-i-aa ranyan (rankgan) jay thee-ai pi-aaray paa-ee-ai naa-o majeeth.
|m H|, H N H| F M (H U| |M MF M, m |JN) F H,
H U HH| (N) N |HM HlU J1
HH| - |UN J 8 N|m N MM N1
Dear one, if the Lord becomes a dyer (Giver of His Name), then the body (mind)
gets the Majith color of His Name. (Majith an organic, fast, red color. God
blesses him with the fast attachment with His Name. If God Himself becomes the

229

giver of His Name, then He gives deep attachment to it. If we want to get attached
to Gods Name, then deep attachment can be had only by His Mercy).
F M H H|J mH N K| v7v
rank.an vaalaa jay rank.ae saahib aisaa rang na deeth. ||2||
(m H) NF M H|J HH, m N U: H U N, m|HJ N - H
U |m, J |N |UHU J|1
(And) if the Lord Himself gives the dye - attaches to His Name, then such a color
- deep attachment to His Name, will not be had from anywhere else. ||2||
|H N 8M |m N | N |H v
jin kay cholay rat-rhay pi-aaray kant tinaa kai paas.
|m H|, |Hl U 8M (H) N J|U J: H N U M, N (HH-|) J U
NM |JU J1
Dear one, those who have such dyed clothes (His Name is in their hearts: minds),
they have the Husband (God) with them.
| | N| H |HM H| NJ N N| mU|H vv
Dhoorh tinaa kee jay milai jee kaho naanak kee ardaas. ||3||
N H| mUH-| NU J |N |JN H| H m|H|Jml: H U M |Nml, U 8
U| |U1
|N N H m|HJl H |Nml U | HNl, m|HJl U 8 U| mF H
Ml1
Nanak prays, O God, bless me with the dust of the feet of such persons persons
who are deep in the love of Your Name. ||3||
m HH m N m U| N|U v
aapay saajay aapay rangay aapay nadar karay-i.
m 8U: U NU J, m NU - H U |m HU J, m m J| U|: |HJ
U| H, NU J1
m |H|H NU J mF |m MF U|, m HH U H H UF U|1
He Himself creates, gives His love, and as well blesses us blesses with the love
of His Name, and as well with the worldly comforts.
N NH|F N m J| |U v0v9vv
naanak kaaman kantai bhaavai aapay hee raavay-ay. ||4||1||3||
N H| N|JU J |N H N HU| (H |Nm H, mH) |: |-HH, 8N|
MN H (H-UN| J H), l J m J| |UJ HH N mF MU J1
Nanak says, if the bride - soul, God colored mind, pleases the husband (The

230

Lord), then He accepts her - approves the worship of such a being. ||4||1||3||
|MN H: 9 v
tilang mehlaa 1.
N |MN |8 |JM N N U H| U| F|1
Bani (Scripture) by First Mehla Guru Nanak Dev, in the musical measure
called Tilang.
|Um|U H N|U N|J v
i-aanrhee-ay maanrhaa kaa-ay karayhi.
m 8| ( HH) HF NJU MU| NU| J!
O child (Ignorant), why are you so proud?
m W| J| N N| HF|J v
aapnarhai ghar har rango kee na maaneh.
mF W (H |8 |JN N) |JN U H |N J| HFU|!
Why do you not enjoy the love of the Lord, at your home? (Why dont you recite
the Name of God in your mind?)
HJ NHM|U J |Nm |J v
saho nayrhai Dhan kammlee-ay baahar ki-aa dhoodhayhi.
m M| m (mH, H), H|MN (H|, |-HH) NM J, m J N|
MU| J!
O foolish bride (Mind, soul), your Master (Lord) is close to you, what are you
searching outside? (O my mind, do not run about, and concentrate on God)?
N|m U|J HMU|m F| N N| H|N v
bhai kee-aa deh salaa-ee-aa nainee bhaav kaa kar seegaaro.
(m UMJ, mH, H) ml |8 HH (|-HH ) K U - |N NU| H NH
J| N, 8|NmU|ml J| N|ml J, m mF m H U M |HN - H U
mU U |m F, H H1
(O soul, mind,) put into your eyes the eye-powder of fear fear of God, and
decorate yourself with the love love of the Lord (Recite His Name). (Fear of
God not to do anything wrong, and to do everything right).
In India, eye-powder or lamp-black is used to beautify the eyes.
HJN|F HF|m MN| H HJ |m v9v
taa sohagan jaanee-ai laagee jaa saho Dharay pi-aaro. ||1||
l HJNF: |mJ| MNU|, HF (H, mH, U M H J|U), H mF HJ: |,

231

|JN, U M |m U| J - H H, H N1
Then, you shall be known as married (Mind and soul attached to God) if you have
love for the Master: God (You recite His Name). ||1||
|UmF| M| |Nm N H N v
i-aanee baalee ki-aa karay jaa Dhan kant na bhaavai.
mFHF MN (H, mH) N| N, H || (mH) H|MN: |, HH, HH
J!
What can the ignorant girl (Mind, soul) do, if this bride (Mind, soul) is not
accepted by her Husband (The Lord)!
NF MJ N J H HJM v
karan palaah karay bahutayray saa Dhan mahal na paavai.
() MJ (M, |) N, m|HJ| JJ| (mH |N H HH HH J|) JU
H|JM| H J| HNU| JU N J8 J| HNU|1
mH |N H |JN J| JU|, JU W J| H HNU| J HH U
UH J| JU1
Such a bride (Soul not accepted by God) may implore: beg and request, she will
not be allowed to enter the building go into the presence of God.
|F NH |N U|m J| H J v
vin karmaa kichh paa-ee-ai naahee jay bahutayraa Dhaavai.
| H|l (|NHH) U N | J| |HM HNU, NU| |N| J| H-U |N N
M1
Without destiny nothing is obtained, however one may run about (and try the
best).
M M mJN N| H| H|Um H|J HHF| v
lab lobh aha
N
kaar kee maatee maa-i-aa maahi samaanee.
(|UJ UMJ: H, mH), 8H|Nml (F-|F U HU), MM8, m JN (WHK, JH)
|8 HH, U|m U|ml |Ul |8 K| U| J1
M: M HJ, F |F U HU1
(She: bride mind, soul) is filled with desires (tastes of the eatables etc.), greed,
ego: pride, and is attached to the worldly things.
|U| | HJ U|m J| U| NH|F |UmF| v7v
inee baatee saho paa-ee-ai naahee bha-ee kaaman i-aanee. ||2||
|UJ NHF (HU|: H, mH) l |UmF|: mNM, F| JU| J, |UJ NMl (8H|Nml,
MM8, JN) U M HJ |-HH, J| |HMU1

232

The bride (Mind, soul) lacks wisdom, the husband (God) cannot be obtained with
these things (Desires, greed and ego). ||2||
H|U J HJNF| J |N| | HJ U|m v
jaa-ay puchhahu sohaaganee vaahai kinee baatee saho paa-ee-ai.
H HJNF J (|mJ|ml, U M H NH), J (J ) H N , |N |N NMl
U M HJ (|-HH) |U|U J - JU| H| |NUl MU| U| J1
Go and ask the married ones (God-Oriented) as to by which deeds the husband is
attained - God is realized.
H |N N H M N| H|m |JNH| JNH 8NU|m v
jo kichh karay so bhalaa kar maanee-ai hikmat hukam chukaa-ee-ai.
(J NH UHFN |N H F J l) J H N J 8N N N H|U,
mF| 8H|-8MN| mF| HH| U N UU|U - HH U JNH |8 m HU|U1
(Those God-Oriented people will tell that to attain God) we should accept as good
whatever He does, and stop our own cleverness and will.
H N |H U U|m 8F| |8 MU|m v
jaa kai paraym padaarath paa-ee-ai ta-o charnee chit laa-ee-ai.
(m) |HH U |m U M U (H, 8|H, H) U|U J, JU 8 U M H
H N |U - HH |m|U, JU H H|U1
(And) by loving whom we obtain the real thing (God, His Name), we should fix
our minds at His feet - remember Him, recite His Name,
HJ NJ H N|H H U|H mH HM MU|m v
saho kahai so keejai tan mano deejai aisaa parmal laa-ee-ai.
H | (HH) U JNH J J N|U, mF H JU JM N UU|U - |
l JU JNH |8 m HU|U, m|HJ HM (H|JN, H) MU|U - mH NF U N
MU|U1
HM H, H|JN1
We should do what the Husband (God) tells, and offer Him our bodies and minds
(Service physically, and mentally the recitation of His Name) - Surrender to Him
completely, we should apply such a scent - develop such qualities.
U NJ|J HJNF| F |U| | HJ U|m vv
ayv kaheh sohaaganee bhainay inee baatee saho paa-ee-ai. ||3||
F, |UJ UHU| J |mJ| JU| - NH H, mH, |N |UJ NMl U N||ml | (|-
HH) |HMU J1
O sister, this is the advice of the married ones (God-Oriented), and by doing all

233

these things we achieve Husband (The Lord). ||3||
m NU|m HJ U|m m NH| 8U| v
aap gavaa-ee-ai taa saho paa-ee-ai a-or kaisee chaturaa-ee.
|UJ NU| 8H|ml-8MN|ml U| NM J|, |H |8 m (|JN H N) l
|-HH |HMU J1
Cleverness has nothing to do here, we obtain Husband (God) only by humility
(Total surrender).
HJ U| N| U H |U M NH|F || U| v
saho nadar kar daykhai so din laykhai kaaman na-o niDh paa-ee.
| (HH) |HJ U| H N N U M l J |U HM J, HH | (H,
mH) || ( |||ml: H H Hl) |HM NU|ml1
When the Husband (God) looks at the bride (Mind, soul) with Kindness,
successful is such a day, and she (Soul) gets all the treasures everything:
spiritual and worldly, too.
mF N |m| H HJN|F N H HU| v
aapnay kant pi-aaree saa sohagan naanak saa sabhraa-ee.
N, HJNF (|mJ|, |HM| mH) J J| J |N H mF N (|, HH) U|
|m| J, m J J| HU| - F|, 'H, J1
Nanak, the married one (God-Oriented soul) is that which is loved by her
Husband (Accepted by God), and she is the queen - at the top of all.
mH |N | HJH N| H| m|J||H |U HHF| v
aisay rang raatee sahj kee maatee ahinis bhaa-ay samaanee.
|UUl |m |8 N| (mH), Hl |JU|, |U- |U (, U |m) |8
|JU| J1
This way, attached to (Him), she (Soul) stays in peace, and keeps deeply in (His)
love, day and night.
HU| H|U H |8|F NJ|m H |HmF| v0v7v0v
sundar saa-ay saroop bichakhan kahee-ai saa si-aanee. ||4||2||4||
m|HJ| (mH) HJF|, HJF -NHl M|, |8|F (HH- M|), m mNMHU
N|JMU| J1
|JN U |m |8 HH H-mH, HJF NJU J1
Such one (Soul) is called beautiful, with good features, intelligent and wise.
||4||2||4|| (A soul united with God is great, and is appreciated).

234

HJ| HJM 9 v
soohee mehlaa 1.
N HJ| |8 N N U H| U| F|1
Bani (Scripture) of the First Guru Nank Dev, in Raag Soohee.
NF H| NF M NF H M v
ka-un taraajee kavan tulaa tayraa kavan saraaf bulaavaa.
F MU| |NJ H|: H, N|, |NJ M: MF U J, |NJ H|m:
F M, |Mml!
What scale, what weights, and who to check you should I call!
NF N N |J U||m M N |J HM N v9v
ka-un guroo kai peh deekhi-aa layvaa kai peh mul karaavaa. ||1||
|NUl m|HJ N Ml |N |HH |H|m Ml - H-U, H HF U|, m H H |
(HH U|) NU-N|H UH - HH, |Nm U1
U||m N U 8M H HF |UJ HF U |N UHUF1
How should I find such a Guru who should bless me with His Name and
instructions to recite it, and by whom should I get the understanding of You! ||1||
H MM H| m HF v
mayray laal jee-o tayraa ant na jaanaa.
H MM H| - J|-MmM N, HM, HH, H JK m J| HFU - |N |N N
K - JU- J J1
O my priceless (beloved) Lord, I do not know Your limits.
H|M |M HJ|m|M || M|F m H HHF v9v J v
too
N
jal thal mahee-al bharipur leenaa too
N
aapay sarab samaanaa. ||1|| rahaa-
o.
F|, |, HJ|m|M (| mNH U |8N), : HH|Um J|Um, m J l J
8|H |8 HHU J1 J1
You are present in water, land, and in the space between the land and sky, and
You are All Pervading (Present in everything and everywhere). ||1||Pause||
H H| |8 M | H H NH v
man taaraajee chit tulaa tayree sayv saraaf kamaavaa.
H J N|, |8: 8, mUM| JH, J MF U J, | H NHF| J H|m:
F M1
H NHF| H HF, 8|NmU|ml N|ml1 H |JN N, 8: J|Hm J N,
H H, U| HH mN|1

235

Mind is the scale, awareness weights, and Your service is the evaluator: appraiser.
(Your service Recitation of the Name, good deeds. Be watchful: aware: fully
conscious, and recite His Name with concentration).
WJ J| || H HJ M| |U || |8 J v7v
ghat hee bheetar so saho tolee in biDh chit rahaavaa. ||2||
(|) mF H U mU HJ (|-HH) M: |8 N, H H N, H
|JNU| J1
N HJH | U |8 NM N|| J1
In my mind I weigh God - Think of Him, recite His Name, and this way I control
it (Mind). ||2||
m NK M H| m MFJ v
aapay kandaa tol taraajee aapay tolanhaaraa.
HH m J| N|, J, m m J| MF M J1
God Himself is the scale (Balance), weights, and the weight-taker. (It is only God
that can check His Own Self).
m U m m J FH vv
aapay daykhai aapay boojhai aapay hai vanjaaraa. ||3||
m J| mF m U (U), m J| |F NU: |H NU, m m J|
|| J1
| J NU| UH J| J |N H - HN1
You Yourself check and conclude (Decide) about You, and Yourself are the
trader. ||3||
mM |8 H| UH| | m |M H v
anDhulaa neech jaat pardaysee khin aavai til jaavai.
m, || H U, UH| (H, mH, H|), M MU| mU J HlU J1
H H |JNU J|, mH m |HUN| HF-HHF U 8N J1
(Soul) is blind, low class, alien, comes for a moment, and departs in an instant.
(Mind is unsteady: not attached to His Name. Soul or life keeps in the cycle of
coming to this world and then departing: going back. Alien - from other world or
country).
N| HN| N JU |N N| H v0v7vcv
taa kee sangat naanak rahdaa ki-o kar moorhaa paavai. ||4||2||9||
N H| N|JU J |N m|HJ| (N8|) HN |8 |JU H |NUl |JN N
HNU J!

236

N| HN| N|8ml U| HN |N Hl U H H U HF J| |JNU1
Nanak says, one who has this sort of an unstable association (Company), how can
such a fool attain the Lord! ||4||2||9|| (One who has the company of those who are
not God-Oriented, cannot reach God).
ik-o
N
kaar sat naam kartaa purakh nirbha-o nirvair akaal moorat ajoonee saibha
N

gur parsaad.
|UN H8U| (HU HMH) H-|mN |JN J, H N |UJU N| JU J, |UJ
|K, |J, NM (N, H) |J, HH-HF U 8'N |J J, m mF
m m U JU| J, |UH mHM|m U| HH N HJH J| (|JN H|) mF|
|N N N HU J1
N N H| m J| |JM N H, |UH MU| |U N U m |JN J1 |UH
HMH U ml |8 HU m , mMN mMN l, m J||Nml |8 N
HNU J. H U HM m HH8 |UN J| J1
A Truth (Immortal) is the All Pervading God, He is the Creator, Fearless, Free
from Hatred, Not Controlled by the Time (Time, death), beyond the Cycle of
Birth and Death, Self-Created, and this is understood by the Kindness of the Lord
(Guru Nanak himself is the first Guru, and so here the Guru means God. This
stanza is known as the Mool-Mantar (The Basic-Formula). The words and
expressions used in its translation may have some variations from place to place
and author to author, but the basic thought and meanings are the same).
N |MM HJM 9 8U W 9 v
raag bilaaval mehlaa 1 cha-upday ghar 1.
N |MM |8, |JM N N U H| U| F|1
Bani (Scripture) of the First Guru Nanak, in the Raag Bilaaval, in the First place
of Raag.
HM NJ J H|m | N KU| v
too sultaan kahaa ha-o mee-aa tayree kavan vadaa-ee.
UHJ J, H|ml (8|) N|J |Uml, l H NJU| |KmU| N |U| J!
You are the King, and if I call You a Headman, how does this add to Your
Greatness?
H U|J H NJ HmH| H H NJF HU| v9v
jo too deh so kahaa su-aamee mai moorakh kahan na jaa-ee. ||1||
H H NJ HU| N|JU Jl, H H mF m N J| N|J HNU1
What You make me say, I say that, I am a fool and cannot say anything on my

237

own. ||1||
NF N U|J U| v
tayray gun gaavaa deh bujhaa-ee.
|UJ H- U |N H NF NU Jl,
Bless me with such a wisdom (Understanding), that I keep singing Your Praise,
HH H8 H|J J HU| v9v J v
jaisay sach meh raha-o rajaa-ee. ||1|| rahaa-o.
|N |HH U M H H8U| (HH U| UU) U |8 |J|Nm Jl, JK| HH| U M1
J1
So that I keep linked to You (Keep remembering You), under Your Will.
||1||Pause||
H |N Jm H |N | H mHU| v
jo kichh ho-aa sabh kichh tujh tay tayree sabh asnaa-ee.
H N J|Um J, |UJ H | |N J, H|ml U UH J - H MU| 8N NU J1
Whatever has happened, is all Your Grace, You are a Friend of all - You do good
to everyone.
m HF H H|J H mM |Nm 8U| v7v
tayraa ant na jaanaa mayray saahib mai anDhulay ki-aa chaturaa-ee. ||2||
H H|J (H|MN) H m J| HFU - m J1 H, mNM U m U| NU| 8U|
J|1
My Lord, I do not know Your limits, what smartness - to know You, can a blind:
unwise, person have! ||2||
|Nm J N| N N| U H mN N HU| v
ki-aa ha-o kathee kathay kath daykhaa mai akath na kathnaa jaa-ee.
H N| UHl, H N|J UH N UU Jl |N |HH N |NJ J| H HNU (|JN), JU
N |m N H (HH|N) J|1
What should I tell, I find out by telling that Indescribable cannot be described!
H HU| m |M | |KmU| vv
jo tuDh bhaavai so-ee aakhaa til tayree vadi-aa-ee. ||3||
H 8N MNU J J J| N|JU Jl, m |UJ | | -HH |KmU| J| N|J JU| J1
As it pleases You, I say out, and it happens to be just a little bit of Your greatness
and nothing more. ||3||

238

U NN J N N |UH U| v
aytay kookar ha-o baygaanaa bha-ukaa is tan taa-ee.
m N: HNF M, J - U H U HN, H N Jl - H HF Jl,
M H J| F|Um, m |K U MU| NU Jl - H J| HNU, |H U|ml
U|ml 8|Hl U| J| HN J1
There are so many dogs - those begging for the boon of Your Name. I am an
outsider - I do not recite Your Name, and have not developed love for You. I bark
only for my body (Wants) I do not beg for Your Name, and ask only for the
bodily needs or comforts.
N| J|F N H J|UN HH HU| v0v9v
bhagat heen naanak jay ho-igaa taa khasmai naa-o na jaa-ee. ||4||1||
N H| N|JU J |N H N| NU | Jl, H H|Um mF H|MN U J|
HlN1 (|N |HUl N, 8N J l H, NJ|U J |N |UJ MF U J)1
H H|MN MJ Jl, l | H M H H|MN U H JJ J| HN,
H|MN H mF N J| N1 H H J| HU, U Jl, m H H
J| N|JU J1
Nanak says, I may be negligent of my Master, still I own His Name all will call
me His. ||4||1|| (May be I do not recite Your Name, but I am at Your door, and all
call me Yours).
|MM HJM 9 v
bilaaval mehlaa 1.
N |MM |8 |JM N N U H| U| F|1
Bani (Scripture) of the First Guru Nanak, in the Raag named Bilaawal.
H HU H NMU WJ J| || v
man mandar tan vays kalandar ghat hee tirath naavaa.
H HU ( |JF, H U| l) J, H| NMU| (N||) N U J|U J, H WJ
(H) |8 J| |l U |UH NU Jl (H HU Jl)1
My mind is the temple - Your place, a place to worship You, the body is in the
clothes of a saint i.e. the body is to do good deeds, and in my heart I bathe at the
places of pilgrimages. (The heart is to think of You, I recite Your Name in my
heart).
UN HU H | H J J| H|H m v9v
ayk sabad mayrai paraan basat hai baahurh janam na aavaa. ||1||
H HHl (H) U |8 |UN HU (|JN U H) H |J J, |UH N N H H HH

239

J| MlN1
(H H U NF HN J HlN: HH-HF U 8N HN HN, JHH MU| |JN
U 8 |8 l |HM HN|, HH U M |HM HlN1
In my mind is Gods Name, therefore I will not get born again (I will get
liberated: freed from the cycle of birth and death, will get a permanent place at the
feet of the Lord - I will merge with Him). ||1||
H |m U|UmM H| H| HU| v
man bayDhi-aa da-i-aal saytee mayree maa-ee.
J H| Hl, H H U|UmM - |NM, |JN, U M (|m |8) ||m |m J1
O my mother, my mind is pierced through with the love of the Merciful: the Lord!
NF HF | U| v
ka-un jaanai peer paraa-ee.
NF HFU J UH U| | - NU| J| HFU!
Who knows the pain of any other - nobody knows!
JH J| |8 U| v9v J v
ham naahee chint paraa-ee. ||1|| rahaa-o.
H HU HH U, J |NH NM U| NU| |8 J| - |H H U H U |m J1
J1
I do not worry about anything else - I only think of reciting the Name of God).
||1||Pause||
mNH mN8 mM m |8 NJ JH| v
agam agochar alakh apaaraa chintaa karahu hamaaree.
J, J8F, HHF, UF (HH), H |N (|m) N1
O Unreachable (Inaccessible), Unthinkable (Unfathomable), Invisible and
Limitless (Infinite): God, take care of me.
H|M |M HJ|m|M || M|F W|J W|J H| H| v7v
jal thal mahee-al bharipur leenaa ghat ghat jot tum
H
aaree. ||2||
(|JN H|) F|, |, m |-mNH U |8N, | Jl HH|U J|U J, J WJ
(H) U mU JK| H (NH, mH) J1
In the water, land, and space between the land and sky, You are totally pervading
- present in everything and everywhere. Your Light - Soul, intelligence, is in each
and every heart. ||2||

240

|H H| H | H| H|U v
sikh mat sabh buDh tum
H
aaree mandir chhaavaa tayray.
H| |H|m mNM- |ml H|ml J, W l (J MF U|ml l, |JNF)
|U J|U J1
(My) teachings, and understandings are Your given, the buildings and shelters are
Yours, too.
| m HF H H|J NF N | vv
tujh bin avar na jaanaa mayray saahibaa gun gaavaa nit tayray. ||3||
H H|J (H|MN), J |NH H J| HFU - |NH J H J|, m HU
NF J| NU Jl U NU: H HU Jl1
O my Master (The Lord), without You I know none else - my faith is in You, and
I always sing Your Praise. ||3||
H|m H H| H|F H| H |8 H v
jee-a jant sabh saran tum
H
aaree sarab chint tuDh paasay.
H| H (HU) H JK| HF (J, mH) J, m H|ml U J| |N J J1
All the living-beings and creatures seek Your protection, and You care for all of
them.
H HU| 8N |UN N N| mUH v0v7v
jo tuDh bhaavai so-ee changa ik naanak kee ardaasay. ||4||2||
N H| |UJ| mUH NU J |N |N NM J J| J |N H J 8N| MNU| J!
Nanak prays, the right thing is that which pleases You! ||4||2||

241

mU H|J
ANAND SAHIB

mU F| U H J1 mU U m J H|, , m|HN H|, m U|m| H
|1
Anand: the Blissful Hymn, is the name of the scripture, it also means the
spiritual-bliss, and the worldly pleasures as well.
HNM| HJM mU
mU, N HNM| |8 |H |HJ N mHUH H| U| F|, N N H|J U
9I7 J1
Anand, the Scripture composed by the 3
rd
Guru Amardas. It is in the Raag
Raamkalee (Musical-measure named Raamkalee), at the page 917 of the Sikh
Holy Book: Guru Granth Sahib.
W H|N H|U v
ik-o
N
H M: H |mN, H Nl M: H-HN|H, |JN H|, H|N H|, U|
|N U M |UJ U |Nm JU J1
H|N H| U| |N U M HH m HlU| J |N HH N J UH NU| J|,
m J J l m J 8|H |8 J1
W U 8 J |UN UmN1
9 = |UN, |HHU NU| UH H|N J| J1 mH N|JU J |UN |JN1 |H
|JN |M UF U | |UJ J| J |N J |UN J1
U = U, Um, |UJ mH Hl |M HH UHlU| (UHU|) J1
= N, mN, H |Mm J|Um, J 8|H |81
By the Gurus grace: kindness, one understands that there is none else like God,
and He is present everywhere and in everything.
W Is phonated as Ikk-o-ann-kaar. In this -
9 = means one 1, none else like Him.
U = O, O-ann, As a sound or in writing, it represents God.
= Kaar, Akkaar, All over, everywhere, in every thing.
NF| |8 H|N m N U HU HH H | NU J1 JlHMH (J|N)
|8 |N |N |UJ UHF m |M J| F MU| N-|JN, Hl H|N-|JN

242

|M |U J1
Prevailing all over: present everywhere and in everything, Waheguru (God) is
realized (Understood) through the Grace of the Satguru: the True Master, the
Prophet.
(Guru (The Master) is Prophet, and Satguru means the True Prophet. In
Gurbani (Scriptures) Guru and Satguru, the both have also been used for God. In
the translation, at places Guru-Wahguru or Satguru-Waheguru have been
given to hint out this, and to keep the writing short).
J H| H, H H|N |Mm J, m |UH MU| H H| |8 Jl1
HU H|N |JN H | |m |Nm J1 |UJ F| N mHUH H| U|
J, m HU |UJ HU H|N J J, |UJU m |UJ U N mNU U H| Hl
|UJ |JM N N U H| | J HNU J, m Hl |JN1
O my mother, I am in joy, because I have met the True Master. (This Scripture is
by the Third Guru Amar Das, his Satguru: True Master, can be his preceding
Guru Angad Dev the Second Guru, or even Guru Nank Dev, and it can as well
mean Waheguru: God).
H|N (|JN) H| H H|JH-H J|: mM, mF| |Um NN, |HM NU J, m H
U|ml (H|ml) H |J J1
N H| |HMF U M J|, | |NH 8M |8 |ml, |H HH UU NU
|JF M, |JN U M HM J |Nm J1
|JN HH m NU| J |N J J l, J |UN U |8, m H N NF M J1
I have found the True Master with ease, and my mind is in Joy.
(I have found the True Master easily by His Kindness, and my mind is in Joy:
Bliss).
N |m HU NF mU|m v
|UH H| |8, H H U mU N - H N, HJF N, HF mF
(|ml - N|ml) U m N |JN U HH: |H, N MN U J
H U mU Nl |8 F| U N| 8M |m J1 UNJ - |JN U U , F|
m J| J1
In this joy, Shabad: Hymns, the praise of God, has started in my mind in the

243

enchanting Raags and Raaganees: musical measures and sub-measures. (God-sent
Hymns are being revealed).
H| |H |JN U HH N |N |HHU M HH H U mU H |Nm J - H JU
H HF MN |m Jl1
You sing only the Shabad: Hymns, praise, of the Lord, due to which He settled
His Name in my mind: I started reciting His Name.
N N U H| N|JU J |N |UJ H| J |N H |UJ H8-N (HHl) |HM
U J: |UJ U |Nm J |Nm J1
Says Guru Nanak Dev, he is in joy, because he has found the True Guru - He has
realized: understood, the Lord. ||1||
U H H|m HU J J| M v
m H H, HU |JN U |m |8 |J (|JN U H N)1
|H H |8 HH U H |JN J, m |UJ HU |JN U H NU
J1
O my mind, always keep remembering the Lord.
(In Sikhs the Name of God is Waheguru, and they recite the Word
Waheguru.).
H H, J M |JN UU , |UJ H U U N M J1
O my mind, always remember the Lord, He removes all the sufferings.
(J UU N U M) J mN|N N: mF F MN, m H NH |N J
HFN1
(By remembering Him) He will accept you, and all your affairs will be set right.

244

|JN |N H H N N HNU J, J |N H MU J!
God can do everything, then why do you forget Him!
N H| N|JU J |N J H JHH |JN UU 1
Nanak says, O mind, always remember the Lord. ||2||
H8 H|J |Nm J| W| v
J H8: HU N|UH |HJ, W N| J|!
My True Lord, what is not there in Your house!
ghar ta tayrai sabh kichh hai jis deh so paav-ay.
W H N J (m|HN, N|) m |HH |UU J: H, N|, J |HM HlU
J1
Everything (Spiritual, His worship) is there with You, but only those get to whom
You give.
sadaa sifat salaah tayree naamu manne vasaava-ay.
(|Hl |JN |UU J mF H, J) |JN U NF NF m H HF J N
H U mU U J - UU NU J1
(Those who receive Your gift: Your Name), they always sing Your praise and
keepYour Name in their minds - remember You.
|Hl U H U mU |JN U H H HlU J (H HU J), J J H|ml |HM
HlU|ml J1 (|H |N N-H HF N H H J HlU J)1
Those who keep the Name of God in their minds, they stay in joy (Spiritual joy,
as it is given by music and singing).
N N H| N|JU J, H8 (HU N|UH) |JN, N| J |N H W J| J ( H N

245

N, U HNU J)!
Nanak says, O my Lord, what is not there in Your house! (You can do and give
everything). ||3||
H8 H H m v
|JN U H8 H H mH J1
The True Name of God is my support.
JU H8 H H mH J, m |UJ H|ml J H|ml l (Ml, 8Jl) JJ-|HJ
|U|ml J (|ml N |U|ml J, NU| J M J| J|1 H H m |Nm J)1
His True Name is my support, and it has removed my all other hungers (Desires
have got fulfilled, appeased, I am contented. No more any doubts).
kar saa
N
H U mU m N |JN U H H-Hl| U N |U J, m |UH H H|ml
|Ul |ml N |U|ml J1
The Name of God has brought peace and calm to my mind, and it has fulfilled all
my desires.
H N Jl m|HJ N |N |HHU|ml m|HJ|ml |KmU|ml: |Hl, J (H HU,
H |Ul |HJU |ml NU, H-Hl| m H |UU J)1
I appreciate such a Guru, who possesses such great qualities (Gives His Name to
recite and peace of mind, removes or fulfills all desires, gives contentment).
|UH MU| N N H| N|JU J, |N HF H (NH), HU: N U JNH, U M |m
- H H1
Guru Nanak says, O saints: God-Oriented people, listen, love the Shabad: Name
of the Lord, remember Him always.

246

H8 H H m v0v
(|JN U) H8 H H mH J!
The True Name (of God) is my support! ||4||
H 8 HU | W| HN v
H Nl M W |8 (H, |H H H|U J) 8-HU U| mH 8M U| J:
H|ml m HlU|ml J1
8 HU - |, HN|, M, W, W|mM U|ml mHl1
In such a house (mind, where the Name of God is recited) the Panch-Shabad (five
types of sounds) set in i.e. there comes the joy.
Five-Sounds are also called Anhad Shabad or Anhat Shabad. These
sounds are of the 1. String instrument like violin, Sarangee 2. Leather bound
instrument e.g. drum. 3. Metal instruments e.g. a gong, bell. 4. Instrument played
by blowing in it, such as a flute or trumpet. 5. The sound from space like striking
an empty earthen-pot, or from sea or conch put to ear.
(|UJ) HU: 8-HU, H Nl M W: H |8, HU J (H|ml mU|ml J) |N
|HH ' |JN U| |N J HlU| J1
These instruments play (Joy comes) in that lucky house (Mind) to which God is
kind.
panch doot tuDh vas keetay kaal kantak maari-aa.
(|JN H|, H H H HU J, |UJU) H UHHF H| H N, H U NJN: NK, K,
U N |UU J1
8 U, H UHHF - NH: NHl, |Ul, |MN-8HJ (|UH|-H H);
N; M; HJ; mJN1
(God, he who recites Your Name,) You get his five enemies under control, and
remove his fear of death death does not go near him.
Five enemies Desires, including passion; sex; anger; greed; attachment, love;
and ego.
|Hl U Ml |8 mF UH: W, |JN-UU m |U| J, J J| H U H

247

N MNU J1
Only those whom you bless with the destiny to remember God, recite Your
Name.
N N H| N|JU J |N m|HJ| l , H UU NU J H H U mU, H J
HlU J, m ' mJU-H HF MN U J1
mJU H mJU-H H U J, mJU HF MN HlU J1 mJU - |
mH, | NF U JF M|ml mHl, MN mH, H|ml1 mJU 8-
HU | N|JU J1 mJU NF| m U H-H | J1
Guru Nanak says, at such a place the mind that remembers God, peace and calm
reside, and Anhad (Celestial Sound) come to play.||5||
Anhad - A sound without any cause e.g. striking, a continuous sound. This is
also called Panch-Shabad (Five sounds) like that of 1. Stringed instruments:
Sarangee, Veenaa etc. 2. Instruments played by blowing in air: flute, trumpet. 3.
Leather bound instruments: drums. 4. Instruments of metal: gong, bell. 5. Sound
from space: from an empty pot, sea. Anhad may mean the continuous recitation of
the Name of God and reading the scriptures.
H8| |M | UJ |HF| v
saachee livai bin dayh nimaanee.
H8| |M - |JN U |m, |UJ H| (H) mH J1
Without the TrueLove - Devotion to God, this body (Man) is without any worth.
UJ |HF| |M J |Nm N 8|m v
dayh nimaanee livai baajhahu ki-aa karay vaychaaree-aa.
|UJ UJ| mH J H8 U |m , m |UH | |UJ |8| N| N (|NH NH HN|
J|)!
The body (Man) is helpless without the True Love of God, and without it this is
helpless.
HH N|U J| |N N| |m v
tuDh baajh samrath ko-ay naahee kirpaa kar banvaaree-aa.
JK | NU| | N J| N HNU, J |JN H| H| m J| |UH |N N (|UJ
H H, , NF HN F)1
| - HNM HM U l NM MF M U |H1 U HM| - J
|JN1
Without You no one can do anything, O Lord, be kind to him (Enable him to

248

recite the Scriptures and chant Your Name).
(Banvaaree-aa: O Banvaaree A god named Vishnu who puts the forests around
his neck like a necklace, Caretaker of the Forests: Gardner, It means the Lord).
UH J J| H|U M|N H|m v
ays na-o hor thaa-o naahee sabad laag savaaree-aa.
(JK ) |UJ J NU| l J| |N |H H N mF 8 MU| | N, H| J|
|N N, |UJ HU U M MN: |UH H H N N, 8 M1
For him there is no other place except You (For the man to go and pray to get
saved), please attach him to Your Word - that he starts reciting Your Name, and
save him.
NJ N |M J |Nm N 8|m vv
kahai naanak livai baajhahu ki-aa karay vaychaaree-aa. ||6||
N N H| N|JU J |N | H8| |M ( U |m) U, |UJ H NH HN, NH NH
U, J|1
Says Nanak, without deep attachment to God, this poor fellow is worth nothing.
||6||
mU mU H N NJ mU N H|Fm v
aanand aanand sabh ko kahai aanand guroo tay jaani-aa.
J NU| (NM| | J|) mU: H|, U| NM NU J, mHM |8 mU (m|HN H|)
J N| |UHU N HJH J| - |UJ U| |N U M, MNU J1
Everyone talks of Joy (Bliss), but what the real bliss (Spiritual Joy) is, is known
only from The Guru (By his Grace).
H|Fm mU HU N |N N |m|m v
jaani-aa aanand sadaa gur tay kirpaa karay pi-aari-aa.
|UH mU |N |UJ J N|, JHH N HJH J| H|Fm HlU J, m J m J|
|UJ |N N UF1
This bliss is known only from the Guru (The Master) and may he be Kind to give
this knowledge.
N| |N |NM| NJ |Nm mH H|m v
kar kirpaa kilvikh katay gi-aan anjan saari-aa.
(N HJH ) |N NN |NM|: - U-N, NJ |U J, |Nm U HH ml
|8 N H N |N N |U J1(H8 |Nm, HH m H U HH N H
N H |U J)1
By His Grace, He has removed the sins - troubles, afflictions, by putting the

249

Surma: eye-powder, of knowledge, and has set right every thing.
Surma - Colerium, eye-powder of a metal named antimony. This is considered
healthy for the eyes. It means, by giving the true knowledge about God and His
Name.
mUJ |H N HJ J | N HU H8 H|m v
andrahu jin kaa moh tutaa tin kaa sabad sachai savaari-aa.
|Hl U H U mU HJ: HH U |m U| N, JJ NU| J, HF |N H8 HU - F|,
H-H, J H-HN |U J (H mH H |U J)1
Those who removed worldly attachments from their minds, in fact they got
evolved: lifted, by reciting the Shabad (The Word: Name of God, Scriptures).
NJ N UJ mU J mU N H|Fm v?v
kahai naanak ayhu anand hai aanand gur tay jaani-aa. ||7||
N N H| N|JU J |N mHM mU - m|HN H|, |UJ J| J |N H (|HH U |Nm)
N HJH |HMU J1
Says Nanak, the real spiritual bliss is that knowledge which is got from the Guru
(Prophet). ||7||
|HH U|J HU| H v
baabaa jisu too dehe so-ee janu paavai.
J H| (HH, N), |HH |N NN H| |UJ m|HN mU |UU J, J J|
|UJ |HMU J1
O Baba (The revered one: God, Guru), he alone gets this: Spiritual joy, to whom
You give it.
H H U|J |HH J| |Nm N|J 8|m v
paavai ta so janu dehe jis no hor-e ki-aa karahi vaychaari-aa.
J J| U J |UJ - m|HN mU, |N |HH H| |N NN |UU J, N| U |8
N| N HNU J (H J, N J| N Hl M HNU)1
Only those get this - Spiritual Joy, to whom You give it through Your Mercy,
what can the others do (They cant do or get anything)!
|U|N |H M ||J UJ |U|H |U|N |H M|N H|m v
ik bharam bhoolay phirhe dah dis ik naam laag savaari-aa.
|UN JK |HH J| U J UH| H| - l l H H N, JNU |U
J: H-Hl| J| |HMU|, m UH J J |Hl H| H-F| U M MN HF U
NF H - NH, F |U J1
Some have doubts about Your existence, and they keep running about in all the

250

directions - go to place to place and person to person, but do not find peace of
mind, others who by Your Grace attach themselves to the Naam, get elevated:
uplifted, evolved.
N HU| H |Um |HM |H F U v
gur parsaadee man bha-i-aa nirmal jinaa bhaanaa bhaav-ay.
N HJH U| |N U M J U H | J HlU J |N H U| H HF MN
U J1
By the Grace of the Guru, the minds of those become pure who accept the Will of
God.
NJ N |HH U|J |m HU| H U vcv
kahai naanak jis deh pi-aaray so-ee jan paav-ay. ||8||
N H| N|JU J |N J |m (|JN H|) |HH H| m|HN mU HU J, J J|
|UJ U J (J NU| mF m J| J| HNU)1
Says Nanak, O Beloved Lord, only he gets it the Spiritual Joy, to whom You
give it. ||8||
mJ H |m|J mN N| NJ NJF| v
aavhu sant pi-aariho akath kee karah kahaanee.
m |m H: NH, |N H UHF N|JF ' J (|JN) JU|ml NMl: N,
H, N|U1
Come, beloved saints, let us talk about: meditate on, the Indescribable (The Lord).
NJ NJF| mN N| |N Um U|m v
karah kahaanee akath kayree kit du-aarai paa-ee-ai.
J |m N| H HNF M (|JN) |UJ NMl N|U: H8|U, |8|U, N N|U,
|N |UJ |NH UH (|N, |NUl, |NH ) |Um H HNU J1
Let us think about the Indescribable (God) as to how can we meet: achieve,
understand, Him.
H H H| N N JN|H H|m U|m v
tanu mannu Dhanu sabh saupe gur ka-o hukame mani-ai paa-ee-ai.
H N , H, , N H| H UU|U, m JU JNH H|U, l HH H| |HMU
J1
We get God by surrendering our body, mind, and wealth to Guru (Prophet) ), and
by accepting what he tells to do.

251

JNH H|J N N NJ H8| F| v
hukam mannihu guroo kayraa gaavhu sachee banee.
N U JNH H, m H8| F| N (J |HMF H)1
(To meet Him) obey the Command of the Guru - do what he dictates in the
Scriptures, and sing the True Bani: Hymns, of His praise.
NJ N HFJ HJ N|J mN NJF| vcv
kahai naanak sunhu santa-hu kathihu akath kahaanee. ||9||
N N H| N|JU J, H: NH, J |HMF MU| J UH H HNF M (HH) U
NF N - N N, F| , H H1
Says Nanak, listen dear saints: Godoriented people, to meet Him speak of
(Recite His Name, remember) the Indescribable: God. ||9||
U H 88M 8U| |N |Um v
ay man chanchlaa chaturaa-ee kinai na paa-i-aa.
H 8 (|8, 8MM) H, NU| | 8H|ml 8MN|ml U M J| |HM HNU1
O restless mind, no one ever finds: realizes, the Lord through cleverness,
smartness.
8U| |Um |N H|F H H|m v
chaturaa-ee na paa-i-aa kinai too sun man mayri-aa.
8MN| U M NU| | ( ) J| |HM HNU, H H |UJ NM HF HH M!
Through cleverness, no one can ever meet Him, O my mind listen to it!
UJ H|Um HJF| |H| U |H M|Um v
ayh maa-i-aa mohnee jin ayt bharam bhulaa-i-aa.
|UJ H|Um: U|m, U| HJF| HJ MF M| J |N MNl HH U| JU M M
|8 |UU| J (|JN J | |N J|, U|m U H N l HJHF |UHU J)1
This Maya: worldly things, is so attractive that it puts the people in doubt (God is
or not, but the world we see fine is visible).
H|Um HJF| | N|| |H| NM| U|m v
maa-i-aa ta mohnee tinai keetee jin thag-ulee paa-ee-aa.
|UH H|Um H UF M HH m J| N| J, |UJU |8 N-J| N (
U|m HHJF| F N)1
NM|: N-J| - J| |N H N MN HW N JH N U MJ MU J1 HN
H |8 MF M F N, U |8 UF M m J| F|Um J1 , |UJ
|UH NM HHU J| |8 J| |m |JU J |N J | Hl J|1 |JN
|UH|J MU J l H |UJ HH H |N |UJ HH U| |HH U | mF m N

252

J| N HNU, |UJ |U NHH J1
The Lord Himself made the world fascinating, attractive, by putting a swooning-
drug (Intoxication, attraction) in it.
Thagaulee Intoxicating herb, attraction. God put attraction into the worldly
things, and this creates doubts about the existence of God. The Lord puts the man
to test for him to understand that he cannot do anything on his own without His
Kindness, so weak is he.
NF N| |H |JJ |H| HJ H| M|Um v
kurbaan keetaa tisai vitahu jin moh meethaa laa-i-aa.
H N Jl JU |N |HH HH U |U |H |m M |U J1
mH| HH J J |JN U| K |N N, |, Hl H ' |HH MNl U
H |8 U|m U |m |U |H N |U J |N |UJ H8 J| HHU m M
|8 J| U |JU J1 mH J JU| K, mH| J JU| NHM! HH U U |UHJ
MU J |UJ U |8 N, |N |UJ |N NHH J, |8 J, m H8U| HH N
mHM| |Nm M |N |JN '8 N | J| J J| H N N M J1
I appreciate Him, Who has put such a sweet attraction (in the world).
Gods play is beyond understanding, and I am a sacrifice: Appreciation, to
Him.
(He has created such an attraction for Maya the worldly things, and has put the
people into its sweet attachment. Such a wonderful is His play! The man does not
realize it and keeps in doubts about God. God wants the man to learn his
weakness, mistake, and to get the real knowledge that nothing is higher to Him,
and He is the Doer).
NJ N H 88M 8U| |N |Um v9Ov
kahai naanak man chanchal chaturaa-ee kinai na paa-i-aa. ||10||
N H| N|JU J, m 88M H - 8, |JN |J H, 8U|ml U M |JN
J| N HNU1
U, HHU J |N 8MN|ml U M MN, HFU J| |N HH
| H J| H N U|m U HM |8 H|Um J|Um J1 HF M |N |JN |H
J UU N U M J| |HMU J1
Says Nanak, O restless mind, no one can find Him through cleverness.
(You think yourself very smart, but God has so involved you in the world that
you have lost all your wisdom, and you do not realize the truth. Understand it,
God can be reached Understood, only by remembering Him. ||10||

253

U H |m|m HU H8 HHM v
ay man pi-aari-aa too sadaa sach samaalay.
J |m H, JHH J| H8: H HU N|UH J, HH, U| HM (UU) N1
O beloved mind, always take care of: contemplate on, the Truth (God).
UJ NJ |H UU 8M J| M v
ayhu kutamb too je daykh-daa chalai naahee tayrai naalay.
|UJ mF |N H UU J ( HF ) M J| H|UN1
This family which you see, shall not go with you on your death.
H| 8M J| |H |M |N |8 MU|m v
saath tayrai chalai naahee tis naal ki-o chit laa-ee-ai.
|HH ( HF ) M J| HF, JU M H |N M|Um H!
The thing that will not go with you on your death, why get attached to that!
mH NH HM N|8 |H m| U|m v
aisaa kamm moolay na keechai jit ant pachhotaa-ee-ai.
m|HJ NH NU N (HH U M |m, MF) |N |HH N m|
F 1
m| HF HH, U U |8 -|N: M, U N1 H|U ' |HH
|Fml H UN| N|, H N JU U |8 JH J MN |N |JN l
H8| J| J1 N| NHl JF MN l J|Um |N H|U H| HH UU
J| N| |N |HH N m |UJ NU| HH |HM1
Do not do anything (Love with the worldly things, forgetting God) so that you
have to regret in the end.
(End the time of death, at the time of judgment by God. He did not believe in
and remember the Lord when alive. On death, he found himself before God, and
started regretting that he did not contemplate on Him to save him from any
punishment at the time of judgment).
H|N N UH H|F J M v
satguroo kaa updays sun too hovai tayrai naalay.
H| H|N H| U UH HF - F| , H H, N| N, |N H H mU H
U (HF U N m U| UNJ |8 NH m1 | 8 U M |HM N M
mN H)1
Listen to the teachings of the True Guru (Be good, recite the Scriptures and His
Name) so that these go with you (Go with your consciousness: soul as the
impressions of your deeds, and are helpful at the time of death and judgment by
God).

254

NJ N H |m HU H8 HHM v99v
kahai naanak man pi-aaray too sadaa sach samaalay. ||11||
N N H| N|JU J, |m H HU J| H8 (|JN) HM (UU N)1
Says Nanak, O beloved mind, always take care of the Truth (Contemplate on:
think of, the Lord). ||11||
mNH mN8 m |Um v
agam agocharaa tayraa ant na paa-i-aa.
J J8 J, H- (|JN), |NH m J| |Um (|N |NK K,
m |N| N M J)1
O Beyond Reach and Above Understanding (God), none could assess Your
limits (Your extent, greatness and power).
m |Um |N mF m HFJ v
anto na paa-i-aa kinai tayraa aapnaa aap too jaanhay.
|NH | m J| |Um, m mF m m J| HFU J1
None can ever find Your limits, and only You know about Yourself.
H|m H H| M |Nm N m| FU v
jee-a jant sabh khayl tayraa ki-aa ko aakh vakhaana-ay.
|UJ H| H | J| 8| HHM| |HJ| K J, |UJ |8 N| UH HNU J |N
|NK HJ: K, |HM: JU J1
All living beings and creatures created by You, are Your ordinary play, what can
they tell about You as to how great and vast you are!
m|J |J H J |H| HN |Um v
aakhahi ta vaykheh sabh toohai jin jagat upaa-i-aa.
(H UHU-U J), |N |HH U|m FU| J m J| |UJ |8 mF
N|JF UHF M J1 (H| |N H 8 J, |UJ U| UH HNF U| HN| m
J| J)1
|N |HH HN F|Um J, |UJ H|l U| HM | NU J, m m J| H|l U
|8 MU J UHF HN FU J1
The world is Your Creation, and in this Creation: the living beings, it is You who
enable them to speak of You.
(The Creation by itself has not the power: wisdom enough, to tell anything about
You. It is You who take care of the beings and speak: enable them, to tell about
You).

255

NJ N HU mNH J m |Um v97v
kahai naanak too sadaa agamm hai tayraa ant na paa-i-aa. ||12||
N H| |NJU J, |JN H|, H| HU J| J8 m HHF J, |NH JK
m J| |Um1
Says Nanak, You had ever been inaccessible: beyond reach, and nobody can
understand Your limits - extent and power. ||12||
H| H| H m|H HU H m|H N |Um v
sur nar mun jan amrit khojday so amrit gur tay paa-i-aa.
U|ml N MN, |H|ml N H|, m|H MU J, |UJ m|H N HJH |HMU
J, |UJ U| |N U M1 (m|H: H-|J N UF M, |JN U H)1
The angelic (god like) beings, and the Sages (Saints) like people, search for the
Amrit. (Holy Drink), and this is obtained from the Guru, by his grace. (Amrit -
Immortality giving Holy Drink: the Name of God),
|Um m|H N| |N N|| H8 H| H|Um v
paa-i-aa amrit gur kirpaa keenee sachaa man vasaa-i-aa.
N HJH |N NN |UJ m|H (HH U H) |Hm H8 HH, |UJU
H H U mU H |U1
This Amrit: the Holy Drink, has been obtained by the grace of the Guru
(Prophet), and he has placed the True One: the Lord, His Name, in my mind.
H|m H H| U |U|N | H|F m|Um v
jee-a jant sabh tuDh upaa-ay ik vaykh parsan aa-i-aa.
|UJ H H|m-H U N| J, |UJ 8 N J| J |N H 8 HF: |HMF,
HF MF, mU J1
All living beings: creatures, are Your Creation, but only a few out of them come
to bow to You - take Your refuge recite Your Name.
M M mJN 8N H|N M |Um v
lab lobh aha
N
kaar chookaa satguroo bhalaa bhaa-i-aa.
(H HF: |HMF mU, J U) MM8 JN |HJ NU, m|HJ 8N H|N H| |HM1
H|N M |Um H|N H| mH 8N |HM, 8N MNF MN NU, H F |Nm,
H|N H| U| |N U M |UJ U JNH H N H HF U M U|ml |HJ NU|ml,1
J U M - M HJ: H U 8HN, Hl U MM8, H J NU1
(Those who visited, surrendered to the Satguru: the True Master) their desires,
greed, and ego got dispelled: went away, by submitting to him: by following his
teachings to recite His Name.

256

NJ N |HH m| || m|H N |Um v9v
kahai naanak jis no aap tuthaa tin amrit gur tay paa-i-aa. ||13||
N H| N|JU J |N |Hl ' |JN H| |Um m NU| (|HJ J NU), J
N HJH m|H |H|m1 (H, F| U| U |U|1 N ' H, H, H,
m MN F HF N F| m H U M H NU)1
Says Nanak, those with whom the Lord is pleased, obtain the Amrit (Holy Drink,
His Name to rcite) from the Guru. ||13||
N N| 8M |M| v
bhagtaa kee chaal niraalee.
Nl U H|F-N Jl J| JU J1
The lifestyle of the devotees is different from the others.
8M |M| NJ N| |H H|N 8MF v
chaalaa niraalee bhagtaah kayree bikham maarag chalnaa.
Nl U H|-J JU J |N H |UJ N| U m J 8MU J1
The lifestyle of devotees' is different as they follow the difficult path of Bhagtee:
worship recitation of His Name.
M M mJN |H |H J J| MF v
lab lobh aha
N
kaar taj tarisnaa bahut naahee bolnaa.
(|UJ) F-|F U 8HN, MM8, JN m U|m U|ml 8|Hl U| K |UU MU
| WJ J (HNl J| HNU |JU1 MU J| |JN HF |8 H |JU J)1
They give up the love of foods: overeating, greed, ego, desires, and do not talk
much: stop demanding, keep reciting the Name of God.
|mJ || MJ |N| U H|N HF v
khanni-ahu tikhee vaalahu nikee ayt maarag jaanaa.
|UJ |HH J 8MU J, H HF U, J K H m M |N: HH|NM,
JU J1 (|mJ - K: U| |H| M U| H)
The path they take is sharper than a Khandaa and finer than a hair i.e. very
difficult. (Khandaa - Two-edged straight sword. To worship God is very
difficult),
N HU| |H| m |Hm J| H HHF| v
gur parsaadee jinee aap taji-aa har vaasnaa samaanee.
N HJH U| |N U M |H mF m K |U J, |UJ U |8 |JN U|
H|JN: H, 8 NU| J1
m |Hm - |Hl m- |mN |U J, m U|m M H |Mm J,

257

|H MU| J, N U| H M MU| J, N U H J NU J, J U H|, m H
U |8 H-N 8 |Nm J1 J |m |JN N H U H NF MN NU J1
Those who by the grace of the Guru (Master) have given up dependence on
themselves (Surrender to God), His fragrance settles down in their bodies.
(His fragrance Those who become selfless and rely on God, His Name gets set
in their bodies: minds. They start reciting His Name with concentration).
NJ N 8M N HNJ HN |M| v90v
kahai naanak chaal bhagtaa jugahu jug niraalee. ||14||
N N U H| HJH N|JU J, |N Nl U 8M HNl : HU J|, JU J1
Says Nanak, the lifestyle of the devotees has been different from the others in all
the times: always (The path of devotion is always hard, and worship of God is not
easy). ||14||
|H 8M|U|J | 8MJ HmH| J |Nm HF NF v
ji-o too chalaa-ihi tiv challah su-aamee hor ki-aa jaanaa gun tayray.
H H|MN, |H H 8MU J mH| 'Ul J| 8MU Jl - mH| JNH U JU
Jl1|UH J NF U H N J|1 ( H mF M HU J H 8JU
J, |ml J HN|ml U H NU| |Nm J|)1
My Lord, we act as You desire, and we do not know any other qualities of You
You are All Powerful! (We are under Your Will, we attach ourselves to You if
You so desire, we know only that You are All Mighty).
|H 8M|U|J | 8MJ |H H|N J v
jiv too chalaa-ihi tivai chalah jinaa maarag paavhay.
|HUl 8MU J 'Ul J| 8MU Jl, |HH J 8J H ' U Jl (H U M
H Hl J, |UJ | HH| J)1
All act under Your Will, and You put them on the path You desire. (You make us
to do according to Your Will. You may or may not attach us to You).
N| |N |H |H M|U|J |H J| J| HU |mJ v
kar kirpaa jin naam laa-ihi se har har sadaa Dhi-aavhay.
mF| |N N N |Hl H HF M |UU J, J J N H U H NU |JU
J1 J| J|: J| J|, HH U H HU J1
Those, whom You put to the recitation of Your-Name by Your Kindness, they
always keep reciting Your Name (Har-e: Haree, means God, they recite the Name
of God).

258

|HH N HF|U|J mF| |H NUm H J v
jis no kathaa sunaa-ihi aapnee se gurdu-aarai sukh paavhay.
|Hl mF |Nm U |UU J, J N U Um: N H| U J| M |M M N,
H H N, m|HN m U|m| H | MU J1
Those, whom You give the knowledge about Yourself, they find peace: mental
peace, spiritual gains, and worldly comforts as well, at the door of the Guru - by
attaching to You through the Guru.
NJ N H8 H|J |H | 8MJ v9v
kahai naanak sachay saahib ji-o bhaavai tivai chalaavahay. ||15||
N H| N|JU J, J H H8 H|MN (|JN), |HUl J 8N MNU J H| 'Ul J|
Jl 8MU J: H U M HU J Hl J|, |UJ JK| H| J1
Says Nanak, O my True Lord, you make us act according to Your Will: You may
attach us to Your Name or not. ||15||
UJ H|JM HU HJ v
ayhu sohilaa sabad suhaavaa.
|UJ H|ml |m HU J HJF J1
HJ mU, m|HN H UF M, U M H M J1 H|JM: H|ml |m
N|1
This Sohila i.e. the Shabad (Hymn), is beautiful: enchanting, it attaches to God.
(Sohila - the song of Joy).
HU HJ HU H|JM H|N HF|Um v
sabdo suhaavaa sadaa sohilaa satguroo sunaa-i-aa.
N H| U HF|Um J|Um |UJ H|ml UF M HU JHH J| 8N MNU J1
|UJ HU, N H| U 8|m J|Um, N U J F M, H|N H| U UH J1
This is ever joy-giving beautiful Hymn, and we hear it from the True Guru.
(This is the composition revealed by the Master: Prophet, God, and it puts us on
the path to Him).
UJ | N H| |Hm |H J |M|m m|Um v
ayhu tin kai manne vasi-aa jin Dhurahu likhi-aa aa-i-aa.
|UJ HU Jl U H |8 H HlU J |N |Hl U Nl |8 |JN |M |U J1
This Hymn settles - enshrines, in the minds of those who are so blessed by the
Lord.

259

|U|N ||J W N|J NM NM| |N |Um v
ik fireh ghanayray karahi galaa gallee kinai na paa-i-aa.
J J |N H |JN H| m HJ H| NMl N| HlU J - N| U J J|
8MU, |||ml NMl U M |NH |JN J| |HMU1
Some keep on merely talking about God - practically do no worship of Him, and
only by talking no one attains: understands, Him.
NJ N HU H|JM H|N HF|Um v9v
kahai naanak sabad sohilaa satguroo sunaa-i-aa. ||16||
N N H| N|JU J |N H|N H| |UJ H|ml |m HJF HU: UH, HF|Um
J1
Says Nanak, this Sohila: the Joy-giving Shabad, has been spoken by the True
Master (that His worship is the way to meet Him, or it is the revealed Bani: the
Hymn directly received by the Guru from God). ||16||
| JU H H |H| J| |m|Um v
pavit ho-ay say janaa jinee har Dhi-aa-i-aa.
J MN | J NU: H U H J NU, |N |Hl |JN U H H|m1
Those persons who recited the Name of God, became pure.
J| |m|Um | JU NH| |H| |m|Um v
har Dhi-aa-i-aa pavit ho-ay gurmukh jinee Dhi-aa-i-aa.
HH U H H N | J NU, m |UJ NHl |JN U H H|m1
H H N J MN| | J N NH F NU1
By reciting the Name of God they got purified, and these were the Gurmukhs
(Devotees) who recited His Name. (By reciting His Name they became God-
Oriented).
| H | NJ H|J |H | HN| HU|m v
pavit maataa pitaa kutamb sahit si-o pavit sangat sabaa-ee-aa.
(m|HJ NHl U) H-| HF , m |UJ U |HMF M | | J NU1
(They got purified, along with) their mothers, fathers, families, friends, and as
well all their companions became purified.
NJU | HFU | H | |H| H| H|Um v
kahday pavit sunday pavit say pavit jinee man vasaa-i-aa.
H HF M, H HF M, m |Hl H H U mU H |Mm, m|HJ H J|
| J NU1
Those who recited Gods Name, others who listened to it, and also still others

260

who got their minds attached to it, all of them got purified.
NJ N H | |H| NH| J| J| |m|Um v9?v
kahai naanak say pavit jinee gurmukh har har Dhi-aa-i-aa. ||17||
N N H| N|JU J, J | J |N |H NHl : N U H|ml , N U JNH
|8 m N, |JN H| U H H|m J1
Says Nanak, all those God-Oriented people who recited His Name became
purified. ||17||
NH| HJH H |F HJH HJH H|U v
karmee sahj na oopjai vin sahjai sahsaa na jaa-ay.
| 8N NH NN H HM|: Hl| Hl |JN, |8 J| mU, m | H U |JN U
HJH: H, U J| JU (|N J Hl J|, Hl |N |H U|m U|ml 8|Hl J| H |UU|ml
J, N)1
NH J J NH, 8|NmU|ml, NH-NlK1 NH-NlK - |JU HH U J |JH |N
|HH |8 H NU JU mMN mMN NHl U N |M|m J|Um J, H N|Uml H| U
mN |UUl-'Ul |JMF, Hl N J NH |UUl, |UUl, N)1 NH U m |NHH Hl
M: U| UNJ U |M|m, | J1
Simply by good deeds, or rituals the mental peace (Poise) is not attained, and
without peace the doubts do not clear up (Whether God is there or not, or that
only the worldly things etc. give happiness).
(Karam: deeds, rituals, and also destiny: luck. Rituals Mostly in the Hindu
worship, the body parts especially the hands are moved differently while reading
out the Mantras or scriptures, and as well some other actions are also undertaken).
J H|U HJH |N HH|H J NH NHU v
nah jaa-ay sahsaa kitai sanjam rahay karam kamaa-ay.
|NH | HHH: mHM, U M HN U J| JU, MN| 8|NmU|ml N N N J NU J -
M N J| |m1
Doubts do not go away by deeds: actions or rituals (Karam) only, and the people
have tried these without gains.
HJH H| HM|F J |N HH|H HU v
sahsai jee-o maleen hai kit sanjam Dhotaa jaa-ay.
H, |JH U M |UJ H: mH, HM J HlU J, | J| |JU, m |UJ
|NUl H - H, | |NUl N| H!
The mind (Soul) becomes filthy by doubts (Skepticism), and then how should it
be cleaned?

261

H J H|U MNJ J| |H JJ |8 M|U v
mannu Dhovahu sabad laagahu har si-o rahhu chitu laa-ay.
mF H HU U M MN N - NF| , H H, N U JNH H N, , m
J N |JN H| U M |UJ H N 1
Wash your mind (Soul) by keeping attached to the Shabad - read Scriptures,
recite His Name, obey His Will, and keep your mind: spirit, consciousness,
focused on the Lord.
NJ N N HU| HJH H |UJ HJH |U H|U v9cv
kahai naanak gur parsaadee sahj upjai ih sahsaa iv jaa-ay. ||18||
N H| N|JU J |N N HJH U| |N U M HJH (|JN, HM|) U JU J, m
|UH U M H U J HlU J, HH ' H m HlU J1
Says Nanak, by Guru's grace, the mental calm (Poise) is attained, and by this the
doubts get removed. ||18||
H|mJ HM JJ |HM v
jee-ahu mailay baahrahu nirmal.
H H U HM J (|, ), J | |UHU J,
Those, at heart bad: polluted within, but outwardly pure their appear is good,
JJ |HM H|mJ HM || HH Hm J|m v
baahrahu nirmal jee-ahu ta mailay tinee janam joo-ai haari-aa.
J | H U HM J, Jl mF HH HU J|m J (HM, H NHl |8
J |U J)1
Those outwardly pure, but polluted at heart, have lost their lives in a gamble
(Uselessly).
UJ |H K N MN HF HJ |H|m v
ayh tisnaa vadaa rog lagaa maranu manhu visaari-aa.
|UJ |H |UN K| |H| MN| JU| J, m |UJ M NU J |N |UJ | H
J - |UJ H N |U J| K HF J1
|H |mH1 H|Um, HH U|ml Hl U| |mH, MM8, )
They have the affliction (Disease) of the great thirst (Greed) for the worldly
things, and they do not remember death. (That on death, all these things will be
left here).
U H|J H H H HF|J J| ||J |H |Mm v
vaydaa meh naam utam so suneh naahee phirhe ji-o baytaali-aa.
(|UJ MN), Ul U |8 |U J|Um '8-H8 |JN U H HFU J| (H U| J

262

J| NU), m H-M ': |ml l, JNU |U J1
In the Holy Vedas, the highest thing is the Lords Name, but the people attached
to the world, do not listen to it, and keep wandering dissatisfied like the lost
persons: demons, ghosts. (Vedas - the Hindu religious ancient Holy-Books).
NJ N |H H8 |Hm N MN || HH Hm J|m v9cv
kahai naanak jin sach taji-aa koorhay laagay tinee janam joo-ai haari-aa. ||19||
N H| N|JU J |N |Hl H8 (HH) K |U J m (U|m U|ml 8|Hl |N
H K HF|ml J) |m J|Um J, J mF HH HU (m J|, H NHl |8)
J |U J1
Says Nanak, those who give up the Truth (God), and accept (Get attached to) the
falsehood (Love of the worldly things), lose their lives in gamble (Uselessly,
purposelessly). ||19||
H|mJ |HM JJ |HM v
jee-ahu nirmal baahrahu nirmal.
J |N H mU m J | | J H HU, 8|NmU|ml NU J,
Those who are pure at heart, and as well of appearance - There is no hypocrisy,
recite Gods Name and do good deeds,
JJ |HM H|mJ |HM H|N NF| NHF| v
baahrahu ta nirmal jee-ahu nirmal satgur tay karnee kamaanee.
J | J, m H | | J, J H|N UH M N 8|NmU|ml NU
J,
J |HM - H|, UF , |HM J, K J| J1 8N NH NU J1
H|mJ |HM H |HM J, H HU, F| U J1
Those who are outwardly pure, and also pure within (at heart), follow the Gurus
Word and perform good deeds. (Outwardly Pure Pure in appearance, no
hypocrisy, do good deeds. Pure Within Recite the Name of God and Gurbani),
N N| H|U J8 J| HH H|8 HHF| v
koorh kee so-ay pahuchai naahee mansaa sach samaanee.
J U| H (NM, , J) N J| J8U| (U| 8 N |JU J, U|m
U|ml Hl U| MM8 J| U|), m J U|ml |Ul H8 (|JN) |8 J| HH N HN
HlU|ml J1
N||ml 8|NmU|ml, m H-H U NF |Ul HN HlU|ml J1 J U| |U 8N
NHl |8 MN HlU| J1
They do not even hear about (Get attached to) the falsehood (Worldly things), and
their desires get absorbed into the Truth. (Doing good deeds and chanting the

263

Name of God appeases: destroys, their desires. They desire for good deeds).
HH |H| |Jm M H FH v
janamu ratanu jinee khati-aa bhalay say vanjaaray.
|Hl |UH J| N HH U| NHU| N MU| (H H |Mm, 8N NH N|) J
HJF | N |Mm (|UJ 8N HUN J, 8N NH N H HF U 8N HU NU
J)1
Those who earn the jewel of this human life, are the good merchants. (Jewel -
they chant the Name of God, do good deeds. They do good business of good
deeds and of chanting the Name of God).
NJ N |H H |HM HU J|J N M v7Ov
kahai naanak jin man nirmal sadaa raheh gur naalay. ||20||
N N U H| N|JU J, |Hl U H | J, J J N N U JNH |8 |JU
(H HU, 8|NmU|ml NU) J1
Says Guru Nanak Dev, those with pure minds, always follow (Abide by) what the
Guru says (Chant His Name, do good deeds). ||20||
H N |H N H| HH J v
jay ko sikh guroo saytee sanmukh hovai.
H NU| |H N U HJHF J, N U M HJ N M: NH F H, N U| H |8
|JF M F, JU JNH |8 m, H H, 8N NH N,
If a Sikh turns to the Guru (Desires to be in the service of the Guru, becomes
God-Oriented, accepts His Will, does good deeds, and recites His Name),
J HH |H NU| H|mJ J N M v
hovai ta sanmukh sikh ko-ee jee-ahu rahai gur naalay.
() N U M HJ N M |H: |H|m MF M, NH, NU| J| FU J, m
m|HJ mF H NN N U M H|m |JU J - JNH HU H HU J1
(But such a Sikh is not common,) hardly there is a Sikh who turns to the Guru,
and then keeps attached to him: follows his dictates, and recites the Name of God
from his heart, sincerely.
N N 8 |JU |mU m mH HHM v
gur kay charan hirdai Dhi-aa-ay antar aatmai samaalay.
(m|HJ |H: |H|m MF M), N U 8l mF H U mU UU NU |JU J:
H |mU, HU J, m H U| UU mF| mH U |8 HMU J (H HU
|JU J)1
(Such a Sikh: disciple, the learner), keeps the feet of the Guru in his heart (Chants

264

His Name), and takes care of these with his soul: remembers God.
m |K HU J F N | m HF NU v
aap chhad-e sadaa rahai parnai gur binu avaru na jaanai ko-ay.
|UJ (NH), m K N HU N (|JN) U M |m|Jm, H - mH, H
HU, J, m N (|JN) | J |NH | HFv
N m HH U | |NH J | J, H |H N ' 1
Giving up his self: renouncing I, my, me i.e. ego, he the God-Oriented one,
keeps linked to the Guru, and does not know anyone else: has faith only on the
Guru and God.
NJ N HFJ HJ H |H HH JU v79v
kahai naanak sunhu santahu so sikh sanmukh ho-ay. ||21||
N H| N|JU J, H MN (NH) HF, |H: |HF M, m|HJ ' U|Hm J l
N U HJHF J|Um H|Fm HlU J1
m|HJ: NH, H HF M, N H| U| H |8 JU J1
Says Nanak, O Saints listen, only such a Sikh: disciple or learner, as described
above, is known as turned to the Guru- in the Gurus service, God-Oriented.
||21||
H N N H J | H|N HN| v
jay ko gur tay vaimukhu hovai binu satgur mukat-e na paavai.
H NU| N (|JN) HJ H MU J, J | H|N (HH) H| U HN| J|
HNU
H N HJ H M J U|m U , m HF-HHF U 8N JN J|
HNU1
Anyone who turns away from the Guru (God), cannot get liberation without the
True Guru (the Lord).
Mukti Emancipation, salvation. It is liberation from the worldly attachments,
and from the cycle of birth and death.
HN| J NU| J |N|m HU v
paavai mukat na hor thai ko-ee puchhahu bibaykee-aa jaa-ay.
|NH J l - |NH J U , | mF N (|JN) , HN| |HM J| HNU|, 8J
l |N|ml: |H, |8, M1
H |H J, J H N mF N NN1
No one can find liberation from anywhere else - except from his Guru (God), one
may ask the wise ones.

265

mN H| |H m |F H|N HN| U v
anayk joonee bharam aavai vin satgur mukat na paa-ay.
N ' |HH: UN| JF U N, H m H |8 H H HH MU
JNU J, m | H8 N U| H m|Uml, (N U J U|Hml: H H|ml) |UJ
HN| J| |HMU|1
Due to his doubts: lack of faith on Guru (God), he gets born again and again in
different forms i.e. animals, birds, fish etc., this is called transmigration, and
without the True Master he does not get liberation. (Without the Gurus shelter -
guidance to recite His Name, there is no liberation).
|| HN| U M|N 8F| H|N HU HFU v
phire mukate paa-ay laage charnee satguroo sabadu sunaa-ay.
m|, HN| N (|JN) H| U| H m|Uml J| |HMU| J |N HU |UJ N H| U
UH |HMU J: H H, 8|NmU|ml N1
At last, he gets liberation by getting attached to the feet of the True Guru (God)
by surrendering to him (Him), and getting his (Gurus) Shabad Word, to chant
the Name of God.
NJ N |8| UJ |F H|N HN| U v77v
kahai naanak veechaar daykhhu vin satgur mukat na paa-ay. ||22||
N H| N|JU J |N H8-|8 N U M, | |JN U: |UJU| |N U, |UJU M
MN N, HN| J| |HMU|1
Says Nanak, think over it, without the kindness of the True Guru (God) there is
no liberation. ||22||
mJ |H H|N N |m|J NJ H8| F| v
aavhu sikh satguroo kay pi-aariho gaavhu sachee banee.
m H|N H| U |m |H, H| H8| F| N1
H8| F| N HJH U| 8| JU|, Hl |UJ U| F N|| F|1 F|, N H|
|JN |HM| J1 F|, N N H|J |8 |U, m UHH |HJ U 8 JU
HU J1
Come, O beloved Sikhs of the True Guru, sing the True Bani - Scriptures,
Hymns.
(True Bani The Scriptures are revealed to the Gurus by God. Hymns given in
the Guru Granth Sahib, as well as the Bani of the Tenth Master, is revealed Bani).
F| NJ N N| F|m |H| F| v
banee ta gaavhu guroo kayree baanee-aa sir banee.
F| N |N H N H| U| 8| JU| N H| U| F| |JN U| NM NU| J1

266

Sing the Bani: Scripture, of the Guru, which is a Supreme i.e. a Great Bani
(Hymns). (Gurus Bani talks only of God).
|H N U| NH J |JU | HHF| v
jin ka-o nadar karam hovai hirdai tinaa samaanee.
|Hl ' |JN H| U| |HJ U| H, |N J H, |UJ F| J U H U mU H
HlU| J1
This Bani (Scripture) settles in the minds of those who get the Grace of God.
|J m|H HU JJ J| |N H|J H|NF| v
peevhu amrit sadaa rahhu har rang japihu saarigpaanee.
m|H | (F| , H H), J N HH U H |8 J -
HH U H H1 F| H H N J N |JN U H |8 |J,
|UJ UU NU J1
m|H m: J|, |H: H, |UJ | N H J| mU|, H U K HN HlU J1
|H H |8, |UJ |H |-HM H 8F|ml (|H|8: |NF|ml-|H|ml)
F|ml N |m N| HlU J, m |UJ |m N |HW HH|Um, MH F|Um HlU
J1
H|NF| | U MFJ: HH1 H|NF | MF M |H |N
|HH U J |8 NH J, J | MF M HH1
Drink Amrit (the Holy-Drink i.e. read the Scriptures, and recite His Name),
forever remain in the love of the Lord, and chant the Name of the Sustainer of
the World (God).
(Amrit A: no, Mrit: death i.e. Immortality-giving Holy-Drink, Ambrosial
Nectar. It is an especially prepared sweetened drink which is given at the time of
inducting a fellow into the Sikh faith.
Saarigpaan Vishnu, Sustainer of the earth i.e. God).
NJ N HU NJ UJ H8| F| v7v
kahai naanak sadaa gaavhu ayh sachee banee. ||23||
N H| N|JU J |N |UJ H8| F|, H| J N NU J1
Says Nanak, sing this True Bani (Hymns) always. ||23||
H|N | J N8| J F| v
satguroo binaa hor kachee hai banee.
H F| H|N H| U| 8| Hl F N|| JU| J|, J N8| J1
N8| F| - m N-U|, |mM|, H|Um U J, |UJU |MF M N|JU J m
NU J J1 J H8: HH, m H UN| , U J1 |UH F| U |8 N HJH

267

U| NF|-HN|, m|HN J|1 |UJ N|: |JN mU| JU| J|1
The Bani (Scriptures, Hymns) not composed or approved by the Gurus is merely
an ordinary, untrue poetry (False songs related to the worldly attachments with no
spirituality in them, nothing about God. There is hypocrisy, the writers deeds and
preaching are different. It has no effect of the high deeds and spiritual strength of
the Gurus. It is not revealed: got from God).
F| N8| H|N J J N8| F| v
banee ta kachee satguroo baajhahu hor kachee banee.
H F| H8 N HJH H| U| J| J N8| J, (UN| N) N8| J| J1
m|HJ| F| U|m U J, JU |8 N H| U| NF| m|HN J|,
N J|, M |HM| JU| J|, |UJU |MF M NU J m N|JU N J J1
The Bani (Hymns) not belonging to the True Guru is false, (Believe it) it is
untrue. (Such Hymns are about the worldly things, with no spirituality and the
effect of the high deeds of the Guru, nothing about God, not revealed i.e. not got
from God. There is hypocrisy in this, the writers deeds and preaching are
different).
NJU N8 HFU N8 N8| m| F| v
kahday kachay sunday kachay kachee
N
aakh vakhaanee.
N U F| 8F M m |UJ HF M | N8, H UN| |J J, |N
|N |UJ N|8ml, |N H H J| HU, m|HN J J|U J, U M J| H,
8| JU| J1
Without the Guru all others who compose the so-called Bani, (Scriptures) are
false: not God-Oriented, and those who listen to such compositions are untrue as
well (Attached to the worldly things).
J| J| | N|J H N|Jm N HF| v
har-e har-e nit karahi rasnaa kahi-aa kachhoo na jaanee.
(m|HJ MN) H U M | |JN, |JN NU J, H N|JU J JU| J
NU| HH J| |N J N| N|J J J: |UJU HM N| J1
m|HJ, HJ J m H J J, mF |NJ m J| HFU, HU, NU J|1
With their tongues, they continuously chant Gods Name, but do not know what
they say. (They are hypocrites, do not practice what they preach).
|8 |H N |J| M|Um H|Um M| U F| v
chit jin kaa hir la-i-aa maa-i-aa bolan pa-ay ravaanee.
|H U H H|Um N |Mm J|Um J: H U|m U|ml NMl |8 H J|U J, J
l-| M| HlU J1

268

J, H-H|, ' ', | HH, H| H| UH |UU, |JN m H U|ml
NMl NU HHU J |N F| 8 J J1
Those won over by the worldly attachments, go on talking fast, (without
understanding anything, reciting mechanically about God and His Name, thinking
they are composing Bani).
NJ N H|N J J N8| F| v70v
kahai naanak satguroo baajhahu hor kachee banee. ||24||
N H| N|JU J |N | N H| U M|, 8|, NU| J F| HF, F, J F|
N8| J1
Says Nanak, Bani (Hymns) composed by anyone other than the True Guru, is
false. ||24||
N N HU J J| |H H v
gur kaa sabadu ratannu hai heeray jitu jarhaa-o.
N H| U HU (H) |UN : J|-H|, J |N H J| H|m J1
N|H| J, |HH U|ml |ml |Hl J, H U mU J| H |UU: H-F|
|JN |UU J1
The Word of the Guru: the Name of God, is a jewel studded diamond. (It is
precious and it makes the mind studded with diamonds established, set in the
recitation of His Name, Scriptures).
HU |H H MN UJ Jm HH v
sabad ratan jit man laagaa ayhu ho-aa samaa-o.
HU : J| N H, |Hl |m H, |HH H HJ H, m|HJ H |UH
H U |8 J| HH HlU J1
The mind, which is attracted by this Jewel (Name of God), gets attached to the
Word (Starts deeply reciting His Name).
HU H| H |H|Mm H8 M|Um v
sabad saytee man mili-aa sachai laa-i-aa bhaa-o.
(m|HJ NH U) H, HU: F|, H, U M H HlU J, m H8 U:HH U,
|m HlU J1
Anyone whose mind is attached to the Word (Bani and the Name of God), he or
she develops love for the Lord.
m J| m |HH U|U |U v
aapay heeraa ratan aapay jis no day-ay bujhaa-ay.
J m J| (|JN) J| m J| : N|H| N, J - N|H|: m NF M

269

J, m |UJ |Nm l JU J H N HH m m|HJ| HH, U1
He Himself is a diamond, and a jewel of limitless qualities, and this
understanding comes by His Own Blessings.
NJ N HU J J| |H H v7v
kahai naanaku sabadu ratanu hai heeraa jitu jarhaa-o. ||25||
N H| N|JU J |N N U HU (F|, H) N|H| HJ: J|, H| J, NF M
J, |N |HH U| |N U M |JN H| H U mU m U J1
H N N H H U M H HlU J, m |UH U N HH: |UJU| UU,
|m, H U mU m |JNU J1
Says Nanak, the Shabad (Word, Name of God) is a jewel decorated with
diamonds (Shabad is precious: with great spiritual qualities, and by its recitation
the love for its chanting develops, the mind gets attached to God, it gets filled
with the love of God). ||25||
|H HN| m| |U N N m JNH U v
siv sakat aap upaa-ay kai kartaa aapay hukam vartaa-ay.
N (|JN) m J| |H, H|mH - HUl U| mH, m HN| (H|Um,
U|m) U NN m J| |UJ mF JNH U |8 8MU J1
God creates Shiva: God-factor - things with soul, living beings, and Shakti:
Maya: the world, and He puts them under His Command.
JNH U m| NH| |NH U v
hukam vartaa-ay aap vaykhai gurmukh kisai bujhaa-ay.
(|JN) mF JNH N - JNH U |8 8M N, m J| mF| K UU J
|UJ HFU J, |UJU| MF NU J, |UJ NM |NH |M N-|m HH
m J| HHU J1
Putting everything under His Will, He enjoys His play - provides sustenance to
His Creation, but to some rare ones He Himself gives this understanding.
J HN HU H| HU v
torhay banDhan hovai mukatu sabad manne vasaa-ay.
HU (H, F|) H U mU H N - F| , H U H N, U|m U JJ
HlU J HN J HU|U J1
HN| HH U m HHF HF U 8N HN HlU J1
By keeping the mind attached to the Word by reading Scriptures, reciting the
Name of God, the worldly bonds get broken and liberation is achieved.
(Liberation freedom from the worldly bindings, and as well from the cycle of
birth and death).

270

NH| |HH m| N H J UNH |H |M MU v
gurmukh jis no aap karay so hovai aykas si-o liv laa-ay.
(HH) |HH NH (|HH U HJ N U M J, N U JNH |8 m|Um J|Um)
FU J H J| FU J, m JU| |M (|m, H|) HH U M MN HlU| J
(|m F HlU J)1
The Lord Himself makes someone a Gurmukh: the one attached to the Guru,
God-Oriented, and then he or she gets deeply linked to God.
NJ N m| N m JNH U v7v
kahai naanak aap kartaa aapay hukam bujhaa-ay. ||26||
N H| N|JU J |N J m N: H N NF M, 8 8F M J, m m J|
mF JNH (mF| K U|) H-HH |UU J1
JU| |N U M JU| 8 JNH U| HH U| J1
Says Nanak, He is the Creator, and He Himself gives the understanding of His
Will. ||26||
|H|H| HH |8U H HF| v
simrit saastar punn paap beechaarday tatai saar na jaanee.
|H|H|ml m HH m l mF |8 UHU MN |UJ U J,
|H |U J| MF U M NJ |N mHM|m (H-H |UJU M) HH NU Jl,
l NM J| FU|1
H H NF U mHM |Nm N JU J, J J HH |UU J |N |UJ NH
|UUl N J1
|H|H||ml, HH - |JU H U|ml , |, HN HNl1
The Simritees and the Shaastras tell about the good and bad, but only by reading
it the reality of God, and of reciting His Name, cannot be known (Guru can give
this practical knowledge. Simritees and Shaastras - Hindu ancient religious
books)
H HF| N J H HF| v
tatai saar na jaanee guroo baajhahu tatai saar na jaanee.
N | mHM|m: H, F|, m HH U JNH, U| HH J| U|, HH J|
J| HNU|1
No one can know the Truth - Essence: God and the value of reciting His Name.
Without the Guru (Master), no one can know it.

271

|J| NF| HH |H H H|m |F |JF| v
tihee gunee sansaar bharam sutaa suti-aa rain vihaanee.
U|m U |l NF U N HH H |8 H J, m H|ml J| (|HUN|, |Nm
|) | J J| J - H J| HU1
H - U: U|8|, |HH J|, J |N J|1
| NF: I. H HF, H8U|, , NF; 2. H H, , , ||Um-8NM|,
J mNF, UHJF; 3. H HH, |Hml N NF, JN1
The world is ignorant due to doubts caused by three characteristics of the world:
the worldly attachments - virtue, vile, ego.
(Three faceted world 1. Sato: truthfulness, saint-hood, virtues. 2. Tamo: dark
aspects, viles, falsehood, backbiting, meanness etc. 3. Rajo: kingly characters -
ego, boasting, talking tall etc. The people are wasting lives by not rising above
these 3 aspects of the world).
N |N H H HN |H J| H| |Hm M|J m|H F| v
gur kirpaa tay say jan jaagay jinaa har man vasi-aa boleh amrit banee.
N H| U| |N U M J MN HN U J - HH m H U |Nm J HlU J,
|Hl U H U mU |JN U| UU H HlU| J, m J m|H N| F| U J1
m|H F| - '8|-H8|, |, H| UF M| F|1
By the grace of the Guru those people become aware of Him and of His Name,
who have set God in their minds, and chant the Holy Scriptures.
NJ N H U |HH m|U J| |M MN HN |F |JF| v7?v
kahai naanak so tatu paa-ay jis no an-dinu har-e liv laagai jaagat raine
vihaanee. ||27||
N H| N|JU J |N H mHM| NM U MNU J |N |HH |U- |JN U
|m |Fm |JU J (MN U M H HU J) m HN N: H HU, NJU J
(8: 8H, J H HU H| | NU J)1
Says Nanak, only he understands the reality - realizes God, and the value of
reciting His Name, who day and night remains absorbed in the Lord, and passes
night (Life) awake (In His awareness). ||27||
H N U H|J |M N H |N HJ |H|m v
maataa kay udar meh partipaal karay so ki-o manhu visaaree-ai.
(H |N) H U U (J, N) |8 | |M NU, 8 MU J, J |UM |8
|N MU|U!
(When He) takes care - nourishes, protects, in the mothers tummy too, then why
forget Him!

272

HJ |N |H|m UK U |H mN| H|J mJ J8U v
manhu ki-o visaaree-ai ayvadu daataa je agan-e mehe aahaaru pahuchaava-
ay.
UK K U, |N H H N |UU J, mF H |N MU|U, |N H mN U |8 |
N J8U J1
mN - J: N, U| mN, |N H 8 NU|-FU| J; |UJ mN NHJ |UU| |
HH| HlU| J!
Why forget from the mind such a Great Giver, who nourishes us even in the fire
(of the womb that makes-bakes the child. This fire is also considered to bother the
child).
UH |NJ |J HN| |HH mF| |M MU v
os no kihu pohi na sakee jis na-o aapnee liv laav-ay.
J N | (U UU) J J| HNU |N |HH HH mF |m |UU J1
H HF M U H ' ' HlU J1
Nothing - affliction, pain, can touch one, whom the Lord gives His love (Such a
person rises above afflictions).
mF| |M m MU NH| HU HHM|m v
aapnee liv aapay laa-ay gurmukh sadaa samaalee-ai.
(|JN) mF| MN m J| MU J, NH F N: N U JNH |8 m N, HU J|
|JN H| U| HM N| 8J|U| J - H HF m F| F| 8J|U J1
The Lord Himself blesses with His love, we should become God-Oriented and
take care of Him (Chant His Name, recite Gurbani).
NJ N UK U H |N HJ |H|m v7cv
kahai naanak ayvad daataa so ki-o manhu visaaree-ai. ||28||
N H| N|JU J, UK K U (U|, H N UF M) mH| H MU|U |N!
Guru Nanak says, why forget such a Great Giver from our minds! ||28||
HH| mN| U H|J H| J| H|Um v
jaisee agan udar meh taisee baahar maa-i-aa.
|HJ |HJ| mN J U mU J, J |HJ| J| mN (N) HH U mU J U|m U| J1
8 MU| N mU N U| MM8 J, N | H HN1 MNl J U|m
U|ml 8|Hl U| MM8 J |UJ U |J J| HNU1
Just like fire within the womb, there is fire outside.
(Fire within the womb heat in the womb. Greed of the child for food in the
womb, without which it will die).
Fire outside - Attachment with the worldly things after birth, or greed of the

273

people already in the world.
H|Um mN| H |UN |HJ| N M 8|Um v
maa-i-aa agan sabh iko jayhee kartai khayl rachaa-i-aa.
H|Um - HH U|ml Hl U| MM8, m mN - J: N, U| N, |UN |HJ|ml J,
|UJ H |JN H| U| 8| JU| K J1
Hl U J |8 8 mF| Hl | l | JU J, |UH U | H| J| HNU1
|UH J| J HH U |8 MN| U|ml U|ml 8|Hl | J, HHl H J|
U1
The worldly attachments and the fire (of the womb) are one and the same, all this
is the play of the Lord.
(When in the womb, a child is fully dependent on its mother, and without her it
will die. Similarly, people outside become deeply attached to the worldly things,
and do not depend (have faith) on God).
H |H F H|Hm | M |Um v
jaa tis bhaanaa taa jammi-aa parvaar bhalaa bhaa-i-aa.
HU HH U JNH J|Um l U H|Hm, N 8 J m|Um, |UJU| H|
JU|1
He Wills and the child gets born (Comes out of womb), and this delights the
family.
|M N| MN| |H H|Um mH |Um v
liv chhurhkee lagee tarisnaa maa-i-aa amar vartaa-i-aa.
HH MU J| |JN U M M|Nm J|Um |m N: JJ, |Nm, U|m U|ml Hl U|
|mH MN NU|, HH m|HJ JNH |U1
|JN U JNH |8 H|Um mH 8N 8M |U J |N HHU J| HH M HlU
J1
(On birth) the love for the Lord disappears, child becomes attached to the worldly
desires, such is the Will of God. (The worldly attachments have such an
attraction, that God is forgotten right after birth).
UJ H|Um |H J| |H HJ H UH M|Um v
ayh maa-i-aa jitu har-e visrai mohu upjai bhaa-o doojaa laa-i-aa.
HH U mU, |UJ H|Um: HH U|ml Hl U| N mH| J |N H HH M |UU|
J, |UJ HH U HJ MN HlU J, m HH K N |m J 8|Hl U
M F HlU J1
(After birth) due to attachment to the worldly things, the Lord is forgotten,
attachment arises (for the family and the world), and love develops with other

274

things (but, not with God).
NJ N N HU| |H |M MN| || |8 H|Um |Um v7cv
kahai naanak gur parsaadee jinaa liv laagee tinee vichay maa-i-aa paa-i-aa.
||29||
N H| N|JU J, N HJH U| |N U M |H (|N U M) |m HlU
J, J H|Um |8 J| - U|m U|ml 8|Hl JKU, HH |HM HlU J, JU
|Nm J HlU J1
Guru Nanak says, by the Guru's (Gods) Grace, those who develop His love,
realize (Understand) Him while enjoying the worldly things. ||29||
J| m| mHMN J H|M |Um H|U v
har aap amulak hai mul na paa-i-aa jaa-ay.
HH mHMN J - |HH U| NU| N|H J| HNU, |UJU| N|H U| J| H HN|U|
(HM |HMU J|)1
The Lord is priceless, His price cannot be estimated (None can get Him:
understand Him, by paying a price).
H|M |Um H|U |NH |JJ J MN |MM|U v
mul na paa-i-aa jaa-ay kisai vitahu rahay lok villaa-ay.
|NH | |UJU| N|H J| U| H HNU| MN NM: |MN, , H N N J NU
J1 (NU| HM J| M HNU)1
His worth cannot be known or estimated the people got tired of trying it (None
can have Him at a price).
mH H|N H |HM |H |H H|m |8J m H|U v
aisaa satguru jay milai tis no siru sa-upee-ai vichahu aapu jaa-ay.
H N m|HJ H|N |HM H, J mF |H J N UU|U, l H mF H JN
|HJ H1
m|HJ H|N |HH U| |N U M HH |HM H, JU N J HU|U,
JU 8| HU|U1 H|N HH m HlU| J |N N|H U N, mF H U M,
HH |HM J| HNU1 |UJ HH HF U M |H m HlU| J, |JN U| |N
' H F HlU J1
If you meet such a True Guru who, with his grace, can make you realize God,
offer your head to Him: surrender to him, this will clean your mind of ego. (Your
ego will leave you on realizing that you cannot reach God by your own efforts, or
by paying a price. This understanding will bring humility, and faith in the
Kindness of God will develop).

275

|HH U H| |H |H|M J J| H H| m|U v
jis daa jee-o tis mil rahai har vasai manne aa-ay.
(, JN |HJ N) |HH U| |UJ H|mH: H| J, JU (HH U) M H |H|Mm
J, H H, U |JN H| H U mU m |JNU J (H U mU |JN U| KW| UU
F HlU| J)1
After ego goes away, if you keep your soul attached to God: keep reciting His
Name, then He comes to stay in your mind, you keep in the deep remembrance of
God.
J| m| mHMN J N | N N |H J| M |U vOv
har-e aape amulaku hai bhaag tinaa kay naankaa jin har-e pallai paa-ay. ||30||
N H| N|JU J |N HH |NH | N|H J, m J U| 8N| |NHH J |N
|Hl H|N U| |N U M HH |HM HlU J1
Nanak says, the Lord is priceless, and fortunate are those who reach God - realize
the Lord through the Kindness of the Guru: True Master. ||30||
J| |H H| H FH v
har raas mayree man vanjaaraa.
|JN H| H| H| J, m H H |UJ U J| || J: H |UJ U J| HU NU
Jl - H |UJ U M J| |J J, H |UJ U J| H| Jl, H HF J| H NH J1
The Lord is my capital (Investment) and my mind is the merchant (My trade is
remembering God, chanting His Name is my business).
J| |H H| H FH H|N |H HF| v
har raas mayree man vanjaaraa satgur tay raas jaanee.
HH (H) H| H| J, m H H |UJ U J| || J (H H U), m
|UJU| HH H H|N H| mU| J1
The Lord is my capital: reciting the Name of God is my Investment, and my mind
is its merchant (My mind is fixed on Gods Name, I recite His Name). I came to
know about my capital (God, chanting His Name) from the True Guru.
J| J| | H|J H|mJ MJ |JJ |UJ| v
har-e har-e nit japihu jee-ahu laahaa khatihu dihaarhee.
H| mH: NH, JHH J| |JN, |JN, HU J, m J |U |UJ M U
J - |UH H HH U |UJ J| M J1
O people, always chant the Lords Name, and every day make bargain of this
human life.

276

UJ | |H|Mm |H J| m F v
ayhu Dhan tinaa mili-aa jin har aapay bhaanaa.
|UJ (H ) J |HMU J: H J HU J, |N |Hl MU| HH U H
NU J - H HH , HH, JU J1
This wealth (Recitation of Gods Name) is obtained by those to whom the Lord
Wills.
NJ N J| |H H| H Jm FH v9v
kahai naanaku har-e raase mayree mannu ho-aa vanjaaraa. ||31||
N H| N|JU J, H| H, H|, HH JU H J, m H |UH U ||
(H HF M) J1
Nanak says, the Lord, His Name, is my investment, and my mind is its merchant:
I chant His Name. ||31||
U H m |H |8 J| | |mH H|U v
ay rasnaa too ann rasse raache rahee tayree pi-aas na jaa-ay.
m H| (H), J HUl |8 U| JU| J (HH U HJ |8 H H |Mm J|Um
J), m | |mH J| |HJU| - H JNU J, Hl| J| |HMU|1
O tongue, you are enjoying other tastes and your thirst does not go away (You are
attached to the worldly things, you do not recite His Name, the desires of mind do
not leave you).
|mH H|U J |N |H8 J| H M |U v
pi-aas na jaa-ay horatu kitai jicharu har-e rassu palai na paa-ay.
|UJ (Hl U|) -J H J| HNU| |NH J NM |N HU N |JN U H mF
M J| U1
HU N |UJ H N mF| M| |8 U J|, H J| HU, U N |
|UJ |mH KN| J|1 N U U KN |NH J l , N U| |N m H H
|, J| |HMN1
This thirst cannot go away by any means until you develop the love for God. (Till
you do not understand His love from the Guru, without his Kindness and
recitation of the Name of God, you cannot reach the Lord).
J| H |U M |m J| H J| |H MN m|U v
har ras paa-ay palai pee-ai har ras bahurh na tarisnaa laagai aa-ay.
(U) HH U H (H) mF M M, H |8 U N M, |JN U H
|: H H, l H J Ul U| J| MNU|, Hl| |HM HlU| J1
If you obtain the Essence: develop love for the Lord, and drink this i.e. recite His

277

Name, you shall not be thirsty again - desires will not bother you, you will get the
peace of mind.
UJ J| H NH| U|m H|N |HM |HH m|U v
ayhu har ras karmee paa-ee-ai satgur milai jis aa-ay.
|UJ |JN U H - H, 8N Nl U M |HMU J |N |HH H|N H| |HM F,
H H U UH U| |N J H1
The Essence: Name of the Lord, His love, is obtained by good luck, good deeds,
when the True Guru: the True Master, meets (and tells you to recite the Name of
God).
NJ N J| m H H| |H H J| H H| m|U v7v
kahai naanaku hor-e ann rass sabhe veesray jaa har-e vasai manne aa-ay.
||32||
N H| N|JU J, J J - H, U|m U, H HU M HlU J HU HH H| H
U mU H HF1
Says Nanak, all other tastes - longings, desires, disappear when God - His
remembrance, chanting His Name, occupies the mind. ||32||
U H| H|m J| H H|J H| | HN H|J m|Um v
ay sareeraa mayri-aa har-e tum meh jote rakhee taa too jagg mehe aa-i-aa.
m H H|, |JN H| |8 mF| H| (mH) U|, m l U|m |8 HH
|Mm1
O my body, the Lord put awareness (Soul) into you, and then you came into the
world.
J| H| | ||8 HN H|J m|Um v
har jot rakhee tuDh vich taa too jag meh aa-i-aa.
|JN |8 mF| H (mH) U| l HH U |8 HH |Mm1
The Lord put soul into you, and then you came into the world.
J| m H m | |H| H| |U HN |U|Um v
har aapay maataa aapay pitaa jin jee-o upaa-ay jagat dikhaa-i-aa.
|JN H| m J| H-| J |N |H |8 mF| H (mH) U| (
H|Hm) m J HH U| mF| K |UU|1
| mF H-| U NF J| J|, HH U| |N NN H|Hm J,
HH H8 H-| J1
The Lord Himself is your real mother and father, He put soul into you (You were
born), and showed you His play of Creation. (You are not simply because of your

278

mother and father, but the Lord who put soul into you is your Real Parents).
N HU| |m 8M Jm 8M U| m|Um v
gur parsaadee bujhi-aa taa chalat ho-aa chalat nadree aa-i-aa.
HU N U| |N U M |UJ |Nm J|Um |N H N HH J, 8M Jm: |UJ
K F|, HH U| K U| HH mU|1
HU |Nm J|Um |N |UJU | ' mF U NF HH J, HH mU| |N
|UJ U m m J H| 8 |JN U| FU| JU| J, m |UH HH J| 8M
|J J1
When, by the kindness of the Guru: the Master, he had realization that he was
created by His Grace, then the true play started i.e. its understanding came that he
himself and whole of the Creation is His own play.
NJ N |HH|J N HM |8m H| | HN H|J m|Um vv
kahai naanaku sarisat-e kaa moolu rachi-aa jote raakhee taa too jagg mehe aa-
i-aa. ||33||
N H| N|JU J |N HU HH HH U| 8 U m N|, H|l U |8 mF|
H (mH) U|, l |UJ H N HH U |8 m|Um1
Says Nanak, when God started His Creation, he put soul into everything then the
beings came into the world. ||33||
H| 8 |Um mNH H|Fm v
man chaa-o bha-i-aa parabh aagam suni-aa.
H U |8 8 F |Nm J |UJ HF N |N |JN H| m J J1
H| J |UJ HJHH NN |N HH H U mU H, H |JN |JN J J,
HH |N N |J J, HH HH m J| J)1
The mind is elated (Joyful) to hear that God is coming. (The mind is in joy to
realize that Name: the remembrance of God, is settling down in the mind, He is
caring, His understanding is coming).
J| HNM N H| |NJ HU |Fm v
har mangalu gaa-o sakhee grihu mandaru bani-aa.
H HN|-H|: NH, H| U, HH U| | U N| N, H W (H) HU -
U |JF U| l, F |Nm J1
My friends, sing the songs of joy: the Lords praise, because my mind has become
a place for Him to stay.

279

J| N HNM | H|U HN U |mU v
har gaa-o mangalu nit sakhee-ay sogu dookhu na vi-aapa-ay.
HN|, J N |JN H| U NF N, |UJU M U-NH| J| JN1
My friends (Companions), always sing His praise, by this you will not get any
sorrow and suffering.
N 8 MN |U HN mF | HU v
gur charan laagay din sabhaagay aapnaa pir jaap-ay.
J |U NH M J |N HU N H| U 8| MN HU|U, H mU|U, m |UJ
mF | (HH) U |Nm J HU1
Blessed is the day, when I get attached to the Guru's feet (Come to the protection
of, surrender to Him), and realize (Understand) my Real Spouse: God.
mJ F| N H|U HF| J| H J| H N v
anhat banee gur sabad jaanee har naam har ras bhogo.
mJ F| U |Nm N U HU (H H, F| F) U M J|Um J, m JF
HH U H HF U J H, | mU, HF |J Jl1
mJ-F| mJU-F|1 |UJ mJ-HU | N|JU J1 mJ: | NF
mH, MN F| HU, MN F| U mJJ N1 HH U H U| |
mH1
I have come to understand the Anhat-Bani (Celestial Sound) by the recitation of
the Shabad: the Name of God, Scriptures. And now, by reciting His Name, I
enjoy the Essence - remembrance of the Lord.
(Anhat-Bani, Anhad-Bani Also called Anhat-Shabad. Anhat - sound without
cause, continuous sound, Bani or Shabad. Continuous Holy Sound of the Name of
God - Celestial Sound).
NJ N m| |H|Mm NF NF HN v0v
kahai naanak parabh aap mili-aa karan kaaran jogo. ||34||
N H| N|JU J |N |UH l (H H N) |JN H| m |HM U J |N H H N
N HNF M J1
H N N HNF M |JN U HFN| J NU| J, HH - HH
J NU J1
Says Nanak, this way: by reciting His Name, God who can do every thing, met
him. (God became accessible to Him, he realized i.e. understood Him). ||34||

280

U H| H|m |UH HN H|J m|U N |Nm NH NH|Um v
ay sareeraa mayri-aa is jagg meh aa-ay kai ki-aa tuDh karam kamaa-i-aa.
m H H|, |UH U|m |8 m N N|J |HJ NH N| J!
O my body, after coming into this world, what sort of deeds you have done!
|N NH NH|Um H| H HN H|J m|Um v
ke karam kamaa-i-aa tuDh sareeraa jaa too jagg meh aa-i-aa.
N| NH N| J H H|, |UH HH U |8 m N!
What deeds you have done, O my body, after coming into this world!
|H| J| 8 |8m H J| H| H|Um v
jin har tayraa rachan rachi-aa so har manne na vasaa-i-aa.
|HH HH F|Um J, H mF H U mU H|Um J| J| (JU H
J| H|m)1
The Lord who created you, you have not placed Him into your mind (You do not
remember Him).
N HU| J| H| |Hm | |M|m |Um v
gur parsaadee har manne vasi-aa poorab likhi-aa paa-i-aa.
|M HHl U N| NHl U M N N HJH U| |N U M, |JN H U mU
H HlU J1
If good deeds have been done in the previous lives, by the Guru's Grace, the Lord
settles down in the mind.
NJ N UJ H| F Jm |H| H|N |H |8 M|Um vv
kahai naanak ayhu sareer parvaan ho-aa jin satgur si-o chit laa-i-aa. ||35||
N N H| N|JU J |N H| (|UJ HH) JU |JN HH J (HM J) |N H N
|NH JU (HH) U M |m |Um J1
Says Nanak, the body (this birth) of that person is acceptable to God (Successful),
when he or she develops the love for Him. ||35||
U J H|J J| H H|J H| | J| | m UJ NU| v
ay naytarahu mayriho har-e tum mehe jote Dharee har-e binu avaru na
daykhhu ko-ee.
m H| m| |JN H| JK |8 H U| J (UF HN F|Um J), HU
HH U H| J N | U1
J H, J 8|H |8 J J| |UH1 H J N HH UU 1 H U mU
|JN U |m HH|Um J1
O my eyes, the Lord has given you the power to see, you should not see anything

281

other than Him (In everything you should see God).
J| | m UJ NU| U| J| |J|Mm v
har-e bin avar na daykhhu ko-ee nadree har-e nihaali-aa.
HH | J N U, mF|ml m|ml U M HH J| |UH (J H, J
8|H |8 J J| |UH)1
Do not look at anything other than the Lord, see the Lord only.
Everywhere and in everything see only the Lord.
UJ |H HH H UU UJ J| N J J| U| m|Um v
ayhu vis sansaar tum daykh-day ayhu har kaa roop hai har roop nadree aa-i-aa.
|UJ |H (H) HH H H| UU J |UJ J| () U J| J, J| U J| |UHU
J |UJ1
|H |H: H1 |H Hl |H U m H|J | J1 |UJ HH |HH H|J HHU
J, |UJ J| U J, |UH 8 J| J| |UHU J1 MN U|m Ul U NF (|HJ) HH
N W- K, H NF MU| HNMl Jl HlU H1 N H| HHU J |N
mH| NM J|, |UJ HH |JN U J, JU F|Um J, m |UJU| J 8|H 8
HH U, W K N J HF U| M J|, W |J N UN| N1
This whole world which you see is the image of God, the image of the Lord is
seen.
Vissu Vishv whole of, all. Viss or Vish, means poison, as well. The people
took worldly things as the source of afflictions (Poison), and so discarded homes
and left for the forests and mountains to worship God. The Guru advises that the
world is His Creation, and so you should see through it God only and nothing
else. You need not run out to escape, but stay home and worship.
N HU| |m H J| |UN J J| | m NU| v
gur parsaadee bujhi-aa jaa vaykhaa har ik hai har bin avar na ko-ee.
H |UJ HH (|N H |UHU J HH U J) N H| U| |N U M mU| J, JF H
|UHU J H N |UN |JN J| HU J, m J|: HH, U | J N | J|1
I have understood it by the Kindness of the Guru (that whatever is seen is the
image of God), now whatever is seen appears God only, and there is nothing else
except the Lord.
NJ N U|J m H H|N| |H|Mm |U |UH|J JU| vv
kahai naanak ayhi naytar anDh say satgur mili-ai dib darisat ho-ee. ||36||
N H| N|JU J |N |UJ H|N m|ml m|ml J, |U-U|HJ: |Nm U| H, H|N
H| |HMU| J1
- H| U|ml m|ml mHM| NM J| HNU|ml |N H |UHU J |UJ H

282

|JN U J| J1
|U |UH|J - mHM| NM UF M| H, |Nm U| H1
Says Nanak, these bodily eyes are blind, but only on meeting the True Guru one
gets the vision of knowledge. ||36|| (Bodily eyes - cannot see the reality that
whatever we see is the image of God. Vision of knowledge - that sees everything
as the Lord).
U HFJ H|J H8 HF U v
ay sarvanhu mayriho saachai sunnai no pathaa-ay.
m H N, H| H8 (HHl) HF H U (MU) NU J (HF J H8, JU|ml
|Hl, JNH, H, F|)1
O my ears, you have been created to hear the Truth (About Him, His praise, His
dictates, His Name, Scriptures).
H8 HF U H|| MU HFJ H| F| v
saachai sunnai no pathaa-ay sareer laa-ay sunhu sat banee.
H8 (|JN U , m |UJU H) HF MU| MU NU J, H| |H H8| F|: F|
|N H |JN UHU| J, J| HF1
You were created to hear the Truth (God and about Him), and listen to the True
Bani: the Scriptures that tell about God.
|H HF| H J|m Jm H |H HHF| v
jit sunee man tan hari-aa ho-aa rasnaa ras samaanee.
|UH (F|) HF N H m H| ||U J HlU J, m H |8 H (H H, H U
H U| MN) m HlU J1
Hearing it the mind and body revive (Get rejuvenated, get joy), and the tongue is
absorbed in the Holy Essence (Recitation of the Name of God).
H8 mM |KF| N| N| NJ| HU v
sach alakh vidaanee taa kee gatte kahee na jaa-ay.
H8 (HH) UH|ml HF HNF M|ml |KmU|ml M J, JU| mH: JM,
UH| J| H HNU|1
mM mM, |UHF M|ml, UH|ml H HNF M|ml1
The True Lord is of invisible: indescribable, not understandable, great qualities,
His state - reality, greatness, cannot be described.

283

NJ N m|H H HFJ | JJ H8 HF U v?v
kahai naanak amrit naam sunhu pavitar hovhu saachai sunnai no pathaa-ay.
||37||
N H| N|JU J |N m|H N H HF, m | J H H| H8 (H) HF
H J| MNU NU J1
m|H H - |, HF 8F M U H, NH: |JN,
NF|1
| JJ | J H, NH: N U JNH HF M F H1
Says Nanak, listen to the Holy Name of God and become purified: holy, you were
created to hear the Truth (Name of the Lord). ||37||
Amrit Naam - The Holy Name. The Name of God by reciting which there is
no more death gives immortality.
J| H| N mU| | N H F H|Um v
har-e jee-o gufaa andar-e rakhe kai vaajaa pavanu vajaa-i-aa.
|JN H| (H| U| mH) N: H|, mU N F U H H|Um, HJ -
H |U|1
H F H|Um - |UJ H| |N H HmHl N N H|U J, |UH U |8 HmH U,
|UH |8 mF| H, 8: H, |U|1
The Lord placed the soul into the cave (Body), and blew the breath of life into
this musical instrument: body - Consciousness, soul, was put into the body, it
became activated.
(Vaajaa pavann vajaa-ae-aa The breath keeps this body alive, God blew the
breath (Life) into this body and activated it).
H|Um H F Um NJ N|U UH N |Um v
vajaa-i-aa vaajaa pa-un na-o du-aaray pargatu kee-ay dasvaa gupatu rakhaa-i-
aa.
|UJ J U M HF M H H |U (H| U |8 HmH, H |U|), |UJU
UH l |UHU , UHl: UHH-Um - UHl UH, MNl J, H J|
mU1
Um - U m|ml, U N, N U U J (Hl), HJ, U N mN, |UJ H |UHU
J1
UHH-Um UHl UH: mH-HH, U |JF U| l1 |UJ |H U| 8J| (|H
U M) M| l J |N |H H Hl U| FU J1 |UJ NU| H| U mN J|,
m: m|HN-H U| NM J1 |UJ l |UHU J|1
He blew the breath of life into this musical instrument (activated the body),
revealed its nine doors, and kept the tenth-door hidden.

284

na-o du-aaray: Nine-Doors - Two eyes, two ears, two nostrils, one mouth and
two private parts. These are visible.
dassvaa: Tenth - The Tenth-Door, is the place of soul i.e. of God, and is at the
top of the head. This is not a body-organ.
NUm M|U | |UN UH Um |U|Um v
gurdu-aarai laa-ay bhaavnee iknaa dasvaa du-aar dikhaa-i-aa.
N-Um (N-W, N) U M H F M (|HH F M, H H, F| ), l
J UHl-Um, |N H N J, | |UH U J - JH |Nm, mH-HH
U |Nm J HlU J1
By developing faith in the Guru, the tenth-door even (which is secret, hidden)
gets revealed (One gets the knowledge of the soul and God).
J mN || |H U m HU| |Um v
tah anayk roop naa-o nav niDh tis daa antu na jaa-ee paa-i-aa.
JU mN |NHHl U -| H J ( ||ml UF M H), HH U m J|
|Um H HNU1
||ml |NHH U H: I. UH - , H, 8lU|, J N|H| l1 2.
HJ UH - J|, H|, 1 3. - H |NHH U|ml N|H| 8|Hl1 4. NU - H U
|1 5. |H J|-HJ, U |1 6. H - HU| F U|ml Hl1 7.
N - m-UF, H1 8. HNU HN| HN|N1 9. HN - HH-||Um
JNH1
||ml J HH U H H, U: HH|-H|UUU, |-HHU U|ml
Hl, -, N, |HJ, |HmF, H, H|, H, |UH-HF1 |NH | 8|H U
WJ J| |JU1
There is no limit to the different treasure-giving (Boon-giving) Names of God,
and His limits cannot be found.
(Naao nav-Nidhe Naao: Name; Nav: nine; Nidhe: treasures. Gods Name that
give nine types of treasures. These are: land, property, riches, produce of the land
and sea, children, grand children, servants, health, wisdom, animals and rides,
Name of God (Worship), name-fame, etc. It means everything in the world.
NJ N J| |m H| N mU| | N H F H|Um vcv
kahai naanak har pi-aarai jee-o gufaa andar rakh kai vaajaa pavanu vajaa-i-aa.
||38||
N H| N|JU J, |m HH H| U mU mH N, HmHl Um (H
U| |N U M) |UJU |8 H |U|1
Says Nanak, the Lord placed soul into the body, and gave life to it with his

285

Kindness. ||38||
(The body that depends on breath, He put breath (life) into it by virtue of His
Kindness).
UJ H8 H|JM H8 W| NJ v
ayhu saachaa sohilaa saachai ghar gaavhu.
|UJ H|JM: H| U H8 N| (|JN U| |) H8 U W m N N1
H|JM H| U N|, HH U| H U HU1 H U H, NF| U F1
H8 W| - HH H U |8 |JN N1 HN U M |HM N1
Sing the true praise of God (The Name of God, Gurbani: Hymns i.e. Scriptures)
in the True-Home (In the God-Oriented congregation, in the mind - by
concentrating on Him).
NJ H|JM W| H8 |H HU H8 |mJ v
gaavhu ta sohilaa ghar saachai jithai sadaa sach Dhi-aavhay.
|JN U| |H HU H8 W |8 N (HH H mU |JN N, H-HN |8
N)) N, |N H HU J| HH UU N U l J1
Sing the songs of the praise of God in the True Home, where the Lord is
remembered always by the devotees. (Songs of praise recite His Name and
Hymns. True Home the mind i.e. by concentrating on Him, in the God-
Oriented congregation,).
H8 |m|J H |J NH| |H J v
sacho Dhi-aavahi jaa tuDh bhaaveh gurmukhe jinaa bujhaavhay.
(HH H|,) H H| 8J l J| NU| J UU N HNU J, |UJ JK |m J| JU
J |N |Hl H| m m|HJ| (H HF U|) mNM- HU J1
Only those whom You desire can remember You, and wisdom to do so is also
given to such God-Oriented people by You.
|UJ H8 H N HH J |HH H H H J v
ih sach sabhnaa kaa khasam hai jis bakhsay so jan paavhay.
|UJ H8 H '8 J (HH, H|MN J) m |HH ' |HJ NU J J J| |UJ (
HF H HF U) NF |HMU J1
|UJ H8 - m, U H, |UJ H8U| |N | |N U M J| NU| H H
HNU J1
|JN, HHF-J8F J J, |HH ' J m |N N J J| |UJ H8U|
HH HNU J |N ||ml NMl U M N J| FU, m 8N NH N||ml, H H|ml J|
JU| |N U M U| HH mU| J1
This Truth is the Master: greatest of all, and one attains this by His blessings.

286

This Truth - Secret about God and His Name.
Attains this the knowledge about God and His Name.
God is beyond our reach and understanding. Only the one blessed by God can
understand this. With talks only we can attain nothing. It needs all the virtues and
recitation of His Name to realize - understand, Him.
NJ N H8 H|JM H8 W| NJ vcv
kahai naanak sach sohilaa sachai ghar gaavhay. ||39||
N H| N|JU J |N |JN U| |H U NF (HU-F|, H-H) H8 W N|U J
(H U M H, HN U M |HM N)1
Says Nanak, the true songs of His praise (Hymns, Bani: Scriptures) are sung in
the True Home (By setting mind: concentrating, on Him, in the congregation).
||39||
mU HFJ KN|J HNM H v
8N NH |M, F| |N |HHU H mU- mU UF M| J HF, |UJU M 8N|ml
|Ul |ml JU|ml J1
O the lucky-ones, listen to the Scripture called Anand - the Hymn of Bliss, Joy,
it will fulfill all your good desires.
JH |Um HNM |H v
HH |HM N - |JN H| U| UU |8 M| J N, H |H: |8, |N, ,
U J HlU J1
By getting deeply attached to God, all worries and sorrows go away.
U N H HF| H8| F| v
U, N, |8 U J HlU J H8| F| - HH U| H, NF|, HF N1
|N |H |HJ N mHUH H| U N JM| N N J| H| |M|m |Nm,
JF U HH |UJ N|JF UH J |N NF| J J |N H N N H|J U |8 J, m J
| |N H N N|U |HW H| 8|1
Pain, illness and suffering leave the man by listening to the True Bani: Hymns of
the praise of God.
(Although at the time of Guru Amar Das, the 3
rd
Guru, Guru Granth Sahib was
not compiled, it is right to say for the present that Gurbani is all that is given in
this Holy Book, and also the one composed by the 10
th
Master Guru Gobind
Singh).

287

H HH U HH N HF| v
H m NH HH: mU (H) J NU J, |N |UJ F| N HJH HF| NU| J
- F| N|: |JN U| H| JU| J1
HFN |N |UJ F| H8| H| HU| J, H J H JU| J1
The Saints and friends are happy to know that this Bani (Scripture) is the blessing
of the Perfect Guru (Is the revealed Bani, blessed by God).
(The devotees are very happy to realize that this is the True Scripture and reciting
it gives peace of mind, happiness - salvation liberation, everything spiritual and
worldly).
HF | NJ | H|N |Jm v
|UH F| HF M m F M, U | J HlU J |N H |UJ HH,
|UJU| |H, U M | JU| J (|JN U| WM| JU| J)1
Pure are those who listen, and also those become pure who recite this Scripture,
because it is filled with the praise of God (It is God sent: revealed to the Guru).
N N U H| | NU, N|JU, J |N N HJH (HH) U 8| M|Nml, H
m|Uml, HF MN U J mJU (H|, | mHl U H)1
N 8 MN - HH U |m |8 M| J|Uml, H H|ml, F| |ml1 N H|
U| H m|Uml |UJ H, m |UJ HF UHU J1
mJU MN mH, | NF mH, |-1 H N M NU| |NHH
U|ml mHl HFU J |N |Hl 8 |UJ 8-HU HJ J I. l M HH: |,
HN|; 2. 8H H HH: M; 3. HJ U M HF M HH: |; 4. U F HH:
F, W|mM; 5. M (|JM| l UJJU) mH: W |Nml, HHU U| Hl H
HF H| mH1
: |HW, HJ U M HF M K () |HJ1 mJU - H| U
H1
Guru Nanak says, by taking the shelter of the Guru (Surrendering to Him and
reciting His Name), Anhad. i.e. Godly - Celestial, musical sounds of joy get set
in. The practitioner of the Name of God starts listens to the sounds of some
musical instruments. ||40||1||
Gur Charan laagae By taking shelter of the Guru (Waheguru).
Anhad A sound without any cause i.e. without striking any thing, Celestial
Sound. It is a limitless: continuous, spiritual sound. While reciting the Name of

288

God, some sounds may be heard, and these are of five main types 1. String
instruments played with a bow like a violin, or Sarangee. 2. Leather bound
instruments drum. 3. Instruments played by blowing in flute, trumpet. 4.
Instruments made of metal gong, bell. 5. Sound from space by striking the
empty pot, sound from sea.
Toorae Toor: a big metal, usually brass trumpet named Narsinghaa, or
Ransinghaa. The both are same. It is played by blowing into it. Its sound is
resounding and thick. Narsinghaa announces the arrival or departure of someone,
and Ransinghaa is played in a battle, confrontation, or to announce victory.

289

mU H|J (J)
ANAND SAHIB (Short)
This portion of the scripture is also called Chhota: short, Anand-Sahib. This is the composition
of the first five and the last; 40
th
step of the regular complete, Anand Sahib.

c| - a r-J =| J - J! J r- J -|r J"|r
r3 r3"| -"|=| -| - cJ J!

HNM| HJM mU
HNM| HJM |H, mU1
Raamkalee, Third Mehla, Anand ~ The Song Of Bliss:
W H|N H|U v
ik-o
N
H Hl mU HU |JN H|, |HHU |Nm H8 N H| U| |N U M JU J1 I U
J HH |N |HH N UHU J NU| J|1 U U m J | (mH) |N H
|JN U| JU UHU| J1 N Hl mN J, H J| J l , J 8|H |81
All pervading God, realized by the Grace of the True Guru. 1 one, means there
is none other like God. O-ann is the Celestial Sound indicating the being of God.
Kaar or Akaar is All-Over, everywhere, in everything.
mU J |Nm J H| HU, H H|N H| |HM NU J1
My mother, I am in joy, I have met my True Guru.
H|N H| l H|JH U M: mKM J|, |HM NU J, H U mU U|ml NH J|ml J1
I have found the True Guru without effort with His grace, and my mind is
enjoying the greetings of the bliss.
N |m HU NF mU|m v
| N mF N-l, m N|ml HH HU NF mU J1
The jewels of musical measures, with other melodies of their classifications, and
their sub-measures, have come to sing the Shabad: Word of the Guru: Prophet.

290

N|U l |H |JN H| U H U N |N |HH H H |8 |UJ (HH )
H |U J1
Sing only the Shabad: the Name of God, that has set Him in my mind.
N|JU J N, H| JU| J, H H|N |HM NU J1
Says Nanak, I am in joy, I have found my True Guru. ||1||
U H H|m HU J J| M v
m H H HU J| H|: |JN H|, U M J: H H.
O my mind, always stay with God: recite His Name.
H H, J| H| U M J, |UJ J| U U N M J1
My mind, stay with the Lord, He removes all the worries.
mN|N: H |UU J J , H NH HU J1
He becomes your companion, support, and sets right all your affairs.
|JN H l H J, J H M|Um |N HU!
The Lord is all-powerful and the Doer, why forget Him!
N|JU J N, H H, HU J| H| U M J: H H1
Says Nanak, my mind, stay always with the Lord: recite His Name. ||2||
H8 H|J |Nm J| W| v
H8 H|J: HH, W N| J|!

291

True Master, what is not in Your Power!
ghar ta tayrai sabh kichh hai jis deh so paav-ay.
W H N J, |HH H| U, J MU J1
Everything is in Your Hands, he receives to whom You give.
sadaa sifat salaah tayree naam man vasaava-ay.
(JK| |N N M) HU J| JK| |H-HMJ: UN|, NU, m JK H
H U mU HU| U J1
(Those deserving Your Kindness) constantly praises You, and keep Your Name
in their minds.
|HH H U mU H H |Nm J, JU mU m H H U J: H| m HlU| J1
The mind in which settles Your Name, there manifests great joy.
N N|JU J, H8 H|J, JK W N| J| J!
Nanak says, my True Master, what is not in Your Power! ||3||
H8 H H m v
H m: mH, |JN U H8 H J1
My support is Your True Name.
JK H8 H H mH J |N |HH H|ml HNl U|ml l |HJ |U|ml J1
Your True Name is my support, it has removed the hunger of my demands.
kar saa
N
|UH H H U mU H N H m Hl| M mlU J, H|ml H |Ul |ml N
|U|ml J1
The Name has brought peace and pleasures into my mind, and has fulfilled all my

292

desires.
m|HJ N H| HU N Jl, |N |Hl U|ml m|HJ|ml |KmU|ml J: (UHl U|ml)
mHl |ml NU, (H-H U|ml) l |HJU J1
I am forevere a sacrifice (Appreciation) to the Guru who has such Greatness:
fulfills desires (of meeting Him), and removes the hunger (of the Name of God).
N N|JU J, H HF, HU U M |m 1
Nanak says, listen O saints, have love for the Shabad: the Name of God.
H8 H H m v0v
H8 H H mH J1
The True Name is my support. ||4||
H 8 HU | W| HN v
8-HU: |-N (H, F|) H Nl M W: H, |8 HU J,
The Panch-Shabad: the Godly-Music (recitation of His Name, and Scriptures)
plays in that blessed house: the mind,
8-HU HU J H Nl M W |8, |HH |8 H| mF| NM: K (|N),
|U| J1
In that blessed house the Panch-Shabad: Godly-Music is there, in which You have
manifested Your Play: Kindness.
panch doot tuDh vas keetay kaal kantak maari-aa.
H| H U H-|H: NH, N, M, HJ, JN, N N |UU, m H U NJN: NK
(U) H |UU J1
You subdue the mans five demons: desire, anger, greed, attachment, ego, and
destroy the pain of the death.

293

H| |Hl U NH |8 UNJ |M |U, J |JN U H U M H NU1
Those who are blessed with such a destiny by You, get attached to the recitation
of Your Name.
N N|JU J, |UH l: H |8, H J HlU J (|N |H JK| |N J H), m m|HJ
W |8 (H mU), mJU-H: |-N (|, |, M, NH|ml, W, |U|m|U
N|ml | NF mHl1 J H, F|) H U J1
Nanak, says the peace comes to the place: mind (which is blessed by Him), and in
such a house (Mind) the Anhad: Godly music (Name of God, Scriptures)
manifests ||5||
mU HFJ KN|J HNM H v
K Nl |M, mU H U| F| (mU UF M|) HF, |UJ H|ml |Ul |ml
NU| J1
The fortunate ones, listen to the scripture named Anand (the giver of Joy), this
fulfills all desires.
JH |Um HNM |H v
(|UH U M) J8 |JN J |Nm, m H HN NU J1
(With this) the Unreachable Lord has been obtained, and all the mental grumbling
has ended peace has manifested.
U N H HF| H8| F| v
U, N, H U NMH, H J NU J H8| F| HF N1
Pain, illness, mental-suffering have been cured by listening to the True Scripture.
H HH U HH N HF| v
H-HHF HH: H, J N H| |JN |Nm NN1
The saints and associates are happy by getting from the perfect Guru the
knowledge about God.

294

HF | NJ | H|N |Jm v
F| HF m M | J, |UJ F| J| H|N-|JN U M |JU
J1
The pure ones are those who listen, or recite the Gurbani: Scriptures, and through
the Scriptures they stay filled with the awareness of the Satguru: True Guru -
Waheguru (God).
N | NU J, N H|-|JN H| U 8| M|Nml (H H N||ml) mJU: |-
N, H U J1
Nanak says humbly, by staying attached to the Guru-Wahegurs (Gods) Feet (by
reciting the Name of the Lord), the Godly-Music (Celestial-Music) gets set in.
||40||1||

295

8U| v
N| U| 8|, |, 8U|, UHH N H|1
CHAUPAEE

N|U8 | : 9O v 8U| v
Kabeo-vaach baent.ee Chaupai
|UJ 8U| J, N| U| |, UH |HJ U| 8|1
Style of poetry, humble request, by the 10
th
Guru.

JH| N J U v
Hamree karo haath d.e rachhaa
H| mF J: HJ, U N H| H N1
Please, be my support and protect me .
J|U |8 N| |U v
Pooran ho-e chit.t. kee ichhaa
|UJU M H H U| mH | J HN|,
This will fulfill my desire,
8 H J JH v
T.av charnan mann rahae hamaraa
|N H H JK 8 U M H|m J1
That my mind may stay attached to Your feet.
m H N | v9v
Apnaa jaan karo pritpaaraa
H mF HF N H| MF N1
Take me as your own and protect me.
JH UHJ H H WJ v
Hamrae d.ust sabhay t.um ghavhu
H H | H| HN |U1 (NH, N, M, HJ, JN K UHHF J)1
Finish all my enemies. (Desire including sex, anger, greed. attachment and ego
are real enemies).

296

m J U H|J 8J v
Aap haath d.ae mohe bachaavhu
H| J |U: H N, m H 81
Please, protect with Your hands and save me.
H| H H | v
Sukhee basaae moro prvaaraa.
H H| H (NH, mHM| J),
May my family be ever in peace (God-Oriented people is the real family),
HN |H H N v7v
Sevak Sikh sabhae Kart.aaraa
H |UJ H J |JN U HN |H1
All these, servants and devotees of the Lord.
H |H N U N|U v
Mo rachhaa nij karr daae kariyaae
JHH, mF J UN: mH FN, H| H N1
Be my spport, and always protect me.
H N mH HW|U v
Sabh baaeran ko aaj sanghari-yaae
H |ml mH H HN1 (NH, N, M, HJ, JN, mHM| UHHF J)1
Destroy all the enemies, today. (Real enemies are sex, anger, greed, attachment,
and ego).
J|U JH| mH v
Pooran ho-e hamaaree aasaa
H| mH | J,
My wish may get fulfilled,
H N| J |mH vv
T.or bhajan kee rahay peaasaa
|N H JK H U| |mH |JU| J |UJ | J1
That my thirst for Your worship may get satiated (Quenched).
H|J |K NU| m |U v
Tumhe chhaade koee avar naa dheaaoon
H, J K N |NH J U |m l1

297

I may not leave You and worship anyone else,
H 8J H H v
Jo barr chahoun so T.um t.ae paaoon
H 8Jl H J l1
That, I may get from You the boons I seek.
HN |H JH |m|J v
Saevak Sikh hamaarae t.aaree-ahe
M |Hl-HNl |N H JK J1
Cross over the world-ocean these devotees and Sikhs (disciples) that belong
(Love) to You.
8| 8| H JH H|m|J v0v
Chun chun sat.ar hamarae maaree-ahe
H |U 8F 8F N H UHHF J H1 (NH, N, M, HJ, JN, mHM | J)1
Pick up my foes and destroy them. (Sex, anger, greed, attachment, ego are the real
enemies).
m J U H |U v
Aap haath dae mujhae oubar-e-yaay
H| J U N: 8 N, H| |m N1
Please, extend Your hand (help) and save me.
H NM N H ||U v
Maran kaal kaa t.r:aas nivar-e-yaae
H HH U K |HJ |U1
Eradicate the fear of the time of death.
JH HU JH v
Hoojo sad.aa hamaarae pachhaa
H| HU H : HJU|, F H|1
May You ever be on my side my support.
H| m|HH H N|UJ vv
Sree Asdhujj Joo kare-youhu rachhaa ||5||
H| mHH H|: |JN H| (mHH-|N U |8 M K), H| H| HUU N|1
My Lord, protect me!

298

| MJ H|J J v
Raakh lehu mohe Raakhan-haare
MF M |JN H| H 8 MF,
My savior Lord, protect me,
H|J H HJ|U |U v
Sahib sant sahaa-e peyaaray
Hl U| HJ|U N M |m HH| H|,
Helper of the Saints, my dear God,
U| UHJ N J v
D.een bandh: d.ushtan kae hantaa
|H|Fml U |H, UHJl U HNF M H|,
Friend of the humble, destroyer of the wicked,
HJ | 8 UH N vv
Tumho puri chat.ur dass kant.aa
H| 8Ul |ml: H| U|ml, U H|MN J1
You are the Master of the whole world.
NM |U JH v
Kaal paa-ae Br:ahmaa bapp dh:raa
N U NFJ: |JN U JNH M, JH (8 N U U) : H|,
|m
By the Will of God, Brahma (the creator god) came into being.
NM |U |HH m v
Kaal paa-ae Shivjoo avt.araa
HH U JNH N |H H| (H N U U) m |m1
By the Will of God, Shiva (the destroyer god) was born.
NM |U N |H NH v
Kaal paa-ae Bisnu par;kaasaa
JNH U M |H H| (MF U U) NJ JU1
By the Will of God, Vishnu (the sustainer god) appeared.
HNM NM N N|m HH v?v
Sakal kaal kaa keeaa t.maasaa
|UJ H| K J |JN U JNH U|1

299

This all is the play of the Will of God.
H NM HN| |H N|U v
Javan kaal jogee Siv keeo
|HH U JNH HN|H |H H| U N|,
The Will of God that created Shiva the great Yogi,
UH JH H |U v
Baedraj Br;ahmaa joo keeo
|HH HH UH JH H| FU,
God Who created Brahma the physician.
H NM H MN H v
Javan kaal sabh lok savaaraa
U JNH H MN: HH, H|m,
The Will of God that created the universe,
HHN J |J JH vcv
Namaskaar haae t.aahe hamaaraa
H HH H HHN J!
I bow to that Lord!
H NM H HN U v
Javan kaal sabh jagat banaayo
|HH HH H HN F|Um J,
The Lord who created whole of the world,
U U H HU v
Dev daaet jachhan oupjaaeo
|HH U, U: NHH, m H FU,
H H: UNH; m-U, U|ml N, FU1
He Who created gods, demons and demi-gods,
m|U m| UN m v
Aad. ant. aekaae avt.aaraa
|N H H m N |UN m J| m ( H) J,
One Who is the Prime-Being, from the beginning to the end,

300

HU| N HH|UJ JH vcv
Soee Guroo samjhey-ho hamaaraa
HH M |N J J| H N J1
Undestand that He is my Guru.
HHN |H J| N JH| v
Namaskaar tis hee ko hamaaree
J J| H| HHN J,
I bow to Him,
HNM H |H m H| v
Sakal parjaa jin aap savaaree
|N H mF| H| H: MNU|, m H N U J,
To Him Who takes care of His all the beings (His Creation),
|HN N |HN H U|U v
Sivkan ko sivgun sukh deeo
J mF HNl |H H|: U|ml, U NF m H |UU J1
He bestows on His devotees the god-like qualities and comforts.
H N M H N|U v9Ov
Sat.ran ko pall mo badh keeo
m UHHF M |8 H N |UU J1
And, He destroys the enemies (Shortcomings) in a moment.
WJ WJ N m N| H v
Ghatt ghatt kae ant.ar kee janat.
|JN H| J |UN U H U| HFU J1
God knows the mind of everyone.
M N| | v
Bhalae burae kee peer pachhanat.
J, 8N HU J |UN U U FU J1
He understands the pain equally of good or bad people.
8|J| N8 mHM v
Cheetee t.ae kunchar asthoolaa
N|| J| N,
From an ant to a heavy elephant,

301

H |N |UH|J N M v99v
Sabh parr kr;ipaa driste karr phoolaa.
J H|ml ' |N | H NN H JU J1
He is pleased to look at everyone with His Kindness.
H U U U| v
Sant.an: d.ukh paa-ae t.ae d.ukhee
HN H U| JF l J HJHH NU J1
If the saints are in pain, He feels it.
H U H N H| v
Sukh paa-ae sadh:an kae sukhee
H H H| J l J H| J1
When the saints are in comfort (Happy), He is comfortable (Happy).
UN UN N| | v
Aek aek kee peer pachhaanae
J, J |UN U U FU J1
He understans the discomfort of everyone.
WJ WJ N J J N| H v97v
Ghatt ghatt kay patt patt kee janat.
J WJ: H H| (J |UN) U, J J: J (U, KWU|) U| JM |JN HFU
J1
God knows the state of every depth of each heart.
H UN N N v
Jabb ud.karakh kraa Kartaara
HU HH UN: 8 U H, NU J,
When the Lord expands His Creation,
H UJ m v
Par;jaa dh:arat. t.abb d.aeh apaaraa
U, JK| H: MNU| (H|), NU| |NHH U| NJ J HlU| J1
Then, many types of living beings get created.
H mN N J NJ v
Jabb aakarkh karat. ho kab-hoon:
HU |N mN NU: H N |HJ |UU J,

302

When You dissolve (Destroy) everything,
H H |HM UJ HJ v9v
T.um maae milat. d.eh dh:ar sabhoon:
U, H UJ-|: H|, JK |8 HH HlU J1
Then, all the living beings get absorbed back into You.
H U |HH|J H v
Jaet.ae bad.an sr;iste sabh dh:aaraae
HH |8 |H H| mU J,
All the living beings that get created,
m m| 8 v
Aap aapanee boojh ouchaaraae
J |UN mF| HH mH JK NF NU J1
Each one praises You according to its understanding.
H HJ| J |MH v
T.um sabh-hee t.ae raht. niraalam
, H| H N |MH: |M (mMN), |JU J1
But, You stay detached from everything.
H U U m mMH v90v
Janat. baed bhaed arr aalam
|UJ NM U, U: N-|Nm|, m mMH: |U, HFU J1 (mMH m HH |
J)1
This is known to the Vedas, persons with deep knowledge, and to the scholars.
(Ved Vedas: ancient religious scriptures of Hindus),
|N ||N |M v
Nirankaar Nir;bikaar Nirlan:bh
H| H| |J, U| |J, |M: mH |J (HJH), J1
You are without a form, Pure-Being, and Self-Sufficient (Non-Dependant).
m|U m|M m|U mH v
Aad.e aneel anaad.e asan:bh
H| H J, N |J (N - HJ |J, |) J, JK H U| J|, HH |J
J1
You are Primal-Being, free from color (Unattached, Pure-Being), without a

303

beginning, and without being born (Self-Created).
N H 8 U v
T.aa kaa moor:h; oucharat. bhed.aa
m H JU U UHU J,
And the fools talk of His mystries,
H N U v9v
Jaa kaou bhaev na pavat. baed.aa
|N |HHU U U J| HN1
Whose secret even the Vedas could not find.
N N| J mH v
T.aa kaou kar-e paahan anumaanat
H| FN J |JN |mM NU J1
They make a stone idol and take it as God.
HJ H N U H v
Mahaa moor:h; Kachhu bhaed. naa janat.
HJ H mNM m H| |8N U J| HFU1
These unwise people do not know the difference between an idol and God.
HJU N NJ HU |H v
Mahad.aev kaou kahat. Sad.aa Siv
|H H| (U) HU-|H: HU N|UH HH, N|JU J1
They call god Shiva the Immortal: God.
|N N 8| |J | v9v
Nirankaar kaa cheenat. na-he bhiv
HNM-H |J: HH, U U J| HFU1
He does not know the Truth about the Formless God.
m m| | J H| v
Aapu aapnee budh haae jaet.ee
|H| |H| |NH U| m mF| |: mNM, J,
According to the individual wisdom,

304

| | |J | v
Barnat. bhin:n bhin:n T.uhe t.aet.e
|UJ mMN mMN l UHU J1
They describe God differently.
H M H|U H v
T.umraa lakhaa naa jaeae pasaaraa
JK H M: H|Fm, J| H HNU,
It is not possible to know the extent of Your Creation,
|NJ || HH H HH v9?v
Keh bidh:e sajaa pr;atham sansaaraa
|N |JMl HH |NUl |8m |Nm1
That how the universe was created to start with.
UN m H v
Aekaae roop anoop saroopaa
JK |UN J |HHM JK J H J1
You have one Form, but You adopt other unique forms as well.
N U NJ| v
Ran:k bhayo raav kahee bhoopaa
|N NNM, NU| mH|, m |N H F HlU J1
Sometimes You become a pauper, sometimes rich, and sometimes a King.
mKH HH HH N|| v
An:daj jaeraj saetaj keenee
J, mlK, H (N), HH: H| (NUN|), HH MF F|Um1
He set up the methods of birth through eggs, placenta (womb), and sweat (dirt),
H | J |8 U|| v9cv
Out.bhuj khaane bahur rach-e d.eenee
m H: | (J NF U N ), |UJ |: F|ml (U|UH U 8 Nl), U
M |JN 8 N |U|1 (| m U | MU J)1
And from the earth (way the plants produce), through these four methods the
Lord brought about the Creation.

305

NJ M H J v
Kahoon: phool raja hv;aae baaeth:aa
|N NM M ' H: JH (8 NF M), F J1
At times He becomes a King sitting on the lotus: Brahma (The god of creation),
NJ |HH|J |X HN |UN v
Kahoon: simat-e bheyo San:kar ikaaeth:aa
NU| 8 HHJ (H N) N HN: |H H| (HN - H N U U) F N N||
8 |UN N MU J1
At times He becomes Shiva (god of death), collects (destroys) His Creation and
gathers it.
HN| |HH|J |U|U m8 v
Sagaree sriste d.ikhaa-e achan:bhav
H| H|HJ| |UN m8: mH| K, F |UU J,
He shows whole of the universe as His wonderful play,
m|U HN|U H HU v9cv
Aad.e jugaad.e saroop su-yan:bhav
J |N H HH m HNl U m U |JMl HU: mF m m (| HH U)
J1
He Who has been since the time immemorial, since before the time-periods
(Ages), and Who is Self-Created.
m H| H N v
Abb rachhaa maeree T.um karo
JF H| H| H N1
Please, protect me now.
|H | m|H HW v
Sikh oubaare Asikh sanghro
H JK| |H|m 8MU J, |UJ 8 M1 H|J JK| |H|m J| U |UJ
HN |U1
Those who follow You save, and those who do not, destroy them.
UHJ |H v
D.usht jitae outh:vat. out.paat.aa
|H UHJ U : | JU| J ( U J)1
All the evil persons who come into being,

306

HNM HM N F W v7Ov
Sakal mlaechh karo ran. ghaat.aa
|UJ H HMl: |Uml , U NN H HN1
Fight with (take care) and destroy all such bad people.
H m|HH H| v
Jo Asidh:uj T.av sarnee parae
m|HH |JN H|, H JK| H m HF, K ' M U |H M, M:
|JN1
O God, those who seek Your refuge,
| N UHJ U| J H v
T.in kae d.usht d.ukhit hv;aae marae
J U | U| J N HU J1
Their enemies die miserably.
H N |J v
Purakh javan pagg parae T.ihaarae
|HJ MN JK | HlU J,
Those who surrender at Your feet,
| N H HNJ H J v79v
T.in kae Tumm sankat sabh taarae
H| J U|ml H|ml HHNMl JJ |UU J1
You remove all their afflictions - sufferings.
H N|M N |UN |m J v
Jo Kall-e ko ikk baar dhiaae haae
H N|M (NM |): mNM , |UN |mU J,
Those who ponder on God even once,
N NM |N|J |J mJ v
T.aa ko kaal nikite nahe aaehaae
H J U J| mU|1
Death does not go near them. (They stop fearing death).
J|U |J H NM v
Rachhaa ho-e t.aahe sabh kalaa
JU| HU J| H JU| J1

307

They always get Your protection.
UHJ m|HJ J NM v77v
D.ust arist taraen t.at.kaalaa
J U UHHF m m|HJ: U, JJ |HJ HlU J1
Their enemies and sufferings go away atonce.
|N |UH|J H|J |J|J v
Kr;ipaa d.r;iste t.an jahe nehar-e-ho
|Hl |HJ U| H : U M, UU J,
Those to whom You see (consider) with mercy,
N N H J|J v
T.aa kae t.aap t.anak mo har-e-ho
J U H U M |8 NJ |UU J1
In a moment You remove all their sufferings.
|| |H| W H H JU| v
Ridh: sidh: ghar mo sabh hoee
J U W (H|: H) |8 NHl (|HHl) HlU|ml J1
Miracles descend at their homes: in their minds (Get the Blessings of God).
UHJ J HN NU| v7v
D.usht chhah chhav;aae sakaae na koei
m NU| UHJ J U J: , : J, J| HNU1
And the evil persons cannot go near their shadows even.
UN |H H H v
Aek baar jinn T.umaae san:bhaaraa
|HH |UN | J H|Mm (H H|m)1
Whosoever recites Your Name even once,
NM H |J v
Kaal phaas t.ae t.aahe oubaaraa
H| J H U| J| 8 |Mm1
You save him from the noose of death.

308

|H H |J NJ v
Jinn nar Naam T.ihaaro kahaa
|HH H JK H H|m,
Anyone who recited Your Name,
U|U UHJ U J v70v
D.aarid. d.ust d.okh t.ae rhaa
J U|MU (-N), UHJl m U UF |Mml 8 |Nm1
He got saved from the poverty and wants, evil ones, and from those who bothered
him.
N N H H|F |J| v
Khar:ag kaet maae sarn.e T.ihaaree
M U |H M K-| (M: |JN) H|, H JK| H m |m Jl1
Bearer of flag with the symbol of Sword (Protector: God), I have sought Your
shelter.
m J U MJ | v
Aap haath d,aae laehu oubaaree
H| J U N (HJU| J N) H 8 M1
Please, help and save me.
H H JJ HJU| v
Sarab th:aour mo hohu shaaee
H| H| J l HJ|U N1
Kindly help me everywhere.
UHJ U MJ 8U| v7v
D.ust d.okh t.ae laehu bachaaee
UHJl, m U UF |Mml 8 M1
Save me from the evil persons, and from those who bother me.

309

8U|
J U U|ml 8 MU| J
CHAUPAI
Four lines in each quatrain
|JN H| N| |Jv
Vaahaeguroo ji kee Fat-he
HM |JN H| N|!
Glory to God!
H| HN |HJ| 9O v
Sree Mukhvaak Paateshahee D.assveen
8| UH |HJ H|
Composed by the Tenth Master
H|Uv
Tav Parsaad.
JK| |N!
Your Blessings!
8U|
CHAUPAI
F m|U UNNv
Pran.vo aade Aekan:kaaraa
H JNU Jl H l, J 8|H |8 HHU |JN |N H H N U |JMl J1
I bow to the One Who has been since the beginning of everything, is everywhere
and in everything.
HM M HJ|mM N|U Hv
Jall thall mahia-le keeo psaaraa
F|, |, HJ|mM - M: mNH-M, |8 |UJ |Mm J|Um J1
He is on the land, nether world (Bottom of the earth), and in the sky (Space) He
is everywhere.
m|U mN| m|H|v
Aade Purkhu Abgat.t.e Abenaasee
|UJ m|U - H: H JH|, mN| J: |UHU J|, m H |J J (HU

310

HMH)1
This Primordial Being is invisible and immortal. (Primordial - Since the
beginning)
MN 8 U|H H| NH|19v
Lok chat.ar-d.asse Jot.-e par;kaasee (1).
8Ul HKMl |8 |JN U NH |Mm J|Um J1
MN HKM; , |N H J H |8 H | U m H | U J, NM 8Ul
H HlU J1 8UH 8Ul1
His Light shines throughout the universe He manifests everywhere and in
everything.
JH| N|J N |8 HHv
Hast. keet kae beech smaanaa
J J| m N| U |8 |UN HHU J1
He is equally present in an elephant and a worm in everything. He is in
everything without differentiating (Discriminating) big or small.
N |HJ |UNH Hv
Rav ra-n:k jeh iksar jaanaa
JU MU| mH| N| |UN J1
For Him, rich and poor are the same.
mU mM m|NH|v
Adv;aae Alakh Purkh Abegaamee
JU N NU| J UH J|, J |UHU J|, m H-|J (HU HMH) J1
mU JU N NU| J UH J|1; mM J |UHU J|1, m|H| J H
J| JU, HU-HMH J1
There is none other like Him, He is Invisible, and is Immortal.
H WJ WJ N mHH|v7v
Sabh ghatt ghatt kae Ant.ar-jaamee (2).
J |UN U |UM U| NM J (HH) HHU J1
WJ lK, U, H1; mHH| mU J8 HF M, H U H U| HF
M1
He understands the minds of everyone.

311

mM m mv
Alakh Roop achhaae anbhaekhaa
U |UHU J| - | Jl U|Hm J| H HNU, J H J| N| H HNU HU
HMH J, JU NU| |MH (HN: H) J|1
mM |UHU J|1; m H|m J| H HNU1, m : |J |J
(NU| |MH, H|, HNM J|)1
He is Invisible, Immortal, and Formless.
N N |HJ v
Raag rangg jeh roop naa raekhaa
J |NH U HJ J|, H (|8J-|HJ) J|, JU NU| JM|m (|8J) J|1
N HJ, |m1; N N 8|m J|Um, |m1; MN|l: |8-|8J,
H1
He is without attachment to anything, and is without a body or form.
|8J HJ |mv
Baran chehn sabh-hoon: t.ae niaaraa
JU F, |8J - HJ-NH, H mMN J1
F: 8 H|ml - |, JHF, HU, H1; |m mMN1
He is detached from caste or creed.
m|U mU m|Nv
Add Purukh ad.vaae abikaaraa (3).
J JH| H-NU|Hl: H J1 JU N NU| J UH J|, J HU |UN-H (|UN
|HJ) |JU J1
m|U H ; mU JU N UH J|; m|N JU |8 NU| U|M| J|
mU|, |N: U| Hl WJ |J J1
Primordial Being (God) has been there since beginning, there is none other like
Him, He is constant unchanged: free from any shortcoming. (Primordial from
the beginning).
|8J |HJ H| v
Barn chehn jeh jaat.e naa pat.aa
JU F (H), H, H-N NU| J|, J| JU | J1
|8J |8, |H, H1; , |1
He has no caste, form, creed or a father.

312

H |H |HJ Hv
Sat.t.r; mit.t.r; jeh t.aat naa maat.aa
JU UHHF, UH, Hl Hl NU| J|1
He has no enemies or friends, and no mother or father.
H U| H v
Sabh t.ae d.oor sabhan t.ae naeraa
J H U (J8 J), H U (M) J1
He is far away, but still close to everything.
H|M |M HJ|m|M H|J Hv0v
Jalle thalle mahia-le jahe basaeraa. (4).
F|, |, mNH-| |8N, JU |JNF J (J l J)1
He is there in the water, earth, and space (Space - between earth and sky,
everywhere).
mJU mJU |v
Anhad. roopu anaahad. baanee
m J JU| JU J l |UNH J, JU| | (F|: JNH) | H J| |UNH -
|UN HJ: , J1
Your Form is limitless and constant (Same) everywhere, and Your Will equally
prevails at all places.
8 H| |HJ H |v
Charan sarane jeh bast. Bhavaanee
JU 8 U| H: UJ, |8 | (UN U|) |JU| J , JNH H HH U
J| 8MU J1
Bhavaanee (Goddess Durgaa) stays in the refuge of Waheguru (God) Will of
God prevails all over the world.
JH |H m J| |UUv
Br;ahmaa Bisn ant.t. nahee paa-eo
JH, |H, m J| HN1
JH 8 N U U; |H |H: MF U U1
The gods of creation and support to it, could not find His limits. (Brahma god of
creation. Bisan: Vishnu god of provisions).

313

| | H 8 |UUvv
Naet.e naet.e mukh chaar bat.aa-eo (5).
|UJ J|, |UJ J| 8 HJl M (JH) N|J |U JH m J| H|Nm
|UJ N|J |U |N HH N NU| UH J| J1
| | |U|, |U|: |UJ |HJ J|, |UJ |HJ J|1 H 8 8 HJ M,
JH 8 U 8 - |UJ 8 U HJ-H| 8 | HNU JN1
Even the four-faced - Brahma - god of creation, declared that there is none other
like Him. (Four faced Brahma created four Vedas. As well, he might have been
able to recite these from his memory).
N|J |UU |UU Uv
Kote Indr; Oup-Indr; banaa-ae
|JN Nl J| |UU m |UU (H-m,) FU1
|UU |H U Hl m H, |UU U J 1 |UJ m|U| U U
(J 8) NHU U H|1
The Lord created millions of god Indar and OupIndar (Younger brother of Indar).
JH U |U |Uv
Br;ahmaa Rudr; oupaa-ae khapaa-ae
(HH ) JH U (|H) U N| m H N |U1
He created and then destroyed Brahma and Rudar (Shiva).
MN 8 UH M 8|UUv
Lok chat.urdass khaelu rachaa-eo
MNl (HKMl) 8Ul |8 |JN 8 N||1
N| H, H HKM | ', m H |UH Jl, NM 8Ul HKM HU J1
He set up seven levels: Mandals (Mandla), above the earth, and seven below it
(Set up His Play Creation).
J| m J| |8 |HM|UUvv
Bahure aap hee beech milaa-aeo (6).
, HH |UH mF| 8| K mF |8 |HM |Mm (H N |U).
After creating whole of His Play, the Lord took everything back into His Own
Self (Annihilated: destroyed, everything).
U U |U mv
D.anav d.aev phanin:d.e apaaraa
(HH 8) HH U, |m Hl U H (HHN), m|NF1
(|U: + |UU = Hl U H - HHN)1

314

God created numberless demons, gods, and the king snake: Shesh-Naag.
N H 8 H8v
Gan:d:hr;ab jachh rachae subhchaaraa
J, N, m H 8 |N H '8 m8 U (|) JU J1
N - U|ml U N|; H - JM| |NHH U U |N H U U N U HN J;
H8 8N m8 U, |1
He created the musicians of gods and their servants.
| NJ|v
Bhoot. bhavikh bhavaan kahanee
| NU HH, mF M HH, MW J HH U| NJF| - N: H J|Um ||m
(HH, J H HFU J)1
What ever happened in the past, is going to happen in the future, and is happening
now (He knows everything).
WJ WJ N J J N| H|v?v
Ghatt ghatt kae patt patt kee janee (7).
UJ, J |UN U H U|, m H J (U) mU J: J| |UHU, J | HFU J1
He knows whatever is there in every heart (Mind), and all that is not visible
(Hidden).
H |HJ H| v
T.aat maat. jeh jaat.e naa paat.aa
|HH (HH) U |, H, H NM J1
God has no father, mother, caste or clan.
UN N NJ J| v
Aek rang kaahoo nahee raat.aa
J |NH M | N (|m) |8 (|Nm) J|Um J|1
He is free from love with anyone He is above love and attachment.
H H| N |8 HHv
sarab jot.e kae beech smaanaa
J H Hl (H|l) |8 HH|Um J|Um J ( J)1
He is equally present in every living being.

315

HJ H | |J8vcv
Sabh-hoon: sarab t:haur pahechaanaa
H|ml J J F |Mm J J J l m H |8 J1
Everyone has recognized Him in every direction He is present everywhere and
in everyone.
NM |J mNM Hv
Kaal rahit. an-kaal saroopaa
HH HH (H) U J|Um J|, JU| JH| HH (H) ' J1
God is not bound by the time - He is above time or death.
mM m|N| mv
Alakh Purkhu abigat.t. avdhoot.aa
J, |UHF M| JH|, H |J m HJ |J J1
mM - |UHF M; JH|, HU; m|N mH: H |J; m -
|mN|: HJ |J, |M1
He is Invisible Being, Immortal, and Unattached.
H| | |HJ |8J v
Jaat.e paat.e jeh chehn naa barnaa
JU| H, NM, NU| J|, JU NH (H) J, m J| JU NU| F J1
F Hl1 I. JHF: |JM H H N NF, F M1 2.
|: UH H - U, |m N M1 3. H: |H H - |, | N
M 4. HU: 8 H - HN, HU1 |UJ H H| U| Hl U| K J1
He is above Varan: caste, or clan (Family), has no Form, and is free from any
classification. (Varan: classification depending on castes, devised by Manu - 1.
Brahmin First Category: Worship, education. 2. Khatri Second Category:
Warriors, defense. 3. Sood Third Category Agriculture, trade. 4. Vaish -
Fourth Category: Service, janitors i.e. sweepers.
m|N U m m Hvcv
Abegat.t. D.ev achhaae ann bharmaa
m|N J (H| |J, |UHU J|) U: HH, J mH J: HUHMH, m H
|J J J NU| JNF J|1
God has no body: is Invisible, He is Immortal, and is free from doubts.
H N NM H N Nv
Sabh ko kaalu sabhan ko kart.aa
HH H H m H|ml U N M J1

316

The Lord is the Destroyer, as well as the Creator of everyone.
N HN U N Jv
Rog sog d.okhan ko hart.aa
J |H|, |8 m U () |HJF M J1
He eliminates disease (Healer), calms down worry, and removes sins.
UN |8 |HJ |UN | |m|UUv
Aek chit.t. jae ikk chhin dheaa-eo
|UN H J N H J |UN M | UU N M,
If you remember Him single minded even for a moment,
NM |H N |8 m|UUv9Ov
Kaal phaas kae beech naa aa-eo
l H U| lH| |8 J| U|U1
Then, death does not bother you.

317

mUH
ARD.AAS
|
Invocation
|JN H| N| |J v
Vaaheguroo jee kee Fat.eh
z3J =Jc | |!
Glory to God.
H| N| H| HJ|U v
Sree Bhagaut.ee jee Sahaa-e
|JN H| HJU| JF1
May God help.
H| N| H| N| HJ| 9Ov
Vaar Sree Bhagaut.ee jee kee Paat.shaahee D.assveen
N N|U |HW H| U| 8| JU| 1
Vaar dedicated to God, by the Tenth Master Guru Gobind Singh.

|H N| |HH| N N N MU| |m|U v
Pr;itham Bhagat.ee simar kaae Guroo Nanak laeen D:hiaa-ae
|JMl |JN H| UU N N N N H| U |m 1
To begin with remember God, and meditate on Guru Nanak.
| mNU N mHUH HUH JU| HJ|U v
Phir Angad. Gur t.ae Amar-Daas Ram-Daas-aae hoeen sahaa-ae
, N mNU, N mHUH, N HUH H| HJ|U MU| | N1
Then pray for the favor of Gurus Angad, Guru Amar Das, and Guru Ram Das.
mH J|N|U |HH H| J||U v
Arjan Hargobind no simro Sree Har Raae
N mH, N J|N|U, m N J| |U UU N1
Remember Guru Arjun, Guru Har-Gobind, and Guru Har-Rai.
H| J||NH |mU|m |HH |K H| U| H|U v
Sree Har-Kishan d:hiaa-ee-aae jis dit:haae sabhe dukhe jaa-aae
N J||NH H| U |m |N |Hl U UH N N H U U J HlU J1

318

Meditate on Guru Har-Kishan, by beholding whom all afflictions go away.
N JU |HH|m W || m |U v
Teg-Bahaad.ur simri-aae ghar naau nid:he aavaae d:haa-e
N N JU H| UU N U M H |HM HlU J1
Meditate on Guru Tegh-Bahadur, and be blessed with the nine treasures.
H U| J|U HJ|U v
Sabh thaa-een ho-e sahaa-e
|JN H|, J l HJ|U N H|!
May the Lord be helpful everywhere!
UH HJ H| N N|U |HW H|J H| HJH U M| H U| J|U HJ|U v
D.assvaen Paat-Shah Sree Guru Gobind. Sigh Sahib jee Mahaaraaj Panth
d.ae Vaalee sabh thaa-een ho-e sahaa-e
N N|U |HW H|J H| HJH, U M|, J l HJU| JF1
The Tenth King Guru Gobind Singh Sahib, Master of the Panth, be helpful
everywhere.
UHl HJ|ml H| U| H H| N N H|J H| U U|U U |m N M H|
|JN v
D.assaan Paat.shaahee-aan d.ee jot. Sree Guroo Granth Sahib jee d.ae
paat:h d.eed.aar d.aa d:heaan d:har kae bolo jee Vaaheguroo.
UHl |HJ|ml U| H H| N N H|J H| U U|U U |m N |JN M
H|1
Think of the recitation and beholding Guru Granth Sahib - the Spirit of the Ten
Gurus, and say Vaaheguroo.
Hl |m|ml, 8Jl H|JH|Uml, 8M|ml HN|ml, J|ml, H|ml, |ml, |Hl H
H|m, K |Nm, UN 8MU|, N J|, U N mF|K N|, |l |m|ml,
H|8m|ml U| NHU| U |m N, MH H|, M H| |JN v
Panjaan piaareaan, chauhaan Sahibzaad.eaan, chaalee mukt.eaan, hat:hee-
aan, jappee-aan, tappee-aan, jinhaan Naam jap-eaa, vand chhakeaa, d.aeg
chalaa-ee, t.egh vaahee, d.aekh kae an.dit:h keet.aa, tinhaan piaareaan,
sache-aare-aan. d.ee kamaaee d.aa d:he-aan d:har kae Khaalsaa jee bolo jee
Vaaheguroo.

Five Piaarae, Four Sahibzaadae, Forty Mukkt.ae, determined ones, those who
recited the Name of God, those who meditated on God, all those who remembered

319

God, shared food, ran free kitchen, wielded sword, overlooked what they saw,
think of the noble deeds of all those beloved and truthful ones, and Khalsa ji say
Vaaheguroo.
|Hl |HWl |HWF|ml H J H|H |U, U U NJU, |ml MJU|ml, 8|ml
8, m|ml M |8U NU, NUm|ml U| H MU| N|ml N||ml, H J|
J|m, |H| NHl HmHl M |U|, |l U| NHU| U |m N, MH H| M
H| |JN v
Jinhaan singhaan singhaniaan nae d:haram haet. sees d.it.t.ae, ban:d. ban:d.
kataa-ae, khopariaan luhaa-ee-aan, charkhar.ee-aan t.ae charhae, aare-aan
naal chiraa-ae ga-ae, Gurd.vaare-aan d.ee saevaa la-ee kurbaaniaan
keet.iaan, d:haram naheen haareaa, Sikhee kaesaan svaasaan naal nibhaa-
ee, tinhaan d.ee kamaa-ee d.aa d:heaan d:har kae Khaalsaa jee bolo jee
Vaaheguroo.

Those Sikh men and women who were martyred for their faith, were cut from
limb to limb, were scalped, were put to torture-wheels, were cut with saw,
sacrificed themselves for the service of Gurdvaaraas, did not abandon their faith,
stood firm to Sikhi protecting their hair till they were alive, think of their noble
deeds and say Vaaheguroo.
Hl l, H NUm|ml U |m N M H| |JN v
Pan:jaan T.akht.aan, sarbat.t. Gurdvaareaan d.aa d:heaan d:har kae bolo jee
Vaaheguroo

Think of the Five Takhts, all Gurdvaaraas, and say Vaaheguroo.
|H H MH H| N| mUH J H|, H MH H| N |JN, |JN, |JN
|8 m, |8 m N HUN H H J v HJl HJl MH H| H|J, Jl Jl
|m |m|U, UN N J, |U N| H, N| H|, H| H|J H| HJ|U, MH
H| N M M M, M H| |JN v
Pra;thmae sarbat.t. Khaalsaa jee kee Ard.aas haae jee, sarbat.t. Khaalsaa jee
ko Vaheguroo, Vaheguroo, Vaheguroo, chit.t. aavae, chit.t. aavan kaa sad.kaa
sarab sukh hovae / Jahaan Jahaan Khaalsaa jee Sahib, t.ahaan t.ahaan
rachheaa riaa-it., d.aeg t.aeg Fat.eh, bird. kee paaej, Panth kee jeet., Sir;ee
sahib jee sahaa-ae, Khalsae jee kae bol baalae, bolo jee Vaaheguroo.

First of all, it is the supplication of the Khalsa, the Khalsa may contemplate on the
Naam: Vaaheguroo, Vaaheguroo, Vaaheguroo, and by virtue of this there be all

320

happiness. Wherevere the Khasls ji Sahib be, Your Protection and Mercy be all
over there. The Langar, and sword, prevail, honor preserved, victory to the Panth,
the Holy Sword may protect, and victory to the Khalsa. Say Vaaheguroo.
|Hl |H| U, NH U, |J U, |N U, |HJ U, H U, Ul |H
U H U, H| m|HH H| U |UH, 8N|ml, K, N HN HN mJM, H N
HN, M H| |JN v
Sikhaan noon Sikhee d.aan, Kaes d.aan, Reht. d.aan, bibaek d.aan, visaah
d.aan. bharosaa d.aan, d.aanaan s-ir d.aan Naam d.aan, sr;ee Amr;itsar jee
d.ae ishnaan, Chukiaan, Jhandae, Bun:gae jugo j-ugg atall, d:haram kaa
jaaekaar. Bolo jee Vaaheguroo.

Bless the Sikhs with the Sikh-Faith, gift of the preservation of their hair, boon of
following the dictates of the Gurus, wisdom, faith in God, belief in God, top of all
the Gift of the Naam, and the boon of bathing at Amritsar. Immortal be the
Chaukees, Jhandaas, Bungaas. Dharam be glorified. Say Vaaheguroo.
|Hl U H |l H '8|, H U mNM |JN v J mNM U|
|UmM, N N, | , |N | H|, mF U HU HJU| U H|U v
H| NF H|J J NUm|ml, NHl U |Hl ||m |Nm J, M
UH U|U H HM U U, MH H| H v
Sikhaan d.aa mann neevaan, mat.t. ouchee, mat.t. d.aa raakhaa Akaal-Purkh
Vaaheguroo / Hae Akaal-Purkh, D.een-D.eaal, Karan-Kaaran, Pat.it.-Pavan,
Kr;ipaa-Nid:haan jee, aapan.ae Panth d.ae sad.aa sahaa-ee D.at.aar jeeo, Sree
Nankaan.aa Sahib t.ae hor Gurd.vaareaan, Gurd:haamaan d.ae jinhaan t.on
Panth noon vichhor.eaa geaa haee, khullhae d.arshan d.eed.aar t.ae sevaa
san:bhaal d.aa d.aan Khaalsa jee noon bakhsho.

Sikhs be endowed with humility, high wisdom, and the Immortal Being
Waheguru may protect their wisdom. O Eternal Being Waheguru, Protector of the
helpless, Kind, Doer, Helper of the Humble, Treasure of Benevolence, Protector
of the Panth, Great Giver, Gurdvaaaraa Nankana Sahib, other Gurdwaras, and
Gurus places from which the Panth has been separated, please bestow on the
Khalsa the gift of visiting and serving those shrines with freeom.
J |H|Fm U HF ||Fm U F, |U|Jml U| UJ, H8 |, |JN, m U JH
|H U| mUH J H| (|U NJ |N H Hl HH U |-H U|, Hl |HH HN U| | mUH J)v
m U WJ M 8N H N| H| v H U NH H N v HU| |m
HM, |Hl |H|Mml H |8 m v N H 8U| NM v F H U M

321

v
Hae Nimaan.eaan d.ae Maan., Nit.aan.eaan. d.ae T.aan, Nioteaan d.ee O-ut,
Sachae Pit.aa Vaaheguroo, Aap d.e hazoor Nit.-Naem d.ee Ard.aas haae jee,
(Here say the moning or the evening Nit-Naem, or mention the occasion for
Ardas). Akharr d,aa vaad:haa ghaataa, bhull chukk maaf karnaa jee, sarbat.t.
d.ae karaj raas karnae, sae-ee piaarae maelo jinhaan miliaan T.aeraa Naam
chit.t. aavae / Nanak Naam char.h;d.ee kalaa, T.arae bhaan.ae sarbat.t. d.aa
bhalaa.

Honor of the Humble, Strength of the Weak, Refuge of the shelterless, True
Father Vaaheguroo, I offer to You the humble supplication for Nit-Naem (Add here
if it is the morning or the evening Nit-Naem,. Please, forgive any errors and
shortcomings in the recitation of Gurbanee. * Fulfill the desires of everyone. Give
the boon of associating with those who remind of Your Name. Nanak, by virtue
of His Holy Name, everyone may have high morale. By Gods Will all may
prosper.

|JN H| N MH v
|JN H| N| J v
Vaaheguroo jee kaa Khalsa
Vaaheguroo jee kee Fat.eh
The Khalsa belongs to God.
Glory to God.
H M H |JM H|H|mNM1
Jo bolae so nihaal Satsree-Akaal
All those saying it will be blessed, say Satsree Akaal - the Lord is Immortal.
-- o x O x o --
NOTE
At * add for whatever occasion this Ardas be.
If the Parshaad sanctified food: the Holy Ppudding, is offered, add, Parshad may please
be accepted and its distribution permitted. etc.
Kirpaan small sword, is passed through Parshaad taking the names of Panj-Piaaraas: Daya
Singh, Dharam Singh, Himmat Singh, Mohkamm Singh, Sahib Singh.
Kirpaan is passed through Parshaad after taking Hukam-Namaa Order for the Day,
from Guru Granth Sahib.
Chaar Sahibzaadae four princes: the four sons of Guru Gobind Singh; Ajit Singh, Jujhaar
Singh, Zoraavar Singh, Fateh Singh.

322

EXPLANATION some words in Araas.
10 Tenth Master: Guru Gobind Singh. 10 is spoken as D.assveen.
Amritsar - Pool of Immortality. This town is in the Punjab, India.
Ardaas Supplication, prayer, invocation.
Bhagaut.ee Sword: it means God.
Bungae - Shrine like memorial, residential places.
Chaukees - Circumambulance of the Gurdwaras while singing Hymns - praising God.
Dharam Righteousness, discipline.
Dharam righteousness.
Gurdwara Sikh Temple.
Jhandae - Nishan Sahib Sikh-Flag, Sikh-Standard.
Khalsa the pure one.
Khalsa ji Sahib The honored Khalsa, the honored Sikh-World.
Langar Free kitchen.
Mukkt.ae The liberated one. They are forty in number.
Naam - Gods Name.
Nine Treasures Everything in the world is divided into nine types of treasures.
Paat.eshaahee Master, King, Prophet.
Panth The Sikh World.
Piaarae Beloved of the Guru, They are five: Himmat.t. Singh, D.ayaa Singh, D.haram Singh, Sahib Singh,
Mohkamm Singh.
Sahibzaad.ae Princes: sons of Guru Gobind Singh. They are four: Ajit. Singh, Jujhaar Singh, Zoraavar Singh,
Fateh Singh.
Siree Sahib Sword: it means God.
Takht Thrones: Highest Sikh Institutions. These are five.
Vaaheguroo God.
Vaar Ode. An episode written in poetry. It is mostly sung by bards.

Nitnem by Dr. Kulwant Singh, With Punjabi & Eng Transla & PT

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nitnem by Dr. Kulwant Singh, With Punjabi & Eng Transla & PT

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

You might also like

Nitnem by Dr. Kulwant Singh, With Punjabi &amp; Eng Transla &amp; PT

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Nitnem by Dr. Kulwant Singh, With Punjabi &amp; Eng Transla &amp; PT

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

You might also like

Nitnem by Dr. Kulwant Singh, With Punjabi & Eng Transla & PT

Nitnem by Dr. Kulwant Singh, With Punjabi & Eng Transla & PT